Objective Physics For NEET by Abhay Kumar Part 1.1

O B J EC T I V E P H YS I C S
for 2e 2e
NEET
Ot h e r Mus t-re a ds f o r NEET
N AT I O N A L E L I G I B I L I T Y CU M E N T R A N C E T E S T
Abhay Kumar
Objective Physics is a trusted companion for all NEET aspirants.
OBJECTIVE
It is designed to help students recapitulate the concepts within
a given time period. Written in a lucid language, the book aims
PHYSICS
to provide clarity on all the concepts through meticulously
selected practice questions along with questions from previous
years’ papers. It also lays emphasis on the recent trends in
topical coverage and the latest question paper pattern as
appeared in the NEET examination. This book would also be
useful for other medical entrance examinations like AIIMS,
OBJECTIVE PHYSICS
for
NEET
JIPMER etc.
HI G H L I G H TS
for
 Structured as per class XI and XII syllabus of NCERT; updated
NEET
NATIONAL ELIGIBILITY CUM ENTRANCE TEST
chapter synopsis in line with NCERT
 Chapter-wise NCERT Exemplar questions along with a set of
s
solved examples u de
Incl T 2017
 Assertion and Reason questions to aid in preparing for AIIMS NEEolved
and other similar examinations S pe r
Pa
Cover Image: Venomous Vector. Shutterstock

 Previous years question embedded in every chapter with
additional practice questions. N AT I O N A L E L I G I B I L I T Y C U M E N T R A N C E T E S T
 Mock tests and sample papers for students' self-practice
 Includes latest NEET solved paper for practice
Includes 2 Sample Papers, 4 Mock Tests, and Solved Previous Years’ Papers for Practice
 More than 4000 solved questions in the book
Structured as per NCERT curriculum 4000+ MCQs included chapter-wise
in.pearson.com
Additional resources available at:

2e
www.pearsoned.co.in/neet/abhaykumar
Kumar Abhay Kumar
Size: 197x254mm Spine: 41mm ISBN: 9789332586192 Title Sub Title Edition Authors / Editors Name With CD Red Band Territory line URL Price mQuest
About Pearson
Pearson is the world’s learning company, with presence across 70 countries worldwide. Our
unique insights and world-class expertise comes from a long history of working closely with
renowned teachers, authors and thought leaders, as a result of which, we have emerged as the
preferred choice for millions of teachers and learners across the world.
We believe learning opens up opportunities, creates fulfilling careers and hence better lives. We
hence collaborate with the best of minds to deliver you class-leading products, spread across the
Higher Education and K12 spectrum.
Superior learning experience and improved outcomes are at the heart of everything we do. This
product is the result of one such effort.
Your feedback plays a critical role in the evolution of our products and you can contact
us – reachus@pearson.com. We look forward to it.
FM.indd 1 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

This page is intentionally left blank.
FM.indd 2 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

OBJECTIVE PHYSICS
for
NEET
(National Eligibility Cum Entrance Test)
and other Medical

Entrance Examinations
Abhay Kumar
FM.indd 3 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

Copyright © 2018 Pearson India Education Services Pvt. Ltd
Published by Pearson India Education Services Pvt. Ltd, CIN: U72200TN2005PTC057128,
formerly known as TutorVista Global Pvt. Ltd, licensee of Pearson Education in South Asia.
No part of this eBook may be used or reproduced in any manner whatsoever without the publisher’s
prior written consent.
This eBook may or may not include all assets that were part of the print version. The publisher
reserves the right to remove any material in this eBook at any time.
ISBN: 978-93-325-8619-2
eISBN 978-93-528-6227-6
Head Office: 15th Floor, Tower-B, World Trade Tower, Plot No. 1, Block-C, Sector 16, Noida 201 301,
Uttar Pradesh, India.
Registered Office: 4th Floor, Software Block, Elnet Software City, TS-140, Block 2 & 9, Rajiv
Gandhi Salai, Taramani, Chennai 600 113, Tamil Nadu, India.
Fax: 080-30461003, Phone: 080-30461060
in.pearson.com, Email: companysecretary.india@pearson.com
FM.indd 4 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

Contents
Prefacexi Questions from NCERT Exemplar3.50
About the Examination xii AIIMS-Essentials3.52

Assertion and Reason3.52
Trend Analysis from 2007 to 2017 xiii Previous Years’ Questions3.54
NEET Solved Question Papers xv
4. Laws of Motion and Friction 4.1
1. Dimensions and Error Analysis Law of Inertia 4.1
in Measurement 1.1 Force4.1
System of Unit 1.1 Newton’s Laws of Motion 4.2
Errors and Accuracy 1.2 Spring4.7
Rules to Determine the Significant Figures 1.3 Chapter-end Exercises 4.8
Chapter-end Exercises 1.13 Based On NCERT Examples4.8
Based on NCERT Examples1.13 Practice Exercises (MCQs)4.14
Practice Exercises (MCQs)1.15 Previous Years’ Questions4.36
Previous Years’ Questions1.25 Questions from NCERT Exemplar4.39
Questions from NCERT Exemplar1.26 AIIMS-Essentials4.41
AIIMS-Essentials1.29 Assertion and Reason4.41
Assertion and Reason1.29 Previous Years’ Questions4.42
Previous Years’ Questions1.31
5. Work, Power, Energy and
2. Vector and Scalar 2.1 Circular Motion 5.1
Units and Measurement 2.1 Work, Energy and Power 5.1
Unit Vector 2.3 Circular Motion 5.2
Chapter-end Exercises 2.5 Force5.5
Based On NCERT Examples2.5 Chapter-end Exercises 5.6
Practice Exercises (MCQs)2.7 Based On NCERT Examples5.6
Previous Years’ Questions2.13 Practice Exercises (MCQs)5.13
Questions from NCERT Exemplar2.14 Previous Years’ Questions5.27
AIIMS-Essentials2.16 Questions from NCERT Exemplar5.32
Assertion and Reason2.16 AIIMS-Essentials5.36
Previous Years’ Questions2.17 Assertion and Reason5.36
3. Kinematics of 1-D, 2-D, 3-D 3.1
Motion3.1
6. Centre of Mass and Collision 6.1
Chapter-end Exercises 3.5 Centre of Mass 6.1
Based On NCERT Examples3.5 Elastic and Inelastic Collision 6.3
Practice Exercises (MCQs)3.15 Impulse and Momentum 6.5
Previous Years’ Questions3.44 Impact6.6
FM.indd 5 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

vi ■ Contents
Chapter-end Exercises 6.7 Practice Exercises (MCQs)9.11

Based On NCERT Examples6.7 Previous Years’ Questions9.25
Practice Exercises (MCQs)6.9 Questions from NCERT Exemplar9.26
Previous Years’ Questions6.17 AIIMS-Essentials9.28
Questions from NCERT Exemplar6.19 Assertion and Reason9.28
AIIMS-Essentials6.21 Previous Years’ Questions9.29
Previous Years’ Questions6.22 10. Fluid Mechanics 10.1
Fluid Mechanics 10.1
7. Rotation and Rolling Motion 7.1 Archimedes’ Principle and Law of Floatation 10.3
Rotational Motion 7.1 Streamlined and Turbulent Flow 10.5
Angular Impulse 7.3 Bernoulli’s Principle and its Applications 10.6
Dynamics of Rolling Motion 7.6 Chapter-end Exercises 10.7
Chapter-end Exercises 7.9 Based On NCERT Examples10.7
Based On NCERT Examples7.9 Practice Exercises (MCQ)10.10
AIIMS-Essentials7.43 Assertion and Reason10.26
11. Oscillations and Waves 11.1
8. Gravitation 8.1 Simple Harmonic Motion 11.1
Gravitational Force 8.1 Simple and Compound Pendulum 11.3
Gravitational Potential 8.3 Wave Equation 11.5
Black Hole 8.4 Chapter-end Exercises 11.6
Earth Satellite 8.4 Based On NCERT Examples11.6
Kepler’s Laws 8.5 Practice Exercises (MCQs)11.10
Chapter-end Exercises 8.5 Previous Years’ Questions11.26
Based on NCERT Examples8.5 Questions from NCERT Exemplar11.32
Practice Exercises (MCQs)8.11 AIIMS-Essentials11.35
AIIMS-Essentials8.34
Assertion and Reason8.34 12. Waves and Acoustics 12.1
Previous Years’ Questions8.35 Sound12.1
Interference12.2
9. Elasticity and Surface Tension 9.1 Chapter-end Exercises 12.5
Elastic Behaviour 9.1 Based On NCERT Examples12.5
Elasticity9.2 Practice Exercises (MCQs)12.8
Based On NCERT Examples9.7 Questions from NCERT Exemplar12.21
FM.indd 6 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

Contents ■ vii
AIIMS-Essentials12.22 16. Electric Field, Potential,

Assertion and Reason12.22 Flux and Gauss Law 16.1
Previous Years’ Questions12.23 Electric Field and Electric Charge 16.1
Chapter-end Exercises 16.4
13. Thermal Expansion and Based On NCERT Examples16.4
Thermodynamics13.1 Practice Exercises (MCQs)16.10
Concept of Heat and Temperature 13.1 Previous Years’ Questions16.23
Chapter-end Exercises 13.9 Questions from NCERT Exemplar16.27
Based On NCERT Examples13.9 AIIMS-Essentials16.29
Practice Exercises (MCQs)13.12 Assertion and Reason16.29
Previous Years’ Questions13.27 Previous Years’ Questions16.30
Questions from NCERT Exemplar13.30
AIIMS-Essentials13.32 17. Capacitors 17.1
Assertion and Reason13.32 Capacitance of Isolated Conductor 17.1
Previous Years’ Questions13.33 Types of Capacitor 17.1
Dielectrics17.4
14. Kinetic Theory of Gases 14.1
Based On NCERT Examples17.4
Kinetic Theory of Gases 14.1
Practice Exercises (MCQs)17.9
Based On NCERT Examples14.4 Questions from NCERT Exemplar17.32
Assertion and Reason14.15 18. Ohm’s Law and DC Circuits 18.1
Previous Years’ Questions14.16 Electric Currents in Conductor 18.1
15. Calorimetry and Heat Transfer 15.1 Based On NCERT Examples18.13
Temperature and Heat 15.1 Practice Exercises (MCQs)18.20
Change of State 15.2 Previous Years’ Questions18.42
Specific Heat Capacity 15.3 Questions from NCERT Exemplar18.47
Heat Transfer 15.3
Newton’s Law of Cooling 15.6
Practice Exercises (MCQs)15.10 19. Heating and Chemical
Previous Years’ Questions15.23 Effect of Current 19.1
Questions from NCERT Exemplar15.27 Thermal Effect of Electricity 19.1
AIIMS-Essentials15.28 Chapter-end Exercises 19.3
Assertion and Reason15.28 Based On NCERT Examples19.3
FM.indd 7 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

viii ■ Contents
Previous Years’ Questions19.19 Chapter-end Exercises 22.4

Questions from NCERT Exemplar19.22 Based On NCERT Examples22.4
AIIMS-Essentials19.23 Practice Exercises (MCQs)22.6
20. Magnetic Effect of Assertion and Reason22.13
Current and Magnetism 20.1 Previous Years’ Questions22.14
Motion in a Magnetic Field 20.1
Helical Path 20.2 23. Wave-Optics (Interference, Diffraction) 23.1
Cyclotron20.2 Coherent Addition of Waves 23.1
Magnetic Force on a Current Carrying Interference of Light Waves 23.1
Wire in a Uniform Magnetic Field 20.2 Diffraction23.2
Magnetic Field at a Point Due to a Chapter-end Exercises 23.5
Current or System of Current 20.3 Based On NCERT Examples23.5
Ampere’s Circuital Law (ACL) 20.5 Practice Exercises (MCQs)23.8
Magnetism20.6 Previous Years’ Questions23.18
Earth’s Magnetism 20.7 Questions from NCERT Exemplar23.20
Chapter-end Exercises 20.8 AIIMS-Essentials23.22
Based On NCERT Examples20.8 Assertion and Reason23.22
Questions from NCERT Exemplar20.35 24. Ray-Optics and Optical Instruments 24.1
AIIMS-Essentials20.37 Reflection of Light 24.1
Assertion and Reason20.37 Refraction of Light 24.4
Previous Years’ Questions20.38 Total Internal Reflection and Its Application 24.4
Refractive Index (R.I.) and Critical Angle 24.4
21. Electromagnetic Induction Application24.5
and Alternating Currents 21.1 Refraction at Spherical Surfaces and by Lenses 24.5
Electromagnetic Induction 21.1 Refraction and Dispersion by Prism 24.7
Optical Instrument 24.7
22. Electromagnetic Waves 22.1 25. Photons, X-Rays and
Current22.1 Dual Nature of Matter 25.1
Electromagnetic Spectrum 22.2 Particle Nature of Light: The Photon 25.1
Sky Wave 22.3 Energy Quantum of Radiation 25.1
FM.indd 8 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

Contents ■ ix
Wave Theory of Light 25.2 Digital Electronics and Logic Gates 27.3
Wave Nature of Matter 25.2 Universal Building Blocks 27.5
Chapter-end Exercises 25.3 Arithmetic Circuits 27.6
Based On NCERT Examples25.3 Chapter-end Exercises 27.7
Practice Exercises (MCQs)25.10 Based On NCERT Examples27.7
AIIMS-Essentials25.25 Questions from NCERT Exemplar27.23
Assertion and Reason25.25 AIIMS-Essentials27.25
26. Atoms and Nuclei 26.1
Atomic Structure and Spectrum 26.1
28. Communication Systems 28.1
The Line Spectra of Hydrogen Atom 26.2
Elements of Communication System 28.1
Mass-Energy26.2
Radioactivity26.3 Chapter-end Exercises 28.5
Chapter-end Exercises 26.4 Practice Exercises (MCQs)28.8
Based On NCERT Examples26.4 Previous Years’ Questions28.13
Practice Exercises (MCQs)26.13 Questions from NCERT Exemplar28.14
NEET Sample Papers S1.1
27. Solids and Semiconductor Devices 27.1
Classification of Semiconductor 27.1
AIIMS Mock Test A1.1
Junction Transistor 27.2 NEET Mock Test N1.1
FM.indd 9 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

FM.indd 10 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

Preface
It gives me immense pleasure to present ‘Objective Physics for NEET and Other Medical Examinations’. This book has been
written to build a strong comprehension of fundamental principles of physics for medical aspirants. The content of the book
is also beneficial for preparation of AIIMS, JIPMER and other state-level medical entrance examinations.
The author has strictly adhered to the latest pattern of NEET and developed the content in line with previous years’
papers from AIPMT/PMT/NEET and other competitive medical entrance examinations of last 15 years. All chapters in this
book conform to the pattern laid out in NCERT textbooks.
Each chapter starts with key concepts followed by a large number of practice MCQs. Questions from previous years’
AIPMT and AIIMS examinations with important solutions have also been included. In addition, there is a separate section
on AIIMS Essentials designed to prepare students to answer the “Assertion and Reason” type of questions. A separate section
on AIIMS previous years’ questions is also provided.
This book is written in an easy-to-understand language, with illustrations, tables, and highlighted text-boxes for last
minute revision. I hope this book will standout as a trusted solution for any physics-related requirement of medical aspirants
and assist them to succeed in the examination.
Features:
❒❒ Structured as per class XI and XII syllabus of NCERT
❒❒ Chapter-wise NCERT exemplar questions
❒❒ Assertion and Reason questions to aid in preparing for AIIMS and other similar examinations
❒❒ Previous years’ questions embedded in every chapter
❒❒ Mock tests and sample papers for practice
❒❒ Solutions for the latest NEET question paper
I have ensured to make it an error free resource with the best assemblage of concepts and questions.
Despite our best efforts, some errors may have inadvertently crept into the book. Constructive comments and
suggestions to further improve the book are welcome and shall be acknowledged gratefully. You may contact us at
reachus@pearson.com.
Acknowledgements
I express my deepest gratitude to my teachers and parents, without their support this book would not have been completed. I
am also grateful to my wife, Awani; and my little daughter, Meethee. I would also like to thank to all of them who provided
me invaluable support in presenting this book. I extend my sincere thanks to the editorial team of Pearson Education for their
constant support and sincere suggestions.
Abhay Kumar
FM.indd 11 8/3/2017 10:34:20 AM

About the Examination
National Eligibility Cum Entrance Test (NEET) is conducted by the Central Board of Secondary Education (CBSE) for the
15% ‘All India Quota’ seats in the Medical and Dental Colleges in India. The merit list of this entrance test is also used by
state governments/universities/institutions for admission in the medical/dental colleges against seats under their control.
Time Management
In order to successfully crack NEET, one must prepare profoundly. Consistent hard work, practice and perseverance are
needed to crack this examination. Statistically, NEET is one of the toughest examinations in India. During this examination,
one must exercise clinical precision with speed since the average duration to respond to one question is hardly a minute. The
aspirants should be conceptually clear in the subject owing to the negative marking in the examination. A better strategy to
solve the paper is to go for the easiest first and then the toughest questions.
Regular practice of MCQs will assist the aspirants to assess their preparation for the examination. In a nutshell, hard
work, conceptual clarity and self-assessment are the essential ingredients to achieve success in NEET. NCERT texts play an
important role in understanding the concepts. All concepts/theories must be referred in a regular manner.
NEET is 3 hour examination, with total 180 Multiple Choice Question (MCQ) to be answered. The exam paper will be
divided into four sections—Physics, Chemistry, Zoology and Botany. Each question carrier 4 marks.
Time Management Tips

Step 1: First 30 mins: In order to solve maximum questions in limited time frame, attempt the easy questions first. You may
start from Physics/Chemistry Section, where some problems may be answered by comparing the units of the options.
Step 2: Next 60 mins: Attempt Section II or III. For few questions, where dimensional analysis fails, recognize the proper
limits of the answer and mark the correct answers.
Step 3: Next 60 mins: In some problems, solution may not be obtained from a simple formula and hence we need to calculate
the formula. At that time try cause and result method to solve the problem and use estimation rule.
Step 4: Last 30 mins: Try the difficult questions of Physics and Chemistry and revise the complete answer script.
FM.indd 12 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

Trend Analysis 2007-2017
Number of Question(s) in
Ch. 2010 2010 2011 2011 2012 2012 2015 2016 2016
No Chapter Name 2007 2008 2009 (P) (M) (P) (M) (P) (M) 2013 2014 2015 (Re) (NEET-1) (NEET-2) 2017 Total
1 Basic Mathematics & 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 6
Vectors
2 Unit, Dimension & 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 16
Measurements
3 Kinematics 4 3 2 3 1 3 2 3 0 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 34
4 Laws of Motion and 1 2 2 1 0 2 1 0 1 2 3 2 1 0 0 1 19
Friction
5 Work, Energy & Power 1 1 3 1 1 2 0 1 1 1 0 3 1 1 1 1 19
6 Collisions and Centre of 0 1 2 3 0 0 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 0 3 1 21
Mass
7 Circular Motion 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 4 1 1 13
8 Rotational Motion 3 2 3 1 3 2 0 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 35
9 Gravitation 1 0 1 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 29
10 Properties of matter and 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 3 1 2 3 15
Fluid Mechanics
11 Thermal Physics (Thermal 3 3 4 3 2 2 1 4 2 6 5 6 5 6 5 5 62
Expansion, Calorimetry,
Heat Transfer, KTG &
Thermodynamics)
12 Oscillations (SHM, 4 2 2 2 0 2 1 0 1 0 1 2 1 0 1 1 20
Damped, and forced Os-
cillations & Resonance)
13 Wave Motion and Dop- 0 3 3 2 0 2 1 2 1 3 3 1 2 3 2 2 30
pler’s Effect
14 Electrostatics 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 29
15 Capacitors 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 12
16 Current Electricity and 5 6 4 4 1 3 3 4 2 3 4 3 3 2 2 2 51
Effect of Current
17 Magnetic Effect of 5 3 4 4 5 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 4 51
Current and Magnetism
18 Electromagnetic Induction 2 2 2 2 0 1 0 2 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 1 20
19 EM Waves 1 1 1 1 1 2 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 13
20 Alternating Current 1 1 1 1 1 2 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 2 3 0 19
21 Ray Optics and Optical 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 35
Instruments
22 Wave Optics (Nature of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14
Light, Interference, Dif-
fraction & Polarization)
23 Modern Physics 7 8 9 7 4 11 4 7 4 5 6 5 4 4 4 4 93
24 Semiconductor and Digi- 4 3 3 5 2 4 3 5 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 49
tal Electronics
Total No. of Questions 50 50 50 50 30 50 30 50 30 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 705
FM.indd 13 7/31/2017 6:56:25 PM

FM.indd 14 7/28/2017 5:27:14 PM

NEET, 2017
PHYSICS
Solved Question Paper
1. A spring of force constant k is cut into lengths of ratio

2v
1 : 2 : 3. They are connected in series and the new force ⇒ = 20 Hz
constant is k ′. Then they are connected in parallel and 4l
forces constant is k ″. Then k ′ : k ″ is So fundamental frequency = 20 Hz
(a) 1 : 9 (b) 1 : 11 Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
(c) 1 : 14 (d) 1 : 16 4. Consider a drop of rain water having mass 1 g falling from
l l l
Solution: Length of the spring segments = , , a height of 1 km. It hits the ground with a speed of 50 m/s.
6 3 2 Take g constant with a value 10 m/s2. The work done by
1
As we know K ∝ the (i) gravitational force and the (ii) resistive force of air is
l (a) (i) 1.25 J (ii) – 8.25 J
So spring constants for spring segments will be (b) (i) 100 J (ii) 8.75 J
k1 = 6k, k2 = 3k, k3 = 2k (c) (i) 10 J (ii) – 8.75 J
(d) (i) – 10 J (ii) – 8.25 J
So in parallel combination k ″ = k1 + k2 + k3 = 11k
Solution: Work done by the gravity Wg = mgh
In series combination k ′ = k (As it will become original
spring) = 10–3 × 10 × 103 = 10 J
So k ′ : k ″ = 1 : 11 By work-energy theorem, Wg + Wres = ΔKE
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). 1
⇒ 10 + Wres = × 10 −3 × (50) 2 ⇒ Wres = – 8.75 J
2. The ratio of resolving powers of an optical microscope 2
for two wavelengths l1 = 4000 Å and l2 = 6000 Å is
Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
(a) 9 : 4 (b) 3 : 2
(c) 16 : 81 (d) 8 : 27 5. A physical quantity of the dimensions of length that can
e2
1 be formed out of c, G and is [c is velocity of
Solution: Resolving power ∝ 4pe o
l
light, G is universal constant of gravitation and e is charge]
RP1 l 6000 Å 3
= 2 = = 1/ 2 1/ 2
RP2 l1 4000 Å 2  e2  1  e2 
(a) c 2 G  (b)  

Hence, the correct answer is option (b).  4pe o  c2  G 4pe o 
3. The two nearest harmonics of a tube closed at one end 1/ 2
1 e2 1  e2 
and open at other end are 220 Hz and 260 Hz. What is (c) G (d) 2 G 
the fundamental frequency of the system? c 4pe o c  4pe o 
(a) 20Hz (b) 30 Hz  e2 
c
a b
(c) 40 Hz (d) 10 Hz Solution: [L] = [c] [G ]  
Solution: Difference between any two consecutive  4pe o 
2v [L] = [LT–1]a [M–1L3T–2]b [ML3T–2]c
frequencies of the closed organ pipe = = 260 – 220
4l [L] = La + 3b +3c M– b + c T–a – 2b – 2c
= 40 Hz
NEET_7 May 2017.indd 15 7/28/2017 5:41:53 PM

xvi ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2017
a + 3b + 3c = 1, – b + c = 0, a + 2b + 2c = 0 9. Thermodynamic processes are indicated in the follow-

ing diagram:
1 1

On solving, a = – 2, b = ,c= P
2 2
1
1  e2  2 i IV
∴L= 2
G ⋅  f
c  4pe o  III
I
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). II
6. Two rods A and B of different materials are welded together f 700 K
as shown in figure. Their thermal conductivities are K1 and f 500 K
300 K
K2. The thermal conductivity of the composite rod will be
V
A K1
T1 T2 Match the following
B K2
d
Column-I Column-II

P. Process I 1. Adiabatic
3( K1 + K 2 )
(a) (b) K1 + K2 Q. Process II 2. Isobaric
2
K1 + K 2 R. Process III 3. Isochoric
(c) 2 (K1 + K2) (d) S. Process IV 4. Isotherm
2
(a) P → 3, Q → 1, R → 4, S → 2
1 1 1 (b) P → 3, Q → 4, R → 2, S → 1
Solution: In parallel = +
Req R1 R2 (c) P → 4, Q → 2, R → 1, S → 3
(d) P → 1, Q → 3, R → 4, S → 2
K eq ( 2 A)
KA K A K + K2
= 1 + 2 ∴ Keq = 1 Solution:
l l l 2

Hence, the correct answer is option (d). Process (I) → volume constant → Isochoric
Process (II) → adiabatic
7. A capacitor is charged by a battery. The battery is
Process(III) → Temperature constant → Isothermal
removed and another identical uncharged capacitor is
connected in parallel. The total electrostatic energy of Process (IV) → Pressure constant → Isobaric
resulting system Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
(a) Decreases by a factor of 2 10. Suppose the charge of a proton and an electron dif-
(b) Remains the same fer slightly. One of them is –e, the other is (e + Δe).
(c) Increases by a factor of 2 If the net of electrostatic force and gravitational force
(d) Increases by a factor of 4 between two hydrogen atoms placed at a distance d
2 (much greater than atomic size) apart is zero, then Δe is
1 1 V  1 of the order of
Solution: Ui = CV 2 and Uf = [2C ]   = U i
2 2 2 2 [Given mass of hydrogen mh = 1.67 × 10–27 kg]
Decrease by a factor of 2 (a) 10–23 C (b) 10–37 C
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). (c) 10 C
–47
(d) 10–20 C
8. In a common emitter transistor amplifier the audio signal K × ( ∆e) 2 Gm 2
voltage across the collector is 3V. The resistance of collec- Solution: =
r2 r2
tor is 3 kW. If current gain is 100 and the base resistance is
2 kW, the voltage and power gain of the amplifier is G 6.67 × 10 −11
Δe = m = 1.67 × 10 −27 C
(a) 15 and 200 (b) 150 and 15000 K 9 × 10 9
(c) 20 and 2000 (d) 200 and 1000
= 1.436 × 10–37 C
R 3 kΩ Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
Solution: Av = b C = 100 × = 150
RB 2 kΩ 11. The resistance of a wire is R ohm. If it is melted and
Power gain = bAv = 100 × 150 = 15000
stretched to n times its original length, its new resis-

Hence, the correct answer is option (b). tance will be
NEET_7 May 2017.indd 16 7/28/2017 5:41:55 PM

Solved Question Paper - May, 2017 ■ xvii

In forward bias V1 > V2
R
(a) (b) n2R R
n
Only is in forward bias
0V −2 V
R
(c) 2 (d) nR
Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
n
15. A long solenoid of diameter 0.1 m has 2 × 104 turns
rl rl 2 per meter. At the centre of the solenoid, a coil of 100
Solution: R = = ⇒ R ∝ l2
A volume turns and radius 0.01 m is placed with its axis coincid-
⇒ R2 = n2R1 ing with the solenoid axis. The current in the solenoid
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). reduces at a constant rate to 0 A from 4 A in 0.05 s.
If the resistance of the coil is 10p 2 W, the total charge
12. The given electrical network is equivalent to
flowing through the coil during this time is
A
B Y (a) 16 µC (b) 32 µC

(a) OR gate (b) NOR gate (c) 16 p µC (d) 32 p µC
(c) NOT gate (d) AND gate  ∆f  1 
NOR NOR NOT Solution: q =   ⋅  ∆t
 ∆t  R 
A y
B ∆i  1
Solution: y1 y2 
q =  mo nN pr 2  ∆t = 32 µC
 ∆ t R
y1 = A + B y2 = y1 + y1 = y1 = A + B = A + B
Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
y = y2 = A + B i.e., NOR gate 16. Preeti reached the metro station and found that the escalator
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). was not working. She walked up the stationary escalator in
13. The de-Broglie wavelength of a neutron in
thermal time t1. On other days, if she remains stationary on the mov-
equilibrium with heavy water at a temperature T ing escalator, then the escalator takes her up in time t2. The
(kelvin) and mass m, is time taken by her to walk up on the moving escalator will be
h 2h t1t 2 t1t 2
(a) (b) (a) (b)
3mkT 3mkT t 2 − t1 t 2 + t1
2h h t1 + t 2
(c) (d) (c) t1 – t2 (d)
mkT mkT 2
Solution: Kinetic energy of thermal neutron with Solution: Let V1 be velocity of Preeti, V2 be velocity of
3 escalator and l be distance
equilibrium is KT
2 l l tt
t = = = 12
V1 + V2 l l t 2 + t1
h h h h +
l= = = = t1 t 2
mv 2mK.E 3  3mKT
2m  KT  Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
2  17. Young’s double slit experiment is first performed in air

Hence, the correct answer is option (a). and then in a medium other than air. It is found that 8th
14. Which of the following represents forward bias diode ? bright fringe in the medium lies where 5th dark fringe
(a) −4 V R lies in air. The refractive index of the medium is nearly
−3 V
(a) 1.59 (b) 1.69
(b) −2 V R +2 V
(c) 1.78 (d) 1.25
Solution: (y8)Bright, medium = (y5)Dark, air
(c) 3V R 5V 8lm D  2(5) − 1 lD
= 
(d) d  2  d
0V R −2 V
8l D 9 lD 16
= ⇒ µ = = 1.78
Solution: R m d 2 d 9

V1 V2
NEET_7 May 2017.indd 17 7/28/2017 5:41:59 PM

xviii ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2017
18. A beam of light from a source L is incident normally on

a plane mirror fixed at certain distance x from the source.
The beam is reflected back as a spot on a scale placed just
above the source I. When the mirror is rotated through
a small angel q, the spot of the light is found to move A 3m
through a distance y on the scale. The angle q is given by
y x B m
(a) (b)
x 2y
g
x y (a) , g (b) g, g
(c) (d) 3
y 2x
g g g
Solution: (c) , (d) g,
3 3 3
q
Light spot
Solution: Before cutting the strip:
y y y ∴ T = mg
2q 2q = ;q= 4mg T
x x 2x
Source
(L)
A B
19. If q1 and q2 be the apparent angles of dip observed in 3mg T 3mg
two vertical planes at right angles to each other, then the

After cutting the strip:
true angle of dip q is given by
(a) tan2q = tan2q1 + tan2q2 (b) cot2q = cot2q1 – cot2q2 4 mg − 3mg g
(c) tan2q = tan2q1 – tan2q2 (d) cot2q = cot2q1 + cot2q2 aA = =
3m 3
tan q mg
Solution: tanq1 = aB = =g
cos a m
tan q tan q Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
⇒ tanq2 = =
cos( 90 − a ) sin a 22. A thin prism having refracting angle 10º is made of
glass of refractive index 1.42. This prism is combined
⇒ sin2a + cos2a = 1 ⇒ cot2q2 + cot2q1 = cot2q
with another thin prism of glass of refractive index
1.7. This combination produces dispersion with-
20. Two cars moving in opposite directions approach each out deviation. The refracting angle of second prism
other with speed of 22 m/s and 16.5 m/s respectively. should be
The driver of the first car blows a horn having a fre- (a) 6º (b) 8º
quency 400 Hz. The frequency heard by the driver of (c) 10º (d) 4º
the second car is [velocity of sound 340 m/s]
Solution: For dispersion without deviation
(a) 361 Hz (b) 411 Hz
(c) 448 Hz (d) 350 Hz d1 = d2
Solution: As we know for given condition ⇒ A1(µ1 – 1) = A2(µ2 – 1)
 v + vobserver   340 + 16.5  ⇒ 10(1.42 – 1) = A2(1.7 – 1) ⇒ A2 = 6º
fapp = f o  = 400 
 v − vsource   340 − 22  Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
23. The acceleration due to gravity at a height 1 km above
fapp = 448 Hz the earth is the same as at a depth d below the surface of
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). earth. Then
21. Two blocks A and B of masses 3 m and m respectively 3
are connected by a massless and inextensible string. (a) d = 1 km (b) d = km
2
The whole system is suspended by a massless spring as
1
shown in figure. The magnitudes of acceleration of A and (c) d = 2 km (d) d = km
B immediately after the string is cut, are respectively 2
NEET_7 May 2017.indd 18 7/28/2017 5:42:02 PM

Solved Question Paper - May, 2017 ■ xix
27. Radioactive material A has decay constant 8l and mate-

 2h   d
Solution: gh = gd ⇒ g 1 −  = g 1−  rial B has decay constant l. Initially they have same
 R  R number of nuclei. After what time, the ratio of number
d = 2h = 2 km of nuclei of material B to that A will be?
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). 1 1
(a) (b)
24. A potentiometer is an accurate and versatile device to 7l 8l
make electrical measurements of E.M.F. because the 1 1
method involves (c) (d)
9l l
(a) Potential gradients
(b) A condition of no current flow through the galva- NA
Solution: lA = 8l, lB = l ⇒ NB =
nometer e
(c) A combination of cells, galvanometer and resis-
N o e −8lt
tances ⇒ No e–lt = ⇒ – lt = – 8lt – 1
(d) Cells e
Solution: In zero deflection condition, potentiometer 1
⇒ 7lt = – 1 ⇒ t = −
draws no current. 7l
Best answer is t =
25. A spherical black body with a radius of 12 cm radi- 7l
ates 450 watt power at 500 K. If the radius were halved Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
and the temperature doubled, the power radiated in watt
28. The diagrams below show regions of equipotentials
would be
(a) 20 V 40 V (b) 20 V 40 V
(a) 450 (b) 1000
(c) 1800 (d) 225
A B A B
2 4
P  r  T 
Solution: P ∝ r2T4 ⇒ 1 =  1   1 
P2  r2   T2 
10 V 30 V 10 V 30 V
P2 = 1800 watt (c) 10 V 30 V (d) 40 V
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). 20 V
26. Figure shows a circuit that contains three identical B

A B A
resistors with resistance R = 9.0 W each, two identi-
cal inductors with inductance L = 2.0 mH each, and an 10 V
ideal battery with emf e = 18 V. The current ‘i’ through 30 V
20 V 40 V
the battery just after the switch closed is,.......
A positive charge is moved from A to B in each diagram.
R R (a) In all the four cases the work done is the same
+ L
(b) Minimum work is required to move q in figure
ξ
− (c) Maximum work is required to move q in figure
R L C
(d) Maximum work is required to move q in figure

Solution: W = qΔV
(a) 0.2 A (b) 2 A
as ΔV is same in all conditions, work will be same.
(c) 0 A (d) 2 mA
Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
Solution:
29. Two astronauts are floating in gravitational free space after
At t = 0 having lost contact with their spaceship. The two will
x 18 (a) Move towards each other.
i1 = = = 2 A (b) Move away from each other.
R 9
∴ Current through the battery is i = 2i = 2 × 2 = 4 A (c) Will become stationary
(d) Keep floating at the same distance between them.
OR According to question language:
Capacitor is not mentioned so i = 2 A
NEET_7 May 2017.indd 19 7/28/2017 5:42:06 PM

xx ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2017
Solution: Astronauts move towards each other under

Io Io
mutual gravitational force. (a) (b)
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). 4 8
30. The x and y coordinates of the particle at any time are I I
(c) o (d) o
x = 5t – 2t2 and y = 10t respectively, where x and y are in 16 2
meters and t in seconds. The acceleration of the particle Solution:
of the particle at t = 2s is
P1 P2
(a) 5 m/s2 (b) – 4 m/s2 P3
(c) – 8 m/s
2
(d) 0 I0 I3
Solution: vx = 5 – 4t, vy = 10 I1
∴ ax = – 4, ay = 0 I2
 45º
a = ax iˆ + a y ˆj = −4iˆ m/s2

Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Io I I
31. One end of string of length l is connected to a particle of I1 = , I2 = o cos 2 45° = o ,
2 2 4
mass m and the other end is connected to a small peg on
Io I
a smooth horizontal table. If the particle moves in circle I3 = cos 2 45° = o
with speed v the net force on the particle (directed towards 4 8
centre) will be (T represents the tension in the string): Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
mv 2 mv 2 34. The bulk modulus of a spherical object is B. If it is sub-
(a) T + (b) T − jected to uniform pressure p, the fractional decrease in
l l
radius is
(c) Zero (d) T
Solution: Net force on the particle in uniform circu- B 3p
(a) (b)
lar motion is centripetal force, which is provided by the 3p B
tension in string. p p
(c) (d)
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). 3B B
32. A particle executes linear simple harmonic motion with ∆P ∆V 3∆R
an amplitude of 3 cm. When the particle is at 2 cm from Solution: B = ∴ =
∆V V R
the mean position, the magnitude of its velocity is equal to −
V
that of its acceleration. Then its time period in seconds is
∆P ∆R P
5 4p B = ⇒ − = (ΔP = P)
(a) (b) ∆V R 3B
2p 5 −
V
4p 5 Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
(c) (d) 35. In an electromagnetic wave in free space the root mean
3 p
square value of the electric field is Erms = 6 V/m. The
Solution: Amplitude A = 3 cm
peak value of the magnetic field is

When particle is at x = 2 cm, its velocity = (a) 2.83 × 10–8 T (b) 0.70 × 10–8 T
acceleration (c) 4.23 × 10 T
–8
(d) 1.41 × 10–8 T
E
A2 − x 2 Solution: Eo = cBo Erms = o
i. e., w A2 − x 2 = w2x ⇒ ω =
2
x ⇒ Erms 2 = cBo
2p  2  4p
T = = 2p   = Erms 2 6× 2
w  5 5 ⇒ Bo = = = 2.83 × 10–8 T
c 3 × 108
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
33. Two Polaroids P1 and P2 are placed with their axis per- 36. A rope is wound around a hollow cylinder of mass 3 kg
pendicular to each other. Unpolarised light Io is incidnet and radius 40 cm. What is the angular acceleration of
on P1. A third polaroid P3 is kept in between P1 and P2 the cylinder if the rope is pulled with a force of 30 N?
such that its axis makes an angle 45º with that of P1. The (a) 0.25 rad/s2 (b) 25 rad/s2
intensity of transmitted light through P2 is (c) 5 m/s
2
(d) 25 m/s2
NEET_7 May 2017.indd 20 7/28/2017 5:42:12 PM

Solved Question Paper - May, 2017 ■ xxi
Solution: t = Ia Solution: Work = MB[cosq1 – cosq2]

rF = mR2a 30 N Work = MB[cos0 – cos180º]
F 30 W = Ni AB[1 – (– 1)] − 9.1 µJ
∴a= = = 25 rad/s2 Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
mr 40
3×
100 40. The ratio of wavelengths of the last line of Balmer
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). series and the last line of Lyman series is
37. Two discs of same moment of inertia rotating about their (a) 1 (b) 4
regular axis passing through centre and perpendicular to the (c) 0.5 (d) 2
plane of disc with angular velocities w1 and w2. They are Solution: For last line of Balmer : n1 = 2 & n2 = ∞
brought into contact face to face coinciding the axis of rota-
1 1 1 1 1 
tion. The expression for loss of energy during this process is = RZ 2  2 − 2  = R(1) 2  2 − 2 
lB  n1 n2  2 ∞ 
1
(a) I (w 1 − w 2 ) 2 (b) I(w1 – w2)2
4 4

lB = (i)
1 1 R
(c) (w 1 − w 2 ) 2 (d) I (w 1 + w 2 ) 2
8 2
For last line of Lyman series : n1 = 1 & n2 = ∞
w + w2 1 1 1 1 1 
Solution: Iw1 + Iw2 = 2Iw ⇒ w = 1 = RZ 2  2 − 2  = R(1) 2  2 − 2 
2 lL ∞
1 1
n
 1 n2   1 
(K.E.)i = I w 1 + I w 2
2 2
2 2
lL = 1/R (ii)
2
1  w + w2  lB ( 4 / R)

(K.E.)f = × 2 Iw 2 = I  1 = =4
2  2 
lL (1 / R)

1

Loss in K.E. = (K.E.)i – (K.E.)f = (w 1 − w 2 ) 2 1
4 41. A carnot engine having an efficiency of as heat
10
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). engine, is used as a refrigerator. If the work done on the
38. The photoelectric threshold wavelength of silver is system is 10 J, the amount of energy absorbed from the
3250 × 10–10 m. The velocity of the electron ejected reservoir at lower temperature is
from a silver surface by ultraviolet light of wavelength (a) 90 J (b) 99 J
2536 × 10–10 m is (c) 100 J (d) 1 J
(Given h = 4.14 × 10–15 eVs and c = 3 × 108 ms–1) Q2 1−h Q 1 − 0.1
(a) ≈ 0.6 × 106 ms–1 (b) ≈ 61 × 103 ms–1 Solution: b = = ⇒ 2 =
W h 9 0.1
(c) ≈ 0.3 × 106 ms–1 (d) ≈ 6 × 105 ms–1
⇒ Q2 = 9 × 10 = 90 J
Solution: lo = 3250 Å l = 2536 Å
1 2 1 1  2hc  1 1  42. A gas mixture consists of 2 moles of O2 and 4 moles of
mv = hc  −  ⇒ v =  −  Ar at temperature T. Neglecting all vibrational modes,
2  l lo  m  l lo 
the total internal energy of the system is
2 × 12400 × 1.6 × 10 −19  (a) 15RT (b) 9RT
714 

= −31   (c) 11RT (d) 4RT
9.1 × 10  2536 × 3250  f
Solution: U = nRT
= 0.6 × 106 m/s = 6 × 105 m/s 2
Hence, the correct answer is option (a or d). 5 3
Utotal = ( 2) RT + ( 4) RT = 11 RT
39. A 250-Turn rectangular coil of length 2.1 cm and width 2 2
1.25 cm carries a current of 85 µA and subjected to Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
magnetic field of strength 0.85 T. Work done for rotat-
43. An arrangement of three parallel straight wires placed
ing the coil by 180º against the torque is
perpendicular to plane of paper carrying same current I
(a) 4.55 µJ (b) 2.3 µJ
along the same direction is shown in fig. Magnitude of
(c) 1.15 µJ (d) 9.1 µJ
force per unit length on the middle wire B is given by
NEET_7 May 2017.indd 21 7/28/2017 5:42:16 PM

xxii ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2017
B d C (a) 425 kg m–3 (b) 800 kg m–3

90° (c) 928 kg m
–3
(d) 650 kg m–3
d Solution: rog × 140 × 10–3 = rwg × 130 × 10–3
130
A ro = × 103 ≈ 928 kg/m3
140
2 mo i 2 2 mo i 2 Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
(a) (b)
pd pd 45. Which of the following statements are correct?
mo i 2 mo i 2 (i) Centre of mass of a body always coincides with the
(c) (d) centre of gravity of the body
2pd 2pd
(ii) Central of mass of a body is the point at which the
mo i1i2 total gravitational torque on the body is zero
Solution: F = = force per unit length
2pd (iii) A couple on a body produce both translational and
( mo i )i m i2 rotation motion in a body
F1 = = o = F2
2pd 2pd (iv) Mechanical advantage greater than one means that
F1 [due to wire A] small effort can be used to lift a large load
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (ii) and (iii)
(c) (iii) and (iv) (d) (ii) and (iv)
F2 [due to wire C]
Solution: Centre of mass may lie on centre of gravity
mo i 2 and net torque of gravitational pull is zero about centre
Fnet = F12 + F22 = of mass.
2pd
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). Load
Mechanical advantage = >1
44. A U tube with both ends open to the atmosphere, is par- Effort
tially filled with water. Oil, which is immiscible with ⇒ Load > effort
water, is poured into one side until it stands at a dis-
tance of 10 mm above the water level on the other side.
Meanwhile the water rises by 65 mm from its original
level (see diagram). The density of the oil is
Pa Pa
A F
10 mm
E
Final water level
65 mm
Oil D
Initial water level
65 mm
B C
Water

Answer Keys
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (b)
31. (d) 32. (b) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (a) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (a or d) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (c) 44. (c) 45. (d)
NEET_7 May 2017.indd 22 7/28/2017 5:42:19 PM

NEET, 2016 (Phase – I)
PHYSICS
1. A capacitor of 2µF is charged as shown in the d iagram. Ui – U f

When the switch S is turned to position 2, the percentage % loss of energy, ΔU =
×100%
Ui
of its stored energy dissipated is:
1 2 (V 2 − V 2 / 5) × 10 −6
= × 100% = 80%
V 2 × 10 −6
S

V 2 µF 8 µF 2. To get output 1 for the following circuit, the correct
choice for the input is:
A
B Y
(a) 20% (b) 75% C
(c) 80% (d) 0% (a) A = 1, B = 0, C = 0
Solution: Initially, the energy stored in 2µF capacitor is (b) A = 1, B = 1, C = 0
1
Ui = CV 2 =
2
1
2
(
2 × 10 –6 V 2 ) (c) A = 1, B = 0, C = 1
(d) A = 0, B = 1, C = 0
= V 2 × 10−6 J Solution: Output of the circuit,
Initially, the charge stored in 2µF capacitor is Y = (A + B) ⋅ C
Qi = CV = (2 × 10−6) V = 2V × 10−6 C. When switch S Y = 1 if C = 1 and A = 0, B = 1 or A = 1,
is turned to position 2, the charge flows and both the
B = 0 or A = B = 1
capacitors share charges till a common potential VCommon
is reached.
total charge 3. A potentiometer wire is 100 cm long and a constant
VCommon = potential difference is maintained across it. Two cells
total capacitance
are connected in series first to support one another
2V × 10 –6 V and then in opposite direction. The balance points are
= = volt
( 2 + 8) × 10 –6
5 obtained at 50 cm and 10 cm from the positive end of

Finally, the energy stored in both the capacitors the wire in the two cases. The ratio of emf’s is
2
(a) 5 : 4 (b) 3 : 4
1 V  (c) 3 : 2 (d) 5 : 1
Uf = [( 2 + 8) × 10 −6 ]  
2  5 Solution: Suppose two cells have emf’s x1 and x2 (also
V 2
x1 > x2).

= × 10 −6 J
5
Potential difference per unit length of the potentiometer
wire = k (say)
Paper_2016_Phase I.indd 23 7/28/2017 5:42:53 PM

xxiv ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2016
When x1 and x2 are in series and support each other then

d = density of cylinder
x1 + x2 = 50 × k (1) A = area of cross-section of cylinder
When x1 and x2 are in opposite direction
Using law of floatation,
x1 − x2 = 10 × k (2) Weight of cylinder = Upthrust by two liquids

On adding Eqn. (1) and Eqn. (2) L × A × d × g = nr × ( pL × A)g + r(L − pL) Ag
2x1 = 60k ⇒ x1 = 30k and x2 = 50k − 30k = 20k d = npr + r(1− p) = (np + 1− p)r
d = {1 + (n − 1)p}r
x1 30 k 3
∴ = = Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
x2 20 k 2
6. Out of the following options which one can be used to
produce a propagating electromagnetic wave?
4. When a metallic surface is illuminated with radiation (a) A stationary charge
of wavelength l, the stopping potential is V. If the same (b) A charge less particle
surface is illuminated with radiation of wavelength 2l, (c) An accelerating charge
V (d) A charge moving at constant velocity
the stopping potential is . The threshold wavelength
4 Solution: An accelerating charge is used to produce
for the metallic surface is
5 electromagnetic wave.
(a) 5l (b) l
2 Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
(c) 3l (d) 4l 7. The charge flowing through a resistance R varies
Solution: According to Einstein’s photoelectric equation, with time t as Q = at − bt2, where a and b are positive
hc hc constants. The total heat produced in R is
eVs = – 3 3
l lo (a) a R (b) a R
∴ According to question, 3b 2b
hc hc a3 R a3 R
eV = – (1) (c) (d)
l lo b 6b
eV hc hc Solution: Given, Q = at − bt2
= – (2)
4 2l lo dQ
∴I= = a − 2bt
From equation (1) and (2), we get dt
hc hc hc hc At t = 0, Q = 0 ⇒ I = 0
– = –
2l 4 l lo 4 lo Also, I = 0 at t = a/2b
hc 3hc ∴ Total heat produced in resistance R,
⇒ = or lo = 3l
4l 4 lo a / 2b a / 2b

H= ∫0
I 2 Rdt = R ∫
0
( a − 2bt ) 2 dt
5. Two non-mixing liquids of densities r and nr(n > 1) are a / 2b

put in a container. The height of each liquid is h. A solid
cylinder of length L and density d is put in this container.
= R ∫
0
( a 2 + 4b 2 t 2 − 4 abt )dt
The cylinder floats with its axis vertical and length pL a / 2b

( p < 1) in the denser liquid. The density d is equal to  t3 t2 
= R  a 2 t + 4b 2 − 4 ab 
(a) {2 + (n + 1) p}r  3 2 0
(b) {2 + (n − 1) p}r
 a 4b 2 a3 4 ab a 2 
(c) {1 + (n − 1) p}r = R a2 × + × 3− × 2
(d) {1 + (n + 1) p}r  2b 3 8b 2 4b 
Solution: a3 R  1 1 1  a3 R
=  + −  =
b 2 6 2 6b
ρ Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
(L-pL)
8. At what height from the surface of earth the gravitation
nρ pL potential and the value of g are −5.4 × 107 J kg−2 and 6.0
ms−2 respectively? Take the radius of earth as 6400 km

Solved Question Paper - May, 2016 ■ xxv
(a) 1600 km (b) 1400 km experiment. What will be the intensity in front of one
(c) 2000 km (d) 2600 km of the slits on the screen placed at a distance D = 10d?
Solution: Gravitation potential at a height h from the Io 3
(a) (b) I o
surface of earth, Vh = −5.4 × 107 Jkg−2 4 4
At the same point acceleration due to gravity,
Io
gh = 6 m s−2 and R = 6400 km (c) (d) Io
2 d
= 6.4 ×106 m Solution: Here, d = 5l, D = 10d, y =
2
GM d
We know, Vh = − , Resultant Intensity Iy = ? at y =
( R + h) 2
d
GM V The path difference between two waves at y =
is
gh = =− h 2
( R + h) 2
R+h d
d×
y 2
Vh ∆ x = d tan q = d × =
⇒ R+h= – D 10 d
gh
d 5l l
Vh = = =
∴h= – –R 20 20 4
gh Corresponding phase difference,
2p p
= – (5.4 × 10 ) – 6.4 × 106
7
f= Δx = .
6 l 2
Now, maximum intensity in Young’s double slit
= 9 × 106 − 6.4 × 106
experiment,
= 2600 km
Imax = I1 + I2 + 2I1I2
I
9. Coefficient of linear expansion of brass and steel rods Io = 4I ( I1 = I1 = I) ∴ I = o
4
are a1 and a2. Lengths of brass and steel rods are l1 and
l2 respectively. If (l2 − l1) is maintained same at all tem- p I
Required intensity Iy = I1 + I 2 + 2 I1 I 2 cos = 2I = o
peratures, which one of the following relations holds 2 2
good? Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
(a) a 1l22 = a 2 l12 (b) a 12 l2 = a 22 l1 11. Given the value of Rydberg constant is 107 m−1, the
wave number of the last line of the Balmer series in
(c) a1l1 = a2l2 (d) a1l2 = a2l1 hydrogen spectrum will be
Solution: Linear expansion of brass = a1 (a) 0.5 × 107 m−1 (b) 0.25 × 107 m−1
Linear expansion of steel = a2 (c) 2.5 × 107 m−1 (d) 0.025 × 104 m−1
Solution: Here, R = 107 m−1
Length of brass rod = l1 and length of steel rod l2
The wave number or the last line of the Balmer series in
On increasing the temperature of the rods by ΔT, new hydrogen spectrum is given by
lengths would be
1  1 1  R 10 7
l′1 = l1(1 + a1ΔT)(1) = R 2 – 2  = = = 0.25 × 107 m−1
l  2 ∞  4 4
l′2 = l2(1 +(2) Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
Subtracting Eqn. (1) from Eqn. (2), we get 12. The ratio of escape velocity at earth (ve) to the escape
l′2 − l′1 = (l2 − l1) + (l2a2 − l1a1) ΔT velocity at a planet (vP) whose radius and mean density
According to question, are twice as that of earth is
l′2 − l′1 = l2 − l1 (for all temperatures) (a) 1 : 2 2 (b) 1 : 4
∴ l2a2 − l1a1 = 0 or l1a1 = l2a2 (c) 1 : 2 (d) 1 : 2
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). 2GM
Solution: As escape velocity, v =
10. The intensity at the maximum in a Young’s double R
slit experiment is Io. Distance between two slits is
d = 5l, where l is the wavelength of light used in the 2G 4p R3 8p G
= , r = R r
R 3 3

xxvi ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2016
ve R re 1 1 1
2
vmax N sin q + ms N cos q
∴ = e × = × = ⇒ =
vP RP rP 2 2 2 2 Rg N cos q – ms N sin q
( RP = 2Re and rP = re)  m + tan q 

vmax = Rg  s
Hence, the correct answer is option (a).  1 – m s tan q 
13. A long solenoid has 1000 turns. When a current of 4 A Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
flows through it, the magnetic flux linked with each turn 15. The magnetic susceptibility is negative for
of the solenoid is 4 × 10−3 Wb. The self-inductance of (a) paramagnetic material only
the solenoid is (b) ferromagnetic material only
(a) 3 H (b) 2 H (c) paramagnetic and ferromagnetic materials
(c) 1 H (d) 4 H (d) diamagnetic material only
Solution: Here, N = 1000, I = 4 A, fo = 4 × 10−3 Wb Solution: Magnetic susceptibility is negative for dia-
Total flux linked with the solenoid, f = Nfo
magnetic material only.
= 1000 × 4 × 10−3 Wb = 4 Wb Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
Since, f = LI
16. A siren emitting a sound of frequency 800 Hz moves
away from an observer towards a cliff at a speed of
∴ Self-inductance of solenoid, 15 ms−1. Then, the frequency of sound that the observer
f 4 Wb hears in the echo reflected from the cliff is: (Take veloc-
= L= =1H ity of sound in air = 330 ms−1)
I 4A
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). (a) 800 Hz (b) 838 Hz
(c) 885 Hz (d) 765 Hz
14. A car is negotiating a curved road of radius R. The
Solution: Here, frequency of sound emitted by siren, no
road is banked at an angle q. The coefficient of fric-
= 800 Hz
tion between the tyres of the car and the road is ms. The
Speed of source, us = 15m s−1
maximum safe velocity on this road is
Speed of sound in air, u = 330 ms−1
ms + tan q g ms + tan q Apparent frequency of sound at the cliff = frequency
(a) gR (b) heard by observer = n
1− ms + tan q R 1− ms + tan q
Using Doppler’s effect of sound
g ms + tan q ms + tan q  v  330
gR 2 n =  no = × 800
 v – vs 
(c) (d) 330 – 15
R 2 1 − ms + tan q 1 – ms + tan q
330
Solution: = × 800 = 838.09 Hz ≈ 838 Hz
315
Ncosθ Ncosq
N N Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
θ 17. A body of mass 1 kg begins  to move under the action of
Nsinq q a time dependent force F = ( 2ti + 3t 2 j ) N, where i
a = ν 2/R fcosq
q and j are unit vectors along x and y axis. What power
mg
f fsinq will be developed by the force at the time t?
fsinθ
(a) (2t2 + 4t 4) W (b) (2t3 + 3t 4) W
θ f mg (c) (2t + 3t ) W
3 5
(d) (2t2 + 3t3) W


For vertical equilibrium on the road, Solution: Here, F = ( 2ti + 3t 2 j ) N, m = 1 kg
Ncos q = mg + fsin q

Acceleration of the body, a = F

Centripetal force for safe turning, m
mv 2
N sin q + f cos q = ( 2ti + 3t 2 j ) N
R =

From Eqns. (1) and (2), we get 1 kg
Velocity of the body at time t,
v2 N sin q + f cos q  
= v = ∫ adt = ∫ ( 2ti+ 3t 2 j )dt
Rg N cos q – f sin q

Solved Question Paper - May, 2016 ■ xxvii
= t 2i + t 3 j ms –1 (as integration constant is 0)

⇒ sin q ′ =
3
∴q ′ = sin −1  
3
∴ Power developed by the force at time t, 4  4

P = F ⋅ v = ( 2ti + 3t 2 j ) ⋅ (t 2 i + t 3 j ) Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
= ( 2t 3i + 3t 5 ) W 20. A square loop ABCD carrying a current i, is placed near
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). and coplanar with a long straight conductor XY carrying
a current I, the net force on the loop will be
18. From a disc of radius R and mass M, a circular hole of diam- Y B C
eter R, whose rim passes through the centre is cut. What
is the moment of inertia of the remaining part of the disc
about a perpendicular axis, passing through the centre? I i L
(a) 13 MR2/32 (b) 11 MR2/32
(c) 9 MR /32
2
(d) 15 MR2/32 X A D
M L/2 L
Solution: Mass per unit area of disc =
pR 2 mo Ii 2 mo IiL
Mass of removed portion of disc, (a) (b)
2 2p 3p
M  R M
M’ = × p   = m IiL 2 mo Ii
pR 2 2 4 (c) o (d)
Moment of inertia of removed portion about an axis 2p 3p
passing through centre of disc O and perpendicular to Solution: Force on arm AB due to current in c onductor
the plane of disc, XY is
2 mo Ii m Ii
I′O = I′O + M′d2 F1 = = o acting towards XY in the plane
2 2
3p p
1 M  R M  R 3 MR 2 of loop.
=   +   = Force on arm CD due to current in conductor XY is
2 4 2 4 2 32
m 2 IiL m Ii

When portion of disc would not have been removed, the F2 = o = o acting away from XY in the
4p 3( L / 2) 3p
moment of inertia of complete disc about centre O is
plane of loop.
1 ∴ Net force on the loop = F1 − F2
IO =
MR 2
2 mo Ii  1  2 mo Ii

So, moment of inertia of the disc with removed portion is = 1–  =
p  3 3 p
1 3 MR 2 13 MR 2 Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
I = IO − I′O =
MR 2 – =
2 32 32 21. A black body is at a temperature of 5760 K. The energy
of radiation emitted by the body at wavelength 250 nm
19. In a diffraction pattern due to a single slit of width a the is U1, at wavelength 500 nm is U2 and that at 1000 nm is
first minimum is observed at an angle 30° when light U3. Wien’s constant b = 2.88 × 106 nm K. Which of the
of wavelength 5000 Å is incident on the slit. The first following is correct?
secondary maximum is observed at an angle of U
T = 5760 K
(a) sin −1   (b) sin −1  
2 1 U2
 3  2
U3
(c) sin   (d) sin −1  
3−1 1 U1
 4  4 l(nm)
250 500 1000
Solution: For first minimum, the path difference (a) U3 = 0 (b) U1 > U2
between extreme waves, a sin q = l (c) U2 > U1 (d) U1 = 0
1
Here q = 30° ⇒ sin q = Solution: According to Wein’s displacement law
∴ a = 2l 2 (1) b 2.88 × 106 nm K
For first secondary maximum, the path difference lm = = = 500 nm
T 5760 K
between extreme waves Clearly from graph, U1 < U2 > U3

3 3
a sinq ′ = l ⇒ (2l) sinq ′ = l [Using Eqn (1)]
2 2

xxviii ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2016
22. An air column, closed at one end and open at the other, 25. If the magnitude of sum of two vectors is equal to the
resonates with a tuning fork when the smallest length magnitude of difference of the two vectors, the angle
of the column is 50 cm. The next larger length of the between these vectors is
column resonating with the same tuning for is (a) 90° (b) 45°
(a) 100 cm (b) 150 cm (c) 180° (d) 0°  
(c) 200 cm (d) 66.7 cm Solution: Let the two vectors be A and B.
l  
Solution: First harmonic is obtained at l = Then, magnitude of sum of A and B,
= 50 cm third harmonic is obtained for resonance, 4
3l A + B = A + B + 2 AB cosq
2 2
l′ = = 3 × 50 = 150 cm  
4 and magnitude of difference of A and B,
 
23. The molecules of a given mass of a gas have r.m.s. A – B = A2 + B 2 – 2 AB cosq
velocity of 200 ms−1 at 27 °C and 1.0 × 105 Nm−2 pres-
   
sure. When the temperature and pressure of the gas are A + B = A – B (given)
respectively, 127 °C and 0.05 × 105 Nm−2, the r.m.s.
velocity of its molecules in ms−1 is
or A2 + B 2 + 2 AB cosq
400 100 2
(a) (b) = A2 + B 2 – 2 AB cosq
3 3
⇒ 4 AB cos q = 0
100
(c) (d) 100 2 ∴ cos q = 0 or q = 90°
3 Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
3k BT
Solution: As, Vrms = 26. A astronomical telescope has objective and eyepiece of
m focal lengths 40 cm and 4 cm respectively. To view an
v27° C 27 + 273 300 object 200 cm away from the objective, the lenses must
∴ = = be separated by a distance
v127° C 127 + 273 400
(a) 46.0 cm (b) 50.0 cm
3 (c) 54.0 cm (d) 37.3 cm
= Solution: Here fo = 40 cm, fe = 4 cm
2
Tube length (l) = distance between lenses = vo + fe
2 2
or v127°C =
× v27°C = × 200 ms−1 For objective lens,
3 3
uo = −200 cm, vo = ?
400
= ms−1 1 1 1
3 – =
vo uo fo
24. Consider the junction diode as ideal. The value of cur- 1 1 1

or – =
rent flowing through AB is: vo –200 40
A 1 KΩ B 1 1 1 4

or = – =
+4V −6V vo 40 200 200
∴ vo = 50 cm ∴ l = 50 + 4 = 54 cm
(a) 10−2 A (b) 10−1 A Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
−3
(c) 10 A (d) 0 A
27. A npn transistor is connected in common emitter
Solution: Here, the p-n junction diode is forward configuration in a given amplifier. A load resistance
biased, hence it offers zero resistance. of 800 W is connected in the collector circuit and the
VA – VB 4 – (–6) voltage drop across it is 0.8 V. If the current amplifica-
∴ IAB = =
RAB 1 tion factor is 0.96 and the input resistance of the circuit
is 192 W, the voltage gain and the power gain of the
10 amplifier will respectively be
= A = 10−2 A
1000 (a) 3.69, 3.84 (b) 4, 4

Hence, the correct answer is option (a). (c) 4, 3.69 (d) 4, 3.84

Solved Question Paper - May, 2016 ■ xxix
Solution: Here, mo I mI 1 mI
Ro = 800 W, Ri = 192 W, current gain b = 0.96 B′ = = o × = o
2pr 2p 2a 4pa
output resistance
Voltage gain = Current gain × B
input resistance ∴ =1
B′
800 Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
= 0.96 × =4
192
30. Match the corresponding entries of column 1 with column
Power gain = [Current gain] × [Voltage gain]
2. [Where m is the magnification produced by the mirror]
= 0.96 × 4 = 3.84 Column 1 Column 2
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). (A) m = −2 (p) Convex mirror
28. A gas is compressed isothermally to half its initial volume. 1
The same gas is compressed separately through an adia- (B) m = – (q) Concave mirror
2
batic process until its volume is again reduced to half. Then (C) m = + 2 (r) Real image
(a) Compressing the gas through adiabatic process will 1
require more work to be done. (D) m = + (s) Virtual image
2
(b) Compressing the gas isothermally or adiabatically
will require the same amount of work. (a) A → p, r ; B → p, s ; C → p, q ; D → r, s
(c) Which of the case (whether compression through iso- (b) A → p, s ; B → q, r ; C → q, s ; D → q, r
thermal or through adiabatic process) requires more (c) A → r, s ; B → q, s ; C → q, c ; D → p, s
work will depend upon the atomicity of the gas. (d) A → q, r ; B → q, r ; C → q, s ; D → p, s
(d) Compressing the gas isothermally will require more Solution: Magnification in the mirror,
work to be done. v
m= –
Solution: V1 = V, V2 = V/2 u
as m = − 2 ⇒ v = 2u
On P-V diagram, Area under adiabatic curve > Area
As v and u have same signs so the mirror is concave and
under isothermal cure. So compressing the gas through
image formed is real.
adiabatic process will require more work to be done.
1 u
P Isothermal m = – ⇒ v = ⇒ Concave mirror and real image.
2 2
As m = +2 ⇒ v = −2u
Adiabatic
As v and u have different signs but magnification is 2 so
the mirror is concave and image formed is virtual.
V
V2 V1 1 u
As m = + ⇒ v = –
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). 2 2
 1
29. A long straight wire of radius a carries a steady current As v and u have different signs with magnification  
 2
I. The current is uniformly distributed over its cross-
so the mirror is convex and image formed is virtual.
section. The ratio of the magnetic fields B and B′, at
a Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
radial distances and 2a respectively, from the axis
of the wire is 2 31. If the velocity of a particle is v = At + Bt2, where A and B
1 are constants, then the distance travelled by it between
(a) (b) 1 1 s and 2 s is
2
1 3 7
(c) 4 (d) (a) 3A + 7B (b) A + B
4 2 3
Solution: Magnetic field at a point inside the wire at A B 3
(c) + (d) A + 4B
 a mI 2 3 2
distance r  =  from the axis of wire is B = o 2 r =
 2 2pa Solution: Velocity of the particle is v = At + Bt2
mo I a mI ds
× = o = At +Bt2, ∫ ds = ∫ ( At + Bt 2 )dt
2pa 2 2 4pa dt

Magnetic field at a point outside the wire at distance At 2 t3
r (= 2a) from the axis of wire is ∴ s= + B +C
2 3

xxx ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2016
A B Solution: From figure,

s(at t = 1s) = + + C , s(at t = 2 s)
2 3
8 l q
= 2A + B + C T cos q
3 T

Required distance is
q
 8  A B  kq2 T sin q
=  2A + B + C –  + + C q q
 3   2 3  x2 x
3 7 mg
= A+ B
2 3 T cos q = mg (1)
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). kq 2
T sin q = 2 (2)
x
32. A disk and a sphere of same radius but different masses
kq 2
roll off on two inclined planes of the same altitude and From Eqns. (1) and (2), tan q = 2

length. Which one of the two objects gets to the bottom x mg
of the plane first? x
(a) Sphere Since q is small, ∴ tan q = sin q =

2l
(b) Both reach at the same time x kq 2 mg
∴ = 2 ⇒ q2 = x 3
(c) Depends on their masses 2l x mg 2lk
(d) Disk or q ∝ x3/2
Solution: Time taken by the body to reach the bottom dq 3 dx 3
⇒ ∝ x = xv.
when it rolls down on an inclined plane without slip- dt 2 dt 2
ping is given by dq 1
Since, = constant ∴ v ∝
 k2  dt x
t= 2l 1 + 2 
 R  Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
g sinq 34. A particle moves so that its position vector is given by

r = cos w t x + sin w t y . Where w is a constant. Which

Since g is constant and I, R and sinq are same for both
of the following is true?

kd2 R2 (a) Velocity and acceleration both are parallel to r .
1+ 1+ 
td R2 = 2R2 (b) Velocity is perpendicular to r and acceleration is
∴ = directed towards the origin.
ts k2 2R2 
1 + s2 1+ 2 (c) Velocity is perpendicular to r and acceleration is
R 5R directed away from the origin.
3 5 15 (d) Velocity and acceleration both are perpendicular
= × = 
2 7 14 to r .

Solution: Given, r = cos w t x + sin w t y

⇒ td > ts  k = R , k = 2 
R ∴ v =
 dr
= –w sin wt xˆ + w cos wt yˆ
 d s
5 
 2 dt


Hence, the sphere gets to the bottom first.  dv
a = = –w 2 cos wt xˆ – w 2 sin wt yˆ
dt
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). 
= −w 2 r
33. Two identical charged spheres suspended from a com- 
Since position vector r is directed away from the o rigin, so,
mon point by two massless strings of lengths l, are
acceleration ( −w 2 r ) is directed towards the origin. Also,
initially at a distance d(d < < l) apart because of their  
mutual repulsion. The charges begin to leak from both r ⋅ v = (cos w t x + sin w t y ) ⋅
the spheres at a constant rate. As a result, the spheres
( −w sin w t x +w cos w t y )
approach each other with a velocity v. Then v varies as = − w sin w t cos w t + w sin w t cos w t = 0
a function of the distance x between the spheres, as  
⇒ r ⊥v
(a) v ∝ x (b) v ∝ x−1/2
(c) v ∝ x−1 (d) v ∝ x1/2

Solved Question Paper - May, 2016 ■ xxxi
35. A piece of ice falls from a height h so that it melts (c) Current I(t) leads voltage V(t) by 180°.
completely. Only one-quarter of the heat produced is (d) Current I(t) lags voltage V(t) by 90°.
absorbed by the ice and all energy of ice gets converted Solution: When an ideal capacitor is connected with an
into heat during its fall. The value of h is: [Latent heat ac voltage source, current leads voltage by 90°. Hence
of ice is 3.4 × 105 J/kg and g = 10 N/kg] over a full cycle the capacitor does not consume any
(a) 544 km (b) 136 km energy from the voltage source.
(c) 68 km (d) 34 km Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
Solution: Gravitational potential energy of a piece of 39. A uniform rope of length L and mass m1 hangs vertically
ice at a height h = mgh from a rigid support. A block of mass m2 is attached to
Heat absorbed by the ice to melt completely the free end of the rope. A transverse pulse of wave-
1 length l1 is produced at the lower end of the rope. The
∆Q = mgh (1)
4 wavelength of the pulse when it reaches the top of the
Also, ∆Q = mL (2) rope is l2. The ratio l2/l1 is
1 4L m1 + m2 m2
From Eqns. (1), mL =
mgh or, h = (a) (b)
4 g m2 m1
Here L = 3.4 × 105 J kg−1

m1 + m2 m1
4 × 3.4 × 105 (c) (d)
∴h= = 4 × 34 × 103 = 136 km m1 m2
10
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Solution:
36. A uniform circular disc of radius 50 cm at rest is free to Wavelength of pulse at the lower end, l1 ∝ velocity,
turn about an axis which is perpendicular to its plane and T1
passes through its centre. It is subjected to a torque which v1 =
m
produces a constant angular acceleration of 2.0 rad s−2. Its
net acceleration in ms−2 at the end of 2.0 s is approximately T2
Similarly, l2 ∝ v2 =

(a) 7.0 (b) 6.0 m
(c) 3.0 (d) 8.0
Solution: Given, l2 T2 ( m1 + m2 ) g
∴ = =
r = 50 cm = 0.5 m, a = 2.0 rad s−2, wo = 0 l1 T1 m2 g
At the end of 2 s, m1 + m2
=

Tangential acceleration, at = ra = 0.5 × 2 = 1 m s−2 m2
Radial acceleration, ar = w 2r = (wo + at)2r Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
= (0 + 2 × 2)2 × 0.5 = 8 m s−2 40. An inductor 20 mH, a capacitor 50 mF and a resistor 40
∴ Net acceleration, W are connected in series across a source of emf V = 10
sin 340t. The power loss in A.C. circuit is
a = at2 + ar2 = 12 + 82 = 65 ≈ 8 m s−2 (a) 0.67 W (b) 0.76 W
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). (c) 0.89 W (d) 0.51 W
37. What is the minimum velocity with which a body of Solution: Here, L = 20 mH = 20 × 10−3 H,
mass m must enter a vertical loop of radius R so that it C = 50 µF = 50 × 10−6 F
can complete the loop? R = 40 W, V = 10 sin 340t = Vo sin w t
(a) 2gR (b) 3gR w = 340 rad s−1, Vo = 10 V
(c) 5gR (d) gR XL = wL = 340 × 20 × 10−3 = 6.8 W
Solution: 1 1
XC = =
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). wC 340 × 50 × 10 –6
38. A small signal voltage V(t) = Vo sin w t is applied across 10 4
an ideal capacitor C = = 58.82 W
34 × 5
(a) Over a full cycle the capacitor C does not consume
any energy from the voltage source. Z= R2 + ( X C − X L )2
(b) Current I(t) is in phase with voltage V(t).

xxxii ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2016
43. A refrigerator works between 4 °C and 30 °C. It is

= ( 40) 2 + (58.82 − 6.8) 2
required to remove 600 calories of heat every second in
order to keep the temperature of the refrigerated space
= ( 40) 2 + (52.02) 2 = 65.62 W
constant. The power required is

The peak current in the circuit is
[Take 1 cal = 4.2 Joules)
V0 10 R (a) 23.65 W (b) 236.5 W
Io = = A, cos f =
Z 65.62 Z (c) 2365 W (d) 2.365 W
 40  Solution: Given T2 = 4°C = 277 K,
= 
 65.62  T1 = 30°C = 303 K

Power loss in A.C. circuit, Q2 = 600 cal per second
1 Coefficient of performance,
= Vrms Irms cos f =
Vo I o cosf
2 T2
a=
1 10 40 T1 − T2
= × 10 × × = 0.46 W
2 65.62 65.62
277 277
Hence, the correct answer is (no option). = =
303 − 277 26
41. An electron of mass m and a photon have same energy
E. The ratio of de-Broglie wavelengths associated with Q2
Also, a =

them is: (c being velocity of light) W
1
1
∴ Work to be done per second = power required
 E 2 Q 26
(a)  (b) c( 2mE ) 2
 2m  =W= 2 =
× 600 cal per second
a 277
1 1
1  2m  2 1 E 2 26
(c)   (d)   =
× 600 × 4.2 J per second = 236.5 W
c E  c  2m  277

Solution: For electron of energy E, de-Broglie wave-
h h 44. A particle of mass 10 g moves along a circle of radius
length is le = =
p 2mE 6.4 cm with a constant tangential acceleration. What is
hc the magnitude of this acceleration if the kinetic energy
for photon of energy, E = hn = of the particle becomes equal to 8 × 10−4 J by the end of
lP
hc the second revolution after the beginning of the motion?
⇒ lP =
E (a) 0.15 m/s2 (b) 0.18 m/s2
le h E 1 E 
1/ 2 (c) 0.2 m/s 2
(d) 0.1 m/s2
∴ = × =   Solution: Here, m = 10 g = 10−2 kg,
lP 2mE hc c  2m 
R = 6.4 cm = 6.4 ×10−2 m, Kf = 8 × 10−4 J
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). Ki = 0, at =?
42. When an a-particle of mass m moving with velocity v Using work energy theorem,
bombards on a heavy nucleus of charge Ze, its distance Work done by all the forces = Change in KE
of closest approach from the nucleus depends on m as
Wtangential force + Wcentripetal force = Kf − Ki
1 1
(a) (b) 2 ⇒ Ft × s + 0 = Kf − 0
m m
1 ⇒ mat × (2 × 2p R) = Kf
(c) m (d) Kf
m ⇒ at =
Solution: Distance of closest approach when an a-par- 4pRm
ticle of mass m moving with velocity v is bombarded on 8 × 10 –4
a heavy nucleus of charge Ze, is given by =

22
Ze 2 1 4× × 6.4 × 10 –2 × 10 –2
ro = ∴ ro ∝ 7
pe o mv 2
m = 0.099 ≈ 0.1 m s−2


Solved Question Paper - May, 2016 ■ xxxiii
45. The angle of incidence for a ray of light at a refracting ∴ dm = i + e − A = 45° + 45° − 60° = 30°
surface of a prism is 45°. The angle of prism is 60°. If
 A+dm   60° + 30° 
the ray suffers minimum deviation through the prism, sin  sin 
the angle of minimum deviation and refractive index of  2   2

µ= =
the material of the prism respectively, are  A  60° 
sin   sin 
 2  2 
(a) 30°; 2 (b) 45°; 2
sin 45° 1 2
1 1 = = × = 2
(c) 30°; (d) 45°; sin 30° 2 1
2 2

Solution: Given, i = 45°, A = 60°
Since the ray undergoes minimum deviation, therefore,
angle of emergence from second face, e = i = 45°
Answer Keys
1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (a) 29. (b) 30. (d)
31. (b) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (a)
40. (No option) 41. (d) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (d) 45. (a)

NEET, 2016 (Phase-II)
PHYSICS
1. Planck’s constant(h), speed of light in vacuum (c) and a+ f f −a

Newton’s gravitational constant (G) are three funda- (c) (d)
2(1 + b) 2(1 + b)
mental constants. Which of the following combinations
of these has the dimension of length?
Solution: Position of the car P at any time t, is
hG hG dx p
(a) (b) xP = at + bt2 ⇒ vP = = a + 2bt
c3/ 2 c5/ 2 dt
hc Gc
Similarly, for car Q,
(c) (d)
G h3 / 2 dxQ
xQ = ft – t2 ⇒ vQ = = f – 2t
Solution: According to question, length depends on h, dt
c and G so, l ∝ hp cq Gr ∵ vP(t) = vQ(t) (Given)

l = k hp cp Gr(i) ∴ a + 2bt = f – 2t or 2t(b + 1) = f – a
Writing dimensions of physical quantities on both sides,
f −a
[MoLoTo] = [ML2T–1]p [LT–1]q [M–1L3T–2]r ∴ t =
2(1 + b)
Applying the principle of homogeneity of dimensions,
we get
3. In the given figure, a = 15 m s–2 represents the total
p – r = 0 (ii)
acceleration of a particle moving in the clockwise direc-
2p + q + 3r = 1 (iii) tion in a circle of radius R = 2.5 m at a given instant of
– p – q – 2r = 0 (iv) time. The speed of the particle is
Solving eqns. (ii), (iii) and (iv), we get
1 3
30º
p=r= ,q= − R a
2 2 O
hG

From eqn. (i), dimension of l =
c3/ 2 (a) 4.5 m s–1 (b) 5.0 m s–1
(c) 5.7 m s–1 (d) 6.2 m s–1
( ∵ [k] = 1)
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). Solution: Here, a = 15 m s ; R = 2.5 m
–1
2. Two cars P and Q start from a point at the same time From figure,
in a straight line and their positions are represented by ac = a cos30 º at
ac
xP(t) = (at + bt2) and xQ(t) = (ft – t2). At what time do the
º
R
30
cars have the same velocity? a

3 O
= 15 × m s–2
a− f a+ f 2
(a) (b)
1+ b 2(b − 1)
Paper_2016_Phase II.indd 34 7/28/2017 5:43:16 PM

Solved Question Paper - July, 2016 ■ xxxv
v2 Solution: Mass of bullet, m = 10 g = 0.01 kg

As we know, ac = ⇒ v = ac R
R Initial speed of bullet, u = 400 m s–1
Mass of block, M = 2 kg
3
∴ v= 15 × × 2.5 = 5.69 5˙7 m Length of string, l = 5 m
2
Speed of the block after collision = v1
Speed of the bullet on emerging from block, v = ?
4. A rigid ball of mass m strikes a rigid wall at 60 º and
gets reflected without loss of speed as shown in the fig-
ure. The value of impulse imparted by the wall on the l l
ball will be h = 10 cm
(a) mV (b) 2mV = 0.1 cm m, v
Reference
mV mV mu
,
(c) (d) M, 0
2 3 Before collision
After collision
m

Using energy conservation principle for the block,
V
60º
(KE + PE)Reference = (KE + PE)h
60º 1
V
⇒ Mv12 = Mgh or v1 = 2gh
2
Solution: Given, pi = pf = mV v1 = 2 × 10 × 0.1 = 2 m s–1
m p ix
Using momentum conservation principle for block and
60º
bullet system,
p iy V
pi (M × 0 + mu)Before collision = (M × v1 + mv)After collision
60º ⇒ 0.01 × 400 = 2 2 + 0.01 × v

60º
4−2 2
p fx ⇒v= = 117.15 m s–1 ≈ 120 m s–1
0.01
pf
p fy Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
6. Two identical balls A and B having velocities of 0.5 m

Change in momentum of the ball s–1 and – 0.3 m s–1 respectively collide elastically in one
dimension. The velocities of B and A after the collision
p f − pi = ( − p fxi − p fy j ) − ( pixi − piy j )
respectively will be
= i( p fx − pix ) − j ( p fy − piy ) = 2 pixi (a) – 0.5 m s–1 and 0.3 m s–1
(b) 0.5 m s–1 and – 0.3 m s–1
= −mVi [ ∵ pfy – piy = 0] (c) – 0.3 m s–1 and 0.5 m s–1
mV (d) 0.3 m s–1 and 0.5 m s–1.

Here, pix = pfx = pi cos 60 º =
∵ Impulse imparted by the wall 7. A particle moves from a point ( −2 i + 5j ) to ( 4
j + 3
k)

when a force of ( 4 i + 3 j ) N is applied. How much
= change in the momentum of the ball = mV work has been done by the force?
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). (a) 8 J (b) 11 J
5. A bullet of mass 10 g moving horizontally with a veloc- (c) 5 J (d) 2 J
ity of 400 m s–1 strikes a wood block of mass 2 kg which
Solution: Here, r1 = ( −2i + 5j ) m, r2 = ( 4
j + 3
k) m
is suspended by light inextensible string of length 5 m.

As a result, the centre of gravity of the block found to F = ( 4i + 3j ) N, W = ?

rise a vertical distance of 10 cm. The speed of the bullet
after it emerges out horizontally from the block will be Work done by force F in moving from r1 to r2 ,
(a) 100 m s–1 (b) 80 m s–1
(c) 120 m s–1 (d) 160 m s–1 W = F ⋅ ( r2 − r1 )

xxxvi ■ Solved Question Paper - July, 2016
W = ( 4i + 3j ) × ( 4j + 3

k + 2i − 5j )
Required moment of inertia of the system,
l2
= ( 4i + 3j ) × ( 2i − j + 3
k ) = 8 + (– 3) = 5 J I = m1l12 + m2 l22 = ( m1m22 + m2 m12 )
( m1 + m2 ) 2
8. Two rotating bodies A and B of masses m and 2m m1m2 ( m1 + m2 )l 2 m1m2 2
= = l
with moments of inertia IA and IB (IB > IA) have equal ( m1 + m2 ) 2
m1 + m2
kinetic energy of rotation. If LA and LB be their angular Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
momenta respectively, then
11. Starting from the centre of the earth having radius R,
L
(a) LA = B (b) LA = 2LB the variation of g (acceleration due to gravity) is
2 shown by
(c) LB > LA (d) LA > LB (a) g (b) g
9. A solid sphere of mass m and radius R is rotating about
its diameter. A solid cylinder of the same mas and same r r
O R O R
radius is also rotating about its geometrical axis with an
(c) g (d) g
angular speed twice that of the sphere. The ratio of their
kinetic energies of rotation (Esphere/Ecylinder) will be
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 1 : 5
(c) 1 : 4 (d) 3 : 1 O
r
O
r
R R
1 Solution: Acceleration due to gravity is given by
ESphere I sw s2 I w2
Solution: E = 2 = s s2 g
1 I sw c 4
 3 prGr ; 0 < r ≤ R
Cylinder
I w2
2 c c g = 
 4 prR G ; r > R
3
2 1

Here, Is = mR 2 , Ic = mR 2 , wc = 2ws  3 r 2 O R
r
5 2
2
ESphere mR 2 × w s2 12. A satellite of mass m is orbiting the earth (of radius R)
5 1
= = at a height h from its surface. The total energy of the
1
ECylinder 5
mR 2 × ( 2w s ) 2 satellite in terms of go, the value of acceleration due to
2
gravity at the earth’s surface, is
mgo R 2 mgo R 2
10. A light rod of length l has two masses m1 and m2 (a) (b) −
attached to its two ends. The moment of inertia of of 2( R + h) 2( R + h)
the system about an axis perpendicular to the rod and mgo R 2 mgo R 2
passing through the centre of mass is (c) (d) −
R+h R+h
m1m2 2 m + m2 2
(a) l (b) 1 l Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
m1 + m2 m1m2
13. A rectangular film of liquid is extended from (4 cm ×
(c) (m1 + m2)l2 (d) m1m2 l 2 2 cm) to (5 cm × 4 cm). If the work done is 3 × 10–4 J,
the value of the surface tension of the liquid is
Solution: m1 CM m2 l1 + l2 = l
(a) 0.250 N m–1 (b) 0.125 N m–1
l1 l2 (c) 0.2 N m
–1
(d) 8.0 N m–1
Solution: Work done = Surface tension of film ×

Centre of mass of the system, Change in area of the film
m × 0 + m2 × l m2 l
l1 = 1 = or W = T × ΔA
m1 + m2 m1 + m2

Here, A1 = 4 cm × 2 cm = 8 cm2
m1l A2 = 5 cm × 4 cm = 20 cm2
l2 = l – l1 =
m1 + m2
ΔA = 2(A2 – A1) = 24 cm2 = 24 × 10–4 m2

Solved Question Paper - July, 2016 ■ xxxvii
W = 3 × 10–4 J, T = ? 4
(c) T (d) T
W 3 × 10 −4 1 3
∴T= = −4
= = 0.125 N m–1
ΔA 24 × 10 8 Solution: According to Newton’s law of cooling,
dT
14. Three liquids of densities r1, r2 and r3 (with r1 > r2 > r3), = K(T1 – Ts)
dt
having the same value of surface tension T, rise to the
same height in three identical capillaries. The angles of dT1

For two cases, = K(T1 – Ts)
contact q1, q2 and q3 obey dt
p p dT2
(a) > q1 > q 2 > q 3 ≥ 0 (b) 0 ≤ q1 < q 2 < q 3 <
and = K(T2 – Ts)
2 2 dt
p p
(c) < q1 < q 2 < q 3 < p (d) p > q1 > q 2 > q 3 > 3T + 2T
2 2
Here, Ts = T, T1 = = 2.5T
2
2T cosq
Solution: Capillary rise, h = dT1 3T − 2T T
r rg
and = =
dt 10 10
cosq
For given value of T and r, h ∝
2T + T’ dT2 2T − T’
r T2 = and =

Also, h1 = h2 = h3 2 dt 10
cosq1 cosq 2 cosq 3 T

or, = =
So, = K(2.5T – T)(i)
r1 r2 r3 10
Since, r1 > r2 > r3, so positive value of cos q
2T − T’  2T + T’ 
= K − T  (ii)
cosq1 > cosq2 > cosq3 10
 2 
p
Dividing eqn. (i) by eqn. (ii), we get
For 0 ≤ q <
,q 1 < q 2 < q 3
2
T ( 2.5T − T )
p =
Hence, option is (b) i.e., 0 ≤ q1 < q 2 < q 3 <
2T − T’  2T + T’ 
2  −T
2 
15. Two identical bodies are made of a material for which 2T + T’ 3
− T = ( 2T − T’) ×
the heat capacity increases with temperature. One of 2 2
these is at 100 ºC, while the other one is at 0 ºC. If the T’ = 3(2T – T’) or 4T’ = 6T
two bodies are brought into contact, then, assuming no 3
heat loss, the final common temperature is ∴ T’ = T
2
(a) 50 ºC
(b) more than 50 ºC
(c) less than 50 ºC but greater than 0 ºC 17. One mole of an ideal monoatomic gas undergoes a pro-
(d) 0 ºC cess described by the equation PV3 = constant. The heat
Solution: Since, heat capacity of material increases capacity of the gas during this process is
with increase in temperature so, body at 100 ºC has 3 5
(a) R (b) R
more heat capacity than body at 0 ºC. Hence, final com- 2 2
mon temperature of the system will be closer to 100ºC. (c) 2R (d) R
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Solution: For given process
16. A body cools from a temperature 3T to 2T in 10 min- PV3 = constant
utes. The room temperature is T. Assume that Newton’s For a polytropic process, PVα = constant
law of cooling is applicable. The temperature of the Heat capacity in this process is given by,
body at the end of next 10 minutes will be
R 3 R
7 3 C = CV + = R+ = R ( ∵ a = 3)
(a) T (b) T 1−a 2 1− 3
4 2

xxxviii ■ Solved Question Paper - July, 2016
18. The temperature inside a refrigerator is t2 ºC and the When the mass m is increased by 1 kg, the time period
room temperature is t1 ºC and the amount of heat deliv- of oscillations becomes 5 s. The value of m in kg is
ered to the room for each joule of electrical energy con- 3 4
sumed ideally will be (a) (b)
4 3
t1 t + 273
(a) (b) 1 16 9
t1 − t 2 t1 − t 2 (c) (d)
19 16
t 2 + 273 t1 + t 2 Solution: Time period of spring – block system,
(c) (d)
t1 − t 2 t1 + 273 m
T = 2p
Solution: Temperature inside refrigerator = t2 ºC k
Room temperature = t1 ºC
For refrigerator, For a given spring, T ∝ m

Heat given to higher temperature (Q1 ) T T1 m1
= 1 ∴ =
Heat taken from lower temperature (Q2 ) T2 T2 m2

Q1 t + 273 Q t + 273 Here, T1 = 3 s, m1 = m, T2 = 5 s, m2 = m + 1
= 1 ⇒ = 1 m = ?
Q2 t 2 + 273 Q1 − W t 2 + 273

3 m 9 m
W t + 273 W t −t = or =
or 1 −
= 2 or = 1 2 5 m +1 25 m +1
Q1 t1 + 273 Q1 t1 + 273
25m = 9m + 9 ⇒ 16m = 9

The amount of heat delivered to the room for each joule
of electrical energy (W = 1 J) 9
∴ m = kg
16
t1 + 273
Q1 = Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
t1 − t 2
21. The second overtone of an open organ pipe has the
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). same frequency as the first overtone of a closed pipe L
19. A given sample of an ideal gas occupies a volume V at metre long. The length of the open pipe will be
a pressure P and absolute temperature T. The mass of (a) L (b) 2L
each molecule of the gas is m. Which of the following L
gives the density of the gas? (c) (d) 4L
2
(a) P/(kT) (b) Pm/(kT)
(c) P/(kTV) (d) mkT Solution: Second overtone of an open organ pipe
Solution: As PV = nRT v
= Third harmonic = 3 × no = 3 ×
PV mass 2 Lo
or n = = (i)
First overtone of a closed organ pipe
RT molar mass
v
mas ( molar mass) P = Third harmonic = 3 × nc = 3 ×

Density(r) = = 4 Lo
volume RT
According to question,
( mN A ) P v v
= {From eqn. (i)} 3no = 3nc ⇒ 3 × = 3×
RT 2 Lo 4 Lc
( ∵ R = NAk) ∴ Lo = 2Lc = 2L
mP Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
r=
kT 22. Three sound waves of equal amplitude have frequencies
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). (n – 1), n, (n + 1). They superimpose to give beats. The
20. A body of mass m is attached to the lower end of a number of beats produced per second will be
spring whose upper end is fixed. The spring has neg- (a) 1 (b) 4
ligible mass. When the mass m is slightly pulled down (c) 3 (d) 2
and released, it oscillates with a time period of 3 s. Hence, the correct answer is option (d).

Solved Question Paper - July, 2016 ■ xxxix
23. An electric dipole is placed at an angle of 30º with an

Given system of capacitors C1, C2, C3 and C4 can be
electric field intensity 2 × 105 N C–1. It experiences a simplified as
torque equal to 4 N m. The charge on the dipole, if the C1
dipole length is 2 cm, is A C4
(a) 8 mC (b) 2 mC C2
(c) 5 mC (d) 7 µC B
Solution: Here, q = 30º, E = 2 × 105 N C–1 C3

t = 4 N m, l = 2 cm = 0.02 m, q = ?
t = pE sinq = (ql) E sinq 1 1 1
∴ = +
C AB C1 + C2 + C3 C4
t 4
∴ q= =
El sin q 1 ke o A
2 × 105 × 0.02 ×
Suppose, CAB =
2 d
4 1 1 1
= = 2 × 10–3 C = 2 mC = +
2 × 103  e A 2e A 2e
2 o oA
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). k o  ( k1 + k2 + k3 ) k
 d  3 d d 4
24. A parallel-plate capacitor of area A, plate separation d
and capacitance C is filled with four dielectric materials 1 3 1
⇒ = +
having dielectric constants k1, k2, k3 and k4 as shown in k 2( k1 + k2 + k3 ) 2k4
the figure. If a single dielectric material is to be used to
have the same capacitance C in this capacitor, then its 2 3 1
∴ = +
dielectric constant k is given by k k1 + k2 + k3 k4
A/3 A/3 A /3
k1 k2 k3
25. The potential difference (VA – VB) between the points A
d/2
and B in the given figure is
d VA 3V VB
2Ω + − 1Ω
k4
A I = 2A B
A (a) – 3 V (b) + 3 V
(c) + 6 V (d) + 9 V
(a) k = k1 + k2 + k3 + 3k4
Solution:
2 3V
(b) k = ( k1 + k2 + k3 ) + 2k4 2Ω + − 1Ω
3 VA VB
I = 2A
2 3 1
(c) = + VAB = VA – VB = 2 × 2 + 3 +1 × 2 = 9 V
k k1 + k2 + k3 k4

1 1 3
(d) = + 26. A filament bulb (500 W, 100 V) is to be used in a 230 V
k k1 + k2 + k3 2k4
main supply. When a resistance R is connected in series,
2e o k1 A 2e o k2 A it works perfectly and the bulb consumes 500 W. The
Solution: Here, C1 = , C2 = value of R is
3d 3d
(a) 230 Ω (b) 46 Ω
2e o k3 A 2e o k4 A (c) 26 Ω (d) 13 Ω
C3 = , C4 =
3d d

xl ■ Solved Question Paper - July, 2016
Solution: Power of the bulb in the circuit, P = VI Solution: At equilibrium, initial potential energy of
100 V dipole
500 W R Ui = – MBH
RB Final potential energy of dipole,
230 V MBH
Uf = – MBH cos 60º = −
2
P 500 MBH
I= = =5A W = Uf – Ui = − − ( − MBH )
VB 100 2
MBH
VR = IR = (i)
2
⇒ (230 – 100) = 5 × R
Required torque, t = MBH sin 60º

∴ R = 26 Ω
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). 3
t = 2W × [Using eqn. (i)] = 3W
27. A long wire carrying a steady current is bent into a cir- 2
cular loop of one turn. The magnetic field at the centre Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
of the loop is B. It is then bent into a circular coil of n 29. An electron is moving in a circular path under the influ-
turns. The magnetic field at the centre of this coil of n ence of a transverse magnetic field of 3.57 × 10–2 T. If
turns will be the value of e/m is 1.76 × 1011 C kg–1, the frequency of
(a) nB (b) n2B revolution of the electron is
(c) 2nB (d) 2n2B (a) 1 GHZ (b) 100 MHz
Solution: I one n loop (c) 62.8 MHz (d) 6.28 MHz
loop
I Solution: Here,
B R l = 2π R B′ r l = n.2πr e
B = 3.57 × 10–2 T, =1.76 × 1011 C kg–1
m

Let l be the length of the wire. Magnetic field at the Frequency of revolution of the electron,
mI 1 v
centre of the loop is B = o n= = (i)
2R T 2pr
mopI mv 2 v eB
∴ B= ( ∵ l = 2pR)(i)
Also, = evB ⇒ = (ii)
l r r m
mo nI mo nI
From eqns. (i) and (ii)
B’ = =
2r  l  1 eB 1
2
 2np  n =
2p
×
m
=
2 × 3.14
× 1.76 × 1011 × 3.57 × 10 �2
mo n2pI = 109 Hz = 1 GHz

B’ = (ii) Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
l
30. Which of the following combinations should be
From eqns. (i) and (ii), we get, B’ = n2B
selected for better tuning of an L-C-R circuit used for
communication?
28. A bar magnet is hung by a thin cotton thread in a uniform (a) R = 20 Ω, L = 1.5 H, C = 35 µF
horizontal magnetic field and is in equilibrium state. The (b) R = 25 Ω, L = 2.5 H, C = 45 µF
energy required to rotate it by 60 º is W. Now the torque (c) R = 15 Ω, L = 3.5 H, C = 30 µF
required to keep the magnet in this new position is (d) R = 25 Ω, L = 1.5 H, C = 45 µF
W Solution: Quality factor of an L-C-R circuit is
(a) (b) 3W
3 given by,
3W 2W 1 L
(c) (d) Q=
2 3 R C

Solved Question Paper - July, 2016 ■ xli
Q1= 10.35, Q2 = 9.43, Q3 = 22.77, Q4 = 7.30 80 80

= = = 0.8
Clearly Q3 is maximum of Q1, Q2, Q3, and Q4 ( 80 ) + ( 100 − 40 )
2 2 100
Hence, option (c) is better for tuning of an L-C-R Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
circuit. 33. A 100 Ω resistance and a capacitor of 100 Ω reactance
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). are connected in series across a 220 V source. When
31. A uniform magnetic field is restricted within a region of the capacitor is 50% charged, the peak value of the dis-
radius r. The magnetic field changes with time at a rate placement current is

dB (a) 2.2 A (b) 11 A
. Loop 1 of radius R > r encloses the region r and (c) 4.4 A (d) A
dt
loop 2 of radius R is outside the region of magnetic field Solution: Here, R = 100 Ω, XC = 100 Ω
as shown in the figure. Then the e.m.f. generated is

Net impedance, Z = R 2 + X L2 = 100 2 Ω
×
Peak value of displacement current
× ×r ×
R R = Maximum conduction current in the circuit
× ××
×
1 2 xo 200 2
= = = 2.2 A
(a) zero in loop 1 and zero in loop 2 Z 100 2
dB 2 dB 2
(b) − pr in loop 1 and − pr in loop 2 34. Two identical glass (µg = 3/2) equiconvex lenses of focal
dt dt
length f each are kept in contact. The space between
dB 2 the two lenses is filled with water (µw=4/3). The focal
(c) − pR in loop 1 and zero in loop 2
dt length of the combination is
(a) f/3 (b) f
dB 2
(d) − pr in loop 1 and zero in loop 2 (c) 4f/3 (d) 3f/4
dt
3 4
Solution: Emf generated in loop 1, Solution: Here, µg = , µw =
4 3
df d d dB
ξ1= – = – ( B ⋅ A) = – ( BA) = – A × Focal length (f) of glass convex lens is given by
dt dt dt dt
1  2 1 3  2
 dB  = ( m g − 1)   or =  − 1
ξ1 = –  pr 2  f  R  f 2  R
 dt 
1
dB
=
or f = R (i)
(A = p r because
2
is restricted upto radius r.) R
dt

Focal length (f’) of water filled concave lens is given by

Emf generated in loop 2, nw
1  2 ng ng
d d = ( mw − 1)  − 
ξ2 = – ( BA) = – (0 × A) = 0 f’  R
dt dt
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). 1  4   2 2 R R
32. The potential differences across the resistance, capaci- or =  − 1  −  = −
f’  3   R  3R R R
tance and inductance are 80 V, 40 V and 100 V respec-
tively in an L-C-R circuit. The power factor of this 2
= −[Using eqn. (i)]
circuit is 3f
(a) 0.4 (b) 0.5
Equivalent focal length (feq) of lens system
(c) 0.8 (d) 1.0
Solution: Here, VR = 80 V, VC = 40 V, VL = 100 V 1 1 2 1 3− 2+3 4
= − + = =
f eq f 3f f 3f 3f
Power factor, cos f

R V VR 3f
= = R = ∴ feq =
Z V 4
VR2 + (VL − VC )2


xlii ■ Solved Question Paper - July, 2016
35. An air bubble in a glass slab with refractive index 1.5 37. A person can see clearly objects only when they lie
(near normal incidence) is 5 cm deep when viewed between 50 cm and 400 cm from his eyes. In order to
from one surface and 3 cm deep when viewed from the increase the maximum distance of distinct vision to
opposite face. The thickness (in cm) of the slab is infinity, the type and power of the correcting lens, the
(a) 8 (b) 10 person has to use, will be
(c) 12 (d) 16 (a) convex, +2.25 diopter (b) concave, –0.25 diopter
Solution: Here, µ = 1.5; l = length of the slab; (c) concave, –0.2 diopter (d) convex, +0.15 diopter
x = position of air bubble from one side Solution: Here, u = 400 cm = 4 m, y = ∞, f = ?
µ 1 1 1

Using lens formula, − =
v u f
1 1 1
x ( l– x)

or − = or f = – 4 m
∞ 4 f
x (l − x )
Lens should be concave.

Here, = 5 cm, = 3 cm
m m 1 1

Power of lens = = = – 0.25 D
x (l − x ) l f −4
∴ + = 8 or = 8
m m m
∵ l = 8µ = 8 × 1.5 = 12 cm
38. A linear aperture whose width is 0.02 cm is placed
immediately in front of a lens of focal length 60 cm.
36. The interference pattern is obtained with two coherent The aperture is illuminated normally by a parallel beam
light sources of intensity ratio n. In the interference pat- of wavelength 5 × 10–5 cm. The distance of the first dark
I max − I min band of the diffraction pattern from the centre of the
tern, the ratio will be screen is
I max + I min
(a) 0.10 cm (b) 0.25 cm
n 2 n (c) 0.20 cm (d) 0.15 cm
(a) (b)
n +1 n +1
Solution: Here, a = 0.02 cm = 2 × 10–4 m
n 2 n l = 5 × 10–5 cm = 5 × 10–7 m
(c) (d)
( n +1) 2 ( n + 1) 2 f = D = 60 cm = 0.6 m
I1 Position of first minima on the diffraction pattern,
Solution: Here, =n
I2 Dl 0.6 × 5 × 10 −7
y1 = = = 15 × 10–4 m
I max  I + I2 
2
 I1 / I 2 + 1
2
a 2 × 10 −4
=  1  =   = 0.15 cm
I
min  I1 − I 2   I1 / I 2 − 1
 n + 1
2
39. Electrons of mass m with de-Broglie wavelength l fall
=   on the target in an X-ray tube. The cutoff wavelength
 n − 1 (lo) of the emitted X-ray is
2
I max  n + 1
−1   −1 2mcl 2 2h
I max − I min I min  n − 1 (a) lo = (b) lo =
= = h mc
I + I min I max 2
max + 1  n + 1 + 1 2m 2 c 2 l 3
I min   (c) lo = (d) lo = l
 n − 1 h2
( n + 1) 2 − ( n − 1) 2 4 n 2 n Solution: Kinetic energy of electrons

= = =
( n + 1) 2 + ( n − 1) 2 2( n + 1) n +1 p2 (h / l )2 h2
K= = =

Hence, the correct answer is option (b). 2m 2m 2 ml 2

Solved Question Paper - July, 2016 ■ xliii

So, maximum energy of emitted X-ray photon = K N2 = Remaining nuclei after 85% decay
hc h2 2mcl 2 = (1 – 0.85) No = 0.15 No
= ∴ lo = 2
lo 2 ml 2
h N 0.15 N o 1  1
∴ 2 = = =  
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). N1 0.6 N o 4  2
40. Photons with energy 5 eV are incident on a cathode C
Hence, two half life is required between 40% decay and
in a photoelectric cell. The maximum energy of emit-
85% decay of a radioactive substance.
ted photoelectrons is 2 eV. When photons of energy
6 eV are incident on C, no photoelectrons will reach ∴ Time taken = 2t1/2 = 2 × 30 min = 60 min
the anode A, if the stopping potential of A relative to Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
C is 43. For CE transistor amplifier, the audio signal voltage
(a) +3 V (b) +4 V across the collector resistance of 2 kΩ is 4 V. If the cur-
(c) –1 V (d) –3 V. rent amplification factor of the transistor is 100 and the
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). base resistance is 1 kΩ, then the input signal voltage is
(a) 10 mV (b) 20 mV
41. If an electron in a hydrogen atom jumps from the 3rd
(c) 30 mV (d) 15 mV
orbit to the 2nd orbit, it emits a photon of wavelength
l. When it jumps from the 4th orbit to the 3rd orbit, the Solution: Here, RC = 2 lΩ = 2000 Ω, Vo = 4 V
corresponding wavelength of the photon will be b = 100, RB = 1 kΩ = 1000 Ω, Vi = ?
16 9 RC 2000
(a) l (b) l Voltage gain, A = b
= 100 × = 200
25 16 RB 1000
20 20 Vo V 4
(c) l (d) l
Also, A = or Vi = o =
7 13 Vi A 200
Solution: When electron jumps from higher orbit to
lower orbit then, wavelength of emitted photon is given 2
= V = 20 mV
by, 100
 1 Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
1 1
= R 2 − 2  44. The given circuit has two ideal diodes connected as
l  n f ni  shown in the figure. The current flowing through the
Transition : 3 → 2, wavelength = l
resistance R1 will be
2Ω
Transition : 4 → 3, wavelength = l’ = ?

R1
1  1 1 5R

So, = R 2 − 2  = D1 D2
l 2 3  36
10 V
1 1 1 7R R2 3Ω R3 2Ω

and = R 2 − 2  =
l’ 3 4  144

144 5l 20 l (a) 2.5 A (b) 10.0 A
∴ l’ = × =
7 36 7 (c) 1.43 A (d) 3.13 A
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
42. The half-life of a radioactive substance is 30 minutes. 45. What is the output Y in the following circuit, when all
The time (in minutes) taken between 40% decay and the three inputs A, B, C are first 0 and then 1?
85% decay of the same radioactive substance is A
(a) 15 (b) 30 B Y
(c) 45 (d) 60 C
Solution: No = Nuclei at time t = 0 (a) 0, 1 (b) 0, 0

N1 = Remaining nuclei after 40% decay (c) 1, 0 (d) 1, 1
= (1 – 0.4) No = 0.6 No

xliv ■ Solved Question Paper - July, 2016
Answer Keys
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (a)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (b) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (c)
31. (d) 32. (c) 33. (a) 34. (d) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (b) 38. (d) 39. (a) 40. (d)
41. (c) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (c)

AIPMT-2015
1. An electron moving in a circular orbit of radius r makes 5 5

n rotations per second. The magnetic field = ( PBVB − PAVA ) = ( 2 × 103 × 6 − 5 × 103 × 4)

2 2
m n2 e
(a) Zero (b) 0 5
r = ( −8 × 103 ) = – 20 kJ
m 0 ne m 0 ne 2
(c) (d) Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
2r 2pr
Solution: Equivalent current in the orbit is 3. When two displacements represented by y1 = asin(w t)
and y2 = bcos(w t) are superimposed, the motion is
e e we ( 2pn)e a
I== = = = ne (a) simple harmonic with amplitude
T ( 2p / w ) 2p 2p b

Magnetic field at centre of current carrying circular coil (b) simple harmonic with amplitude a 2 + b 2
is given by ( a + b)
(c) simple harmonic with amplitude
mo NI 2
B= (where N is number of loops) (d) not a simple harmonic
2r
mo ne Solution: Here, y1 = asinw t
= (as N = 1) b
2r
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Aeq = a2 + b2
2. One mole of an ideal diatomic gas undergoes a transi- a
tion from A to B along a path AB as shown in the figure,
 p
P (kPa) y2 = bcoswt = b sin  w t + 
 2
A Since the frequencies of both SHM are same, hence,
5
2 B resultant motion is SHM with amplitude a 2 + b 2 ,
V (m3)
4 6 because amplitude A = A12 + A22 + 2 A1 A2 cosf
p
The change in internal energy of the gas during the here A1 = a, A2 = b and f = so A = a 2 + b 2
2
transition is Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
(a) –20 kJ (b) 20 J
(c) –12 kJ (d) 20 kJ 4. A particle of unit mass undergoes one-dimensional
motion such that its velocity varies according to
Solution: We know, ΔU = nCvΔT
v(x) = b x–2n
= n   (TB − TA ) for diatomic gas, Cv =  where b and n are constants and x is the position of the
5R 5R

 2  2  particle. The acceleration of the particle as a function of x,
is given by
5nR  PBVB PAVA 

= − [as PV = nRT] (a) –2nb 2x–4n–1 (b) –2b 2x–2n+1
2  nR nR  (c) –2nb e
2 –4n+1
(d) –2nb 2x–2n–1

xlvi ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2015
Solution: According to question, velocity of unit mass Dl Da

varies as (a) (b)
dv a l
v = bx–2n ∴ = – 2nb x–2n–1
dx 2Da 2D l
and, acceleration of the particle is (c) (d)
l a
dv dv dx dv
a= = × = ×v Solution: Given situation is shown in the figure. For
dt dx dt dx central maxima,
∴ a = (– 2nbx–2n–1) × (bx–2n) = –2nb 2 x–4n–1
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). y
a θ
27 2λD/a
5. If radius of the 13 Al nucleus is taken to be RAl then the
125
radius of 53 Te nucleus is nearly D
5 3 l
(a) RAl (b) RAl
3 5
sinq =
1/2 1/3 a
 13   53  y
(c)   RAl (d)   RAl Also, q is very-very small so sinq ≈ tanq =

 53   13  D
Solution: As R ∝ A1/3, hence radius of the nucleus R = y l lD
∴ = ⇒ y=
RoA1/3 D a a
RAl  AAl 
1/ 3
2lD
∴ =  Width of central maxima, 2y = .
RTe  ATe  a

Here, AAl = 27, ATe = 125, RTe = ? 8. Across a metallic conductor of non-uniform cross sec-
RAl  27 
1/ 3
3 5 tion a constant potential difference is applied. The quan-
=  = ⇒ RTe = RAl
RTe  125  5 3 tity which remains constant along the conductor is
(a) current (b) drift velocity
(c) electric field (d) current density
6. In a double slit experiment, the two slits are 1 mm apart Solution: The area of cross section of conductor is non-
and the screen is placed 1 m away. A monochromatic light uniform so current density will be different but the flow of
of wavelength 500 nm is used. What will be the width of electrons will be uniform so current will be constant.
each slit for obtaining ten maxima of single slit pattern? Metallic conductor can be considered as the combination of
(a) 0.1 mm (b) 0.5 mm various conductors connected in series combination. And,
(c) 0.02 mm (d) 0.2 mm in series combination the current always remains constant.
Solution: For double slit experiment, Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
d = 1 mm = 1 × 10–3 m, D = 1 m, l = 500 × 10–9 m 9. On observing light from three different stars P, Q and R,
lD it was found that intensity of violet colour is maximum in
Fringe width b =
d the spectrum of P, the intensity of green colour is maxi-
2lD mum in the spectrum of R and the intensity of red colour
Width of central maxima in a single slit =
a is maximum in the spectrum of Q. If TP, TQ and TR are the
According to question, width of central maxima of single respective absolute temperatures of P, Q and R, then it can
slit pattern = width of 10 maxima of double slit pattern be concluded from the above observation that
2lD  lD  (a) TP > TR > TQ (b) TP < TR < TQ
= 10 
a  d  (c) TP < TQ < TR (d) TP > TQ > TR
2d 2 × 10 –3
Solution: According to Wein’s displacement law
a = = = 0.2 × 10–3 m = 0.2 mm
10 10 lmT = constant
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). For star P, intensity of violet colour is maximum
7. For a parallel beam of monochromatic light of wave- For star Q, intensity of red colour is maximum.
length l, diffraction is produced by a single slit whose For star R, intensity of green colour is maximum.
width a is of the order of the wavelength of the light. If Also, lr > lg > lv
D is the distance of the screen from the slit, the width of ∴ Tr < Tg < Tv hence TQ < TR < TP
the central maxima will be Hence, the correct answer is option (a).

Solved Question Paper - May, 2015 ■ xlvii
10. A potentiometer wire has length 4 m and resistance Aliter:

8 Ω. The resistance that must be connected in series Z
For H-like atoms, v = × 2.188 × 10 m/s
6

with the wire and an accumulator of e.m.f. 2 V, so as to n
here Z = 2, n = 3
get a potential gradient 1 mV per cm on the wire is
(a) 40 Ω (b) 44 Ω ∴ v = 1.46 × 106 m/s
(c) 48 Ω (d) 32 Ω Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
ξ = 2V 12. A wire carrying current I has the shape as shown in adjoin-
ing figure. Linear parts of the wire are very long and paral-
lel to X-axis while semicircular portion of radius R is lying
I
in Y-Z plane. Magnetic field at point O is
R 8Ω Z
Solution: Required potential gradient I

R
1 O Y
= 1 mV cm–1 = V m–1 I
10 I
Length of potentiometer wire,
X
l=4m
So potential difference across potentiometer wire m0 I
(a) B = − (p i − 2k )
1 4p R
× 4 = 0.4 V
= (i)
10 m0 I
(b) B = − (p i + 2k )
In the circuit, potential difference across 8 Ω
4p R
2 m0 I

=I×8= × 8 (ii) (c) B = (p i − 2k )
8+ R 4p R

Using equation (i) and (ii), we get m0 I
(d) B = (p i + 2k )
2 4p R
0.4 = ×8
8+ R Solution: Given situation is shown in the figure.
4 16 Z
= ⇒ 8 + R = 40
10 8+ R
2
R I
∴ R = 32 Ω O Y Z
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). 1 I 3
I 2
I
11. Consider 3rd orbit of He+ (Helium), using non-relativ-
istic approach, the speed of electron in this orbit will X 1 R O 3
× Y
be [given K = 9 × 109, constant Z = 2 and h (Planck’s

Parallel wires 1 and 3 are semi-infinitely long, so magnetic
Constant) = 6.6 × 10–34 J s]
field at O due to them are
(a) 1.46 × 106 m/s (b) 0.73 × 106 m/s
mo I ˆ
(c) 3.0 × 10 m/s
8
(d) 2.92 × 106 m/s B1 = B3 = − k
Solution: Energy of electron in He+ 3rd orbit 4pR
Z2 4
Magnetic field at O due to semi-circular arc in YZ-plane
E3 = −13.6 × 2 eV = −13.6 × eV is given by
n 9 mI
4 B2 = − o iˆ

−19
= −13.6 × × 1.6 × 10 J ≈ 9.7 × 10–19 J 4R
9
Net magnetic field at point O is given by

According to Bohr’s model, B = B1 + B2 + B3
Kinetic energy of electron in the 3rd orbit = – E3
mo I ˆ mo I ˆ mo I ˆ
1 = −
k− i− k
∴ 9.7 × 10–19 = me v 2 4pR 4R 4pR
2
mo I
2 × 9.7 × 10 −19 = − (p i + 2k )
v= = 1.46 × 106 m s–1 4pR
9.1 × 10 −31

xlviii ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2015
13. Which of the following figures represent the variation 15. The fundamental frequency of a closed organ pipe of
of particle momentum and the associated de-Broglie length 20 cm is equal to the second overtone of an organ
wavelength? pipe open at both the ends. The length of organ pipe
p p open at both the ends is
(a) 100 cm (b) 120 cm
(c) 140 cm (d) 80 cm
λ λ Solution: For closed organ pipe, fundamental frequency
(a) (b)
v
p is given by νc =
p 4lc
For open organ pipe, fundamental frequency is given by
v
(c) λ (d) λ no = and 2nd overtone of open organ pipe is
2lo
Solution: de-Broglie wavelength, 3v
h 1 n ′ = 3no; n ′ =
l = or l ∝ ⇒ lp = constant 2lo
p P According to question, nc = n ′
It represents a rectangular hyperbola. v 3v
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). = ∴ lo = 6lc
4lc 2lo
14. A parallel plate air capacitor of capacitance C is con- Here, lc = 20 cm, ∴ lo = 6 × 20 = 120 cm
nected to a cell of emf V and then disconnected from Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
it. A dielectric slab of dielectric constant K, which can
16. The refracting angle of a prism is A, and refractive
just fill the air gap of the capacitor, is now inserted in it.
index of the material of the prism is cot(A/2). The angle
Which of the following is incorrect?
of minimum deviation is
(a) The energy stored in the capacitor decreases K times.
(a) 180º – 2A (b) 90º – A
(b) The change in energy stored in CV 2  − 1 .
1 1 (c) 180º + 2A (d) 180º – 3A
2  K 
 A+dm 
(c) The charge on the capacitor is not conserved. sin 
 2 
(d) The potential difference between the plates decreases Solution: As µ =
K times.  A
sin  
C1 = C
 2
 A+dm 
sin 
q
q′ = q A  2   A
C2 cot =
2  A ∵ m = cot 2 
sin    
 2
Solution: q = CV ⇒ V = q/C  A  A+dm 
cos   sin 
Due to dielectric insertion, new capacitance C2 = KC  2  2 
=
q2  A  A
Initial energy stored in capacitor, U1 = sin   sin  
2C  2  2

q2  p A  A dm 
Final energy stored in capacitor, U2 = sin  −  = sin  + 
2 KC
 2 2 2 2
Change in energy stored,
p A A d
ΔU = U2 – U1 ∴ − = + m ⇒ dm = p – 2A = 180º – 2A
2 2 2 2
q2  1  1 2  1  Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
ΔU =  − 1 = CV  − 1
2C  K  2  K  17. Which logic gate is represented by the following

New potential difference between plates combination of logic gates?
q V Y1
V′ = = A
CK K

The charge on the capacitor is conserved. Y
B

Hence, the correct answer is option (c). Y2

Solved Question Paper - May, 2015 ■ xlix
(a) NAND (b) AND 2l, the stopping potential is V0. The threshold wave-
(c) NOR (d) OR length for this surface for photoelectric effect is
A
A l
(a) 4l (b)
Y 4
B l
B
(c) (d) 6l
Solution: The Boolean expression of this arrangement 6
is (using De Morgan’s theorem) Solution: According to Einstein’s photoelectric
equation
Y = A + B = A ⋅ B = A⋅ B
i.e., AND gate. hc hc
eVs = − , where Vs = Stopping potential
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). l lo
1 l = Incident wavelength, lo = Threshold wavelength
18. A Carnot engine, having an efficiency of h = as heat
10
hc  1 1 
engine, is used as a refrigerator. If the work done on the ∴ Vs = −
system is 10 J, the amount of energy absorbed from the e  l lo 
reservoir at lower temperature is
For the first case
(a) 99 J (b) 90 J
hc  1 1 
(c) 1 J (d) 100 J
3Vo = −  (i)
Solution: For Carnot engine, e  l l o
T 1 T
For the second case
Efficiency, h = 1 − 1 ; = 1− 1
T2 10 T2 hc  1 1

Vo =  −  (ii)
T 1 9 e  2l lo 
1 = 1 − = (i)
T2 10 10

Divide eqn. (i) by (ii), we get

For refrigerator,
1 1
 l − l 
High temperature
o
Q2
3 =
 1 1
 2l − l 
o
W = 10 J
 1 1 1 1
⇒ 3 −  =  − 
Q1  2l lo   l lo 
Low temperature
3 3 1 1
⇒ − = −
Q2 T 2l lo l lo
∴ = 2
Q1 T1
1 2
Q +W T ⇒ = ∴ lo = 4 l
⇒ 1 = 2 2l lo
Q1 T1

Q + 10 10
⇒ 1 = 20. A radiation of energy E falls normally on a perfectly
Q1 9
reflecting surface. The momentum transferred to the
10 10 surface is (C = Velocity of light)
⇒ 1 + =
Q1 9 2E 2E
(a) (b) 2
10 10 1 C C
⇒ = −1 = ∴ Q1 = 90 J
Q1 9 9 E E
(c) 2 (d)

So, 90 J heat is absorbed at lower temperature. C C

Hence, the correct answer is option (b). hC
Solution: Energy of radiation, E = hn =
19. A certain metallic surface is illuminated with mono- l
h E
chromatic light of wavelength, l. The stopping poten- Also, its momentum p = = = pincident
l C
tial for photo-electric current for this light is 3V0. If the
E
same surface is illuminated with light of wavelength preflected = – pincident = −
C

l ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2015

So, momentum transferred to the surface
E  E 2E
= pincident – preflected = −  −  = µ1 =1.5 µ2 =1.5
C  C C
21. A mass m moves in a circle on a smooth horizontal plane µ3 =1.7
with velocity v0 at a radius R0. The mass is attached to a
string which passes through a smooth hole in the plane 1  1 1
as shown. = ( m − 1)  − 
f  R1 R2 
vo
For plano-convex lens
m
Ro
R1 = ∞, R2 = – 20 cm,
1 1 0.5 1
= (1.5 − 1)  −
1 1 
∴ =  = =
f1 f2  ∞ −20  20 40

The tension in the string is increases gradually and
R
So, f1 = f2 = 40 cm
finally m moves in a circle of radius 0 . The final
value of the kinetic energy is 2
For concave lens,
1 2
(a) mv0 (b) 2mv02 µ = 1.7, R1 = – 20 cm , R2 = 20 cm
4
1 2 ∴
1
= (1.7 − 1)
 1 1  −2 
(c) mv0 (d) mv02  −  = 7.0 ×  
2 f3 −20 20   20 
Solution: According to law of conservation of angular 100
So, f3 = −
cm
momentum 7
mvr = mv′r′
Equivalent focal length (feq) of the system is given by
R 
voro = v  o  ⇒ v = 2vo(i) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
 2
= + + = + +
f eq f1 f 3 f 2 40 −100 / 7 40
1 2
mv0 2
Ko v  1 7 2 1
∴ = 2 =  o = − =− =−
K 1 2  v 20 100 100 50
mv
2 ∴ feq = – 50 cm
K  v 
2

or =  o = (2)2 (Using (i))
Ko  v 23. A block A of mass m1 rests on a horizontal table. A
light string connected to it passes over a frictionless
∴ K = 4Ko = 2mv02 pulley at the edge of table and from its other end
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). another block B of mass m2 is suspended. The coef-
22. Two identical thin plano-convex glass lenses (refractive ficient of kinetic friction between the block and the
index 1.5) each having radius of curvature of 20 cm are table is µk. When the block A is sliding on the table, the
placed with their convex surfaces in contact at the cen- tension in the string is
tre. The intervening space is filled with oil of refractive ( m2 − mk m1 ) g m1m2 (1 + mk ) g
index 1.7. The focal length of the combination is (a) (b)
( m1 + m2 ) ( m1 + m2 )
(a) –25 cm (b) –50 cm
(c) 50 cm (d) –20 cm m1m2 (1 − mk ) g ( m2 + mk m1 ) g
(c) (d)
Solution: Given combination is equivalent to three lenses. ( m1 + m2 ) ( m1 + m2 )
In which two are plano-convex with refractive index 1.5
and one is concave lens of refractive index 1.7. Solution: Given situation is shown in the figure.
Using lens maker formula,

Solved Question Paper - May, 2015 ■ li
N 25. A ship A is moving Westwards with a speed of 10 km h–1

a
T and a ship B 100 km South of A, is moving Northwards
A with a speed of 10 km h–1. The time after which the dis-
f T
tance between them becomes shortest, is
T
(a) 5 h (b) 5 2 h
m1g a (c) 10 2 h (d) 0 h
m2g Solution: Given situation is shown in the figure.
N

Here, N = m1g

fk = µkN = µkm1g (i)
vA = 10 km h−1

Let a be the acceleration of blocks. W
O
E

Equation of motion for A and B 45º 100 km
P vB = 10 km h−1

T – f = m1a(ii)

m2g – T = m2a(iii) S

Adding equation (ii) and (iii), we get
Velocity of ship A is vA = 10 km h–1 towards west
m2g – fk = (m1 + m2)a
Velocity of ship B is vB = 10 km h–1 towards north
m2 g − f k
OS = 100 km, OP = shortest distance
a=
m1 + m2
Relative velocity between A and B is

Put this value of a in equation (iii) vAB = v A2 + v B2 = 10 2 = km h–1
(m g − fk )
T = m2 g − m2 2
OP 1 OP
m1 + m2
cos45º = ; =
OS 2 100
m1m2 g + m1m2 mk g m m (1 + mk ) g
= = 1 2 100 100 2
m1 + m2 m1 + m2 OP = = = 50 2 km
(Using (i)) 2 2
The time after which distance between them equals to
24. A particle is executing SHM along a straight line. Its OP is given by
velocities at distances x1 and x2 from the mean position OP 50 2
are V1 and V2, respectively. Its time period is t= = ∴ t=5h
v AB 10 2
x22 − x12 V12 + V22
(a) 2p (b) 2p Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
V12 − V22 x12 + x22
26. A rod of weight W is supported by two parallel knife
edges A and B and is in equilibrium in a horizontal posi-
V12 − V22 x12 + x22
(c) 2p (d) 2p tion. The knives are at a distance d from each other. The
x12 − x22 V12 + V22 centre of mass of the rod is at distance x from A. The
Solution: In SHM, velocities of a particle at distances normal reaction on A is
x1 and x2 from mean position are given by Wd W (d − x)
(a) (b)
V12 = w 2 ( a 2 – x12 ) (i)
x x
V22 = w 2 ( a 2 – x22 ) (ii)
W (d − x) Wx
(c) (d)

From equation (i) and (ii), we get d d
Solution: Given situation is shown in figure.
V12 + V22 = w 2 ( x22 − x12 )
A x d–x B
V12 − V22 x22 − x12
w= ∴ T = 2p
x22 − x12 V12 − V22

Hence, the correct answer is option (a). N1 W N2

lii ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2015
N1 = Normal reaction on A, Solution: Total initial energy of two particles

N2 = Normal reaction on B, W = Weight of the rod 1 1
= m1u12 + m2 u22
In vertical equilibrium, 2 2
N1 + N2 = W(i)
Total final energy of two particles
In rotational equilibrium, torques about centre of mass 1 1
= m1v12 + m2 v22 + e
of the rod counterbalance. 2 2
∴ N1x = N2(d – x)
Using energy conservation principle,
Putting value of N2 from equation (i)
1 1 1 1

N1x = (W – N1) (d – x) m1u12 + m2 u22 = m1v12 + m2 v22 + e
2 2 2 2
⇒ N1x = Wd – Wx – N1d + N1x 1 1 1 1
∴ m1u12 + m2 u22 − e = m1v12 + m2 u22
W (d − x) 2 2 2 2
⇒ N1d = W(d – x) ∴ N1 =
d Hence, the correct answer is option (b).

29. Kepler’s third law states that square of period of revo-
27. The approximate depth of an ocean is 2700 m. The lution (T) of a planet around the sun, is proportional
compressibility of water is 45.4 × 10–11 Pa–1 and density to third power of average distance r between sun and
of water is 103 kg/m3. What fractional compression of planet
water will be obtained at the bottom of the ocean?
(a) 1.0 × 10–2 (b) 1.2 × 10–2 i.e. T2 = Kr3, here K is a constant.
(c) 1.4 × 10–2 (d) 0.8 × 10–2 If the masses of sun and planet are M and m respectively
Solution: According to question, then as per Newton’s law of gravitation, force of attrac-
Depth of ocean d = 2700 m tion between them is
Density of water, r = 103 kg m–3 GMm
F = , here G is gravitational constant. The rela-
Compressibility of water, K = 45.4 × 10–11 Pa–1 r2
ΔV tion between G and K is described as
=? (a) GMK = 4p2 (b) K = G
V
Excess pressure at the bottom, ΔP = rgd 1
(c) K = (d) GK = 4p2
= 103 × 10 × 2700 = 27 × 106 Pa G
ΔP Solution: Gravitational force of attraction between sun
We know, B = and planet provides centripetal force for the orbit of
( ΔV / V )
planet.
ΔV  ΔP mv 2
⇒   1 GMm GM
 = = K.ΔP  ∵ K =  ∴ = ⇒ v2 = (i)
 V  B B r2 r r
= 45.4 × 10–11 × 27 × 106 = 1.2 × 10–2
Time period of the planet is given by

Hence, the correct answer is option (b). 2pr 4p 2 r 2

T= ∴ T2 =
28. Two particles of masses m1, m2 move with initial veloci- v v2
ties u1 and u2. On collision, one of the particles get 4p r 2 2
⇒ T2 = [Using equation (i)]
excited to higher level, after absorbing energy e. If final  GM 
velocities of particles be v1 and v2 , then we must have  
r 
1 1 1 1 4p 2 r 3
(a) m1u12 + m2 u22 = m1v12 + m2 v22 − e
T2 = (ii)
2 2 2 2 GM
1 1 1 1
According to equation,
(b) m1u1 + m2 u2 − e = m1v12 + m2 v22
2 2
2 2 2 2
T2 = Kr3(iii)
1 1 1 1
Comparing equations (ii) and (iii), we get
(c) m12 u12 + m22 u22 + e = m12 v12 + m22 v22
2 2 2 2 4p 2

K= ∴ GMK = 4p2
(d) m12 u1 + m22 u2 − e = m12 v1 + m22 v2 GM


Solved Question Paper - May, 2015 ■ liii
30. A block of mass 10 kg, moving in x direction with a con- between their centres equal to 12R. If they attract each
stant speed of 10 ms–1, is subjected to a retarding force other due to gravitational force only, then the distance
F = 0.1x J/m during its travel from x = 20 m to 30 m. Its covered by the smaller body before collision is
final KE will be (a) 4.5R (b) 7.5R
(a) 450 J (b) 275 J (c) 1.5R (d) 2.5R
(c) 250 J (d) 475 J 12R
Solution: Here, m = 10 kg, vi = 10 m s–1
Initial kinetic energy of the block is
1 1 Solution: Initial distance between their centers
Ki = mvi2 = × (10 kg) × (10 m s –1 ) 2 = 500 J
2 2 = 12R

Work done by retarding force
At time of collision the distance between their centers
30 30 = 3R
x2
 x2 
W= ∫ F dx
x
= ∫ −0.1 xdx
20
= −0.1  
 2  20
x1
R 2R
900 − 400 
= −0.1   = – 25 J
 2  So total distance travelled by both = 12R – 3R = 9R
According to work-energy theorem, Since the bodies move under mutual forces, center of
mass will remain stationary so
W = Kf – Ki
m1x1 = m2x2
Kf = W + Ki = – 25 J + 500 J = 475 J
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). ∴ mx = 5m (9R – x) ⇒ x = 45R – 5x
31. A wind with speed 40 m/s blows parallel to the roof of a ⇒ 6x = 45R ∴ x = 7.5R
house. The area of the roof is 250 m2. Assuming that the Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
pressure inside the house is atmospheric pressure, the
33. A resistance R draws power P when connected to an AC
force exerted by the wind on the roof and the direction
source. If an inductance is now placed in series with
of the force will be
the resistance, such that the impedance of the circuit
(rair = 1.2 kg/m3)
becomes Z, the power drawn will be
(a) 4.8 × 105 N, upwards
R
(b) P  
(b) 2.4 × 105 N, upwards R
(a) P
(c) 2.4 × 105 N, downwards Z  Z
(d) 4.8 × 105 N, downwards 2
Solution: By Bernoulli’s theorem,  R
(c) P (d) P  
1 1  Z
P1 + rv12 = P2 + rv22 Solution: Case I:
2
2
inside outside R
Assuming that the roof width is very small,
1
Pressure difference, P1 – P2 = r( v22 − v12 ) ∼
2
Here, r = 1.2 kg m–3, v2 = 40 m s–1, v1 = 0,
A = 250 m2 Vrms V2
P = VrmsIrms = Vrms ×
= rms
1 R R
P1 – P2 = × 1.2( 40 2 − 0 2 )
2 ⇒ Vrms
2
= PR(i)
1
= × 1.2 × 1600 = 960 N m–2 Case II:
2 L R
Force acting on the roof F = (P1 – P2) × A = 960×250
= 2.4 × 105 N upwards
∼
32. Two spherical bodies of mass M and 5M and radii R
and 2R are released in free space with initial separation

liv ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2015

Power drawn in LR circuit ΔUABC = ΔUAC
V R As AB is isochoric process,
P′ = VrmsIrms cosf = Vrms × rms ×
Z Z ∴ ΔWAB = 0
R R ΔQAB = ΔUAB = 400 J
= Vrms 2
= PR × 2 [Using eqn (i)]
Z2 Z As BC is isobaric process.
R2 ∴ ΔQBC = ΔUBC + ΔWBC
P′ = P
Z2 100 = ΔUBC + 6 × 104 (4 × 10–3 – 2 × 10–3)
100 = ΔUBC + 12 × 10
C
34. The ratio of the specific heats P = g in terms of ΔUBC = 100 – 120 = – 20 J
CV
degrees of freedom (n) is given by As, ΔUABC = ΔUAC

(a) 1 +  (b) 1 + 
n 2
ΔUAB + ΔUBC = ΔQAC – ΔWAC
 3  n
1
400 – 20 = ΔQAC – (2 × 104 × 2 × 10–3 + × 2 × 10–3
(c) 1 +  (d) 1 + 
n 1 2
 2  n × 4 × 10 )
4
n ⇒ 380 = ΔQAC – (40 + 40)

Solution: For n degrees of freedom, Cv = R
2 ∴ ΔQAC = 380 + 80 = 460 J

Also, Cp – Cv = R
n
R + R =  + 1 R
n

Cp = Cv + R =
2 2  36. If energy (E), velocity (V) and time (T) are chosen as
the fundamental quantities, the dimensional formula of
 n 
Cp  + 1 surface tension will be
2 n+ 2 2 (a) [EV–1T–2] (b) [EV–2T–2]
As g = = = ∴ g = 1+
Cv ( n / 2 ) R n n (c) [E V T ]
–2 –1 –3
(d) [EV–2T–1]
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Solution: Let S = kE aV bT c
35. Figure below shows two paths that may be taken by a where k is a dimensionless constant.
gas to go from a state A to a state C.
Writing the dimensions on both sides,
P
we get [M1L0T–2] = [ML2T–2]a [LT–1]b [T]c
6×104 Pa B C
= [MaL2a+bT–2a–b+c]
2×104 Pa

Applying principle of homogeneity of dimensions,
A

we get, a = 1 (i)
V
2×10−3 m3 4×10−3 m3
2a + b = 0 (ii)

In process AB, 400 J of heat is added to the system and – 2a – b + c = – 2 (iii)
in process BC, 100 J of heat is added to the system.
Adding (ii) and (iii), we get c = –2
The heat absorbed by the system in the process AC
will be From (ii), b = – 2a = – 2
(a) 500 J (b) 460 J ∴ S = kEV –2 T –2 or [S] = [EV –2T –2]
(c) 300 J (d) 380 J Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
Solution: As initial and final points are same so 37. If in a p-n junction, a square input signal of 10 V is
P applied as shown,
6×104 Pa B C
+5V
RL
2×104 Pa
A –5V
V
2×10−3 m3 4×10−3 m3
then the output across RL will be

Solved Question Paper - May, 2015 ■ lv
10 V B
A
(a) (b) −5 V Y
C
(a) VA ≠ VB = VC (b) VA = VB ≠ VC
5V (c) VA ≠ VB ≠ VC (d) VA = VB = VC
(c) (d) −10 V
Solution: The current flowing in the different branches
Solution: Diode is forward bias for positive voltage i.e. of circuit is indicated in the figure.
2I 3R
V > 0, so output across RL is given by 2
3
5V B
I R I
A I
X 3 Y
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). C
38. Three blocks A, B and C of masses 4 kg, 2 kg and 1 kg 3R
respectively, are in contact on a frictionless surface, as 2I 3
VA = IR, VB = × R = IR
shown. If a force of 14 N is applied on the 4 kg block, 3 2
then the contact force between A and B is
and
I
A VC = × 3R = IR
B C 3
Thus, VA = VB = VC
(a) 6 N (b) 8 N Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
(c) 18 N (d) 2 N
40. Three identical spherical shells, each of mass m and
a
radius r are placed as shown in figure. Consider an axis
F = 14 N
A XX′ which is touching to two shells and passing through
B C
diameter of third shell.
Moment of inertia of the system consisting of these
Solution: three spherical shells about XX′ axis is

Here, MA = 4 kg, MB = 2 kg, MC = 1 kg, F = 14 N X

Net mass, M = MA + MB + MC = 4 + 2 + 1 = 7 kg

Let a be the acceleration of the system.

Using Newton’s second law of motion, F = Ma
X′

14 = 7a ∴ a = 2 m s–2

Let F′ be the force applied on block A by block B i.e. 16 2
(a) 3mr2 mr (b)
the contact force between A and B. Free body dia- 5
gram for block A 11 2
(c) 4mr2 (d) mr
a 5
F′ Solution: Net moment of inertia of the system,
4kg
F = 14 I = I1 + I2 + I3
The moment of inertia of a shell about its diameter,
Again using Newton’s 2nd law of motion., 2
I1 = mr 2
F – F′ = 4a ⇒ 14 – F′ = 4 × 2 3
∴ F′ = 6 N The moment of inertia of shell about its tangent is given by
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). I2 = I3 = I1 + mr2 (using parallel axis theorem)
39. A, B and C are voltmeters of resistance R, 1.5 R and 3R 2 2 5
respectively as shown in the figure. When some poten- = mr + mr 2 = mr 2
3 3
tial difference is applied between X and Y, the voltmeter 5 2 2 2 12mr 2
readings are VA, VB and VC respectively. Then: ∴ I = 2 × mr + mr = = 4mr2
3 3 3

lvi ■ Solved Question Paper - May, 2015
41. The electric field in a certain region is acting radially 43. Two similar springs P and Q have spring constants KP
outward and is given by E = Ar. A charge contained in a and KQ, such that KP > KQ. They are stretched, first by the
sphere of radius a centred at the origin of the field, will same amount (case a,) then by the same force (case b).
be given by The work done by the springs WP and WQ are related as,
(a) Ae0 a2 (b) 4 pe0 Aa3 in case (a) and case (b), respectively
(c) e0 Aa 3
(d) 4 pe0 Aa2 (a) WP = WQ; WP = WQ
(b) WP > WQ; WQ > WP
a (c) WP < WQ; WQ < WP
+q
(d) WP = WQ; WP > WQ
Solution: Here, KP > KQ
Case (a): Elongation (x) in each spring is same.
Solution: According to question, electric field varies as
E = Ar, here r is the radial distance. 1 1
WP = K P x 2, WQ = K Q x 2
At r = a, E = Aa (i) 2 2
∴ WP > WQ
Net flux emitted from a spherical surface of radius a is
q q Case (b): Force of elongation is same.
fnet = enclosed ⇒ (Aa) × (4p a2) = F F
eo eo So, x1 = and x2 =
[Using equation (i)] KP KQ
∴ q = 4peoAa 3
1 1 F2
WP = K P x12 =
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). 2 2 KP
42. The two ends of a metal rod are maintained at tempera-
ture 100 ºC and 110 ºC. The rate of heat flow in the rod 1 1 F2
WQ = K Q x22 =
is found to be 4.0 J/s. If the ends are maintained at tem- 2 2 KQ
peratures 200 ºC and 210 ºC, the rate of heat flow will be ∴ WP < WQ
(a) 16.8 J/s (b) 8.0 J/s Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
(c) 4.0 J/s (d) 44.0 J/s 44. A conducting square frame of side a and a long straight
Solution: Rate of heat flow through a rod is given by wire carrying current I are located in the same plane as
dQ dT shown in the figure. The frame moves to the right with a
= − KA constant velocity V. The emf induced in the frame will
dt dx
be proportional to

Let length of the rod be L. x
dT ΔT 110 − 100 10
Case I: = = = I
dx Δx L L V
dQ1 10
∴ = − KA (i) a
dt L
1 1
dQ1 (a) (b)

Also, = 4 J s–1 (ii) ( 2 x − a) 2 ( 2 x + a) 2
dt
1 1
dT ΔT 210 − 200 10 (c) (d)
Case II: = = = ( 2 x − a)( 2 x + a) x2
dx Δx L L Solution: Here, PQ = RS = PR = QS = a
dQ2 10 x
∴ = − KA (iii)
dt L P R
× B2

So, from equations (i), (ii) and (iii) I B1 V
dQ2 dQ1
= = 4 J s–1
dt dt Q S
a


Solved Question Paper - May, 2015 ■ lvii

Emf induced in the frame dW

i.e. P = k ∴ = k ⇒ dW = kdt
ξ = B1(PQ)V – B2(RS)V dt
W t
mo I mo I
=
2p ( x − a / 2)
aV −
2p ( x + a / 2)
aV
Integrating both sides, ∫ dW = ∫ k dt
0
0
mo I  2 2  ⇒ W = kt (i)
= − aV
2p  ( 2 x − a) ( 2 x + a) 
 Using work energy theorem,
1 2 1
mo I  2a 
W = mv − m(0) 2
= ×2   aV 2 2
2p  ( 2 x − a)( 2 x + a) 
1 2
1 ⇒ kt = mv [Using equation (i)]
∴ ξ∝ 2
( 2 x − a)( 2 x + a)
2kt
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). ⇒ v =
m
45. A particle of mass m is driven by a machine that deliv- dv
ers a constant power k watts. If the particle starts from ∴ Acceleration of the particle, a =
dt
rest the force on the particle at time t is
2k 1 k
(a) mk t −1/ 2 (b) 2mk t −1/ 2 ⇒ a = =
m 2 t 2mt
1 mk −1/ 2 mk mk −1/ 2
(c) mk t −1/ 2 (d) t
Force on the particle, F = ma = = t
2 2 2t 2
Solution: Constant power acting on the particle of mass
m is k watt.
Answer Keys
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (d) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (d)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (a)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (d)
31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. (c)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (c) 45. (d)

AIPMT-2015
1. In the spectrum of hydrogen, the ratio of the longest

where the symbols have their usual meanings.
wavelength in the Lyman series to the longest wave-
Here, E = 15 keV = 15 × 103 V and hc = 1240 eV nm
length in the Balmer series is
1240 eV nm
5 4 9 27 ∴ l= = 0.083 nm
(a) (b) (c) (d) 15 × 103 eV
27 9 4 5
As the wavelength range of X-rays is from 1 nm to
Solution: The wavelength of a spectal line in the Lyman
10–3 nm, so this wavelength belongs to X-rays.
series is
1  1 1 3. An electron moves on a straight line path XY as shown.
= R  2 − 2  , n = 2, 3, 4, .........
lL 1 n  The abcd is a coil adjacent to the path of electron. What
will be the direction of current, if any, induced in the coil?

and that in the Balmer series is
a
1  1 1
= R  2 − 2  , n = 3, 4, 5, ......... b d
lB  2 n 
c

For the longest wavelength in the Lyman series, n = 2 X electron Y
1  1 1  1 1 3R
∴ = R 2 − 2  = R −  = (a) No current induced
lL 1 n   1 4 4
(b) abcd
4
or lL =
(c) adcb
3R (d) The current will reverse its direction as the electron

For the longest wavelength in the Balmer series, n = 3 goes past the coil
Solution: When the electron moves from X to Y, the
1  1 1  1 1 5R
∴ = R 2 − 2  = R −  = flux linked with the coil abcd (which is into the page)
lB  2 3   4 9 36 will first increase and then decrease as the electron
36 passes by.
or lB =

5R a
lL 4 / 3R 4 5R 5

Thus, = = × = b d
lB 36 / 5 R 3R 36 27
c
X Y
2. The energy of the e.m.waves is of the order of 15 keV.
To which part of the spectrum does it belong?
So, according to Lenz’s law, the induced current in the
(a) g-ray (b) X-rays coil will be first anticlockwise and will reverse its direc-
(c) Infra-red rays (d) Ultraviolet rays tion (i.e. will become clockwise) as the electron goes
hc past the coil.
Solution: As l =
E

Solved Question Paper - July, 2015 ■ lix
4. The cylindrical tube of a spray pump has radius R, one 6. A potentiometer wire of length L and a resistance r
end of which has n fine holes, each of radius r. If the are connected in series with a battery of e.m.f. Eo and
speed of the liquid in the tube is V, the speed of the ejec- a resistance r1. An unknown e.m.f. E is balanced at a
tion of the liquid through the holes is length l of the potentiometer wire. The e.m.f. E will be
V 2R VR 2 VR 2 VR 2 given by
(a) (b) (c) (d)
nr n2 r 2 nr 2 n3 r 2 LM o r LEo r
(a) (b)
Solution: Let the speed of the ejection of the liquid ( r + r1 )l lr2

through the holes be v. Eo r l Eo l
(c) (d)
R ( r + r1 ) L L
Solution: The current through the potentiometer wire is

Then according to the equation of continuity, Area ×
speed = constant Eo r1
pR V 2
VR 2
p R2V = np r2v or v= = L
npr 2 nr 2
l
5. The Young’s modulus of steel is twice that of brass. Two
G
wires of same length and of same area of cross section, E
one of steel and another of brass are suspended from the
same roof. If we want the lower ends of the wires to be Eo
at the same level, then the weights added to the steel and I=
( r + r1 )
brass wires must be in the ratio of
(a) 1: 1 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 4 : 1
and the potential difference across the wire is
Eo r
Solution: Let L and A be length and area of cross sec- V = Ir =
tion of each wire. In order to have the lower ends of ( r + r1 )
the wires to be at the same level (i.e. same elongation
The potential gradient along the potentiometer wire is
is produced in both wires), let weights Ws and Wb are V Eo r
v= =
added to steel and brass wires respectively. Then by def- L ( r + r1 ) L

As the unknown e.m.f. E is balanced against length l of
W /A
inition of Young’s modulus, Y = , the elongation the potentiometer wire,
ΔL/L
WL Eo r
produced in the steel wire is ΔLs = s ∴ E = vl =
Ys A ( r + r1 ) L
Wb L
and that in the brass wire is ΔLb =
Yb A
7. A particle is executing a simple harmonic motion. Its
Steel Brass maximum acceleration is a and maximum velocity is
L, A L, A b. Then, its time period of vibration will be
2pb b2 a b2
Ws Wb (a) (b) 2 (c) (d)
a a b a
Solution: If A and w be amplitude and angular fre-
But ΔLs = ΔLb
(given) quency of vibration, then
Ws L WL Ws Y a = w2A(i)
∴ = b or = s
Ys A Yb A Wb Yb and b = wA(ii)
Ys Ws
Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii), we get
2

As = 2, ∴ =
Yb Wb 1 a w2A

= =w

Hence, the correct answer is option (c). b wA

lx ■ Solved Question Paper - July, 2015
∴ Time period of vibration is vs

2p 2p 2pb
T= = =
w (a / b ) a 60º
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). S vs cos60º O

8. If vectors A = cosw t iˆ + sinw t ĵ and B =  
wt wt
cos i + sin j are functions of time, then the value  330 
2 2 n = (100 )   = 103 Hz
of t at which they are orthogonal to each other is  330 − (19.4  1  
p    
(a) t = 0 (b) t = 2
4w
p p
(c) t = (d) t = 10. An automobile moves on a road with a speed of 54 kmh–1.
2w w
The radius of its wheels is 0.45 m and the moment of iner-
Solution: As two vectors A and B are orthogonal to tia of the wheel about its axis of rotation is 3 kg m2. If the
each other, if their scalar product is zero i.e. A ⋅ B = 0. vehicle is brought to rest in 15 s, the magnitude of average

Here, A = cos wt i + sin wt j torque transmitted by its brakes to wheel is
wt wt (a) 2.86 kg m2 s–2 (b) 6.66 kg m2 s–2
and B = cos i + sin j (c) 8.58 kg m s
2 –2
(d) 10.86 kg m2 s–2
2 2
 wt wt 
∴ A ⋅ B = (cos wt i + sin wt
j ) ⋅  cos i + sin j Solution: Here,
 2 2  Speed of the automobile,
wt wt  wt  v = 54 km h–1 = 15 m s–1
= cos wt cos + sin wt sin =  wt − 
2 2  2
Radius of the wheel of the automobile, R = 0.45 m
( cos(A – B) = cosA cosB + sinA sinB)
Moment of inertia of the wheel about its axis of rota-
 wt 
But A ⋅ B = 0 ∴ cos  wt −  = 0 tion, I = 3 kg m2
 2
Time in which the vehicle brought to rest, t = 15 s
 wt  p wt p
cos  wt −  = cos or wt − = The initial angular speed of the wheel is
 2 w 2 2
wt p p v 15 m s –1 1500 100
wi = = = rad s –1 = rad s –1
= or t = R 0.45 m 45 3
2 2 w
and its final angular speed is
9. A source of sound S emitting waves of frequency 100 Hz and wf = 0 (as the vehicle comes to rest)

an observer O are located at some distance from each other. ∴ The angular retardation of the wheel is
The source is moving with a speed of 19.4 ms–1 at an angle of 100
60º with the source observer line as shown in the figure. w f − wi 0−

a= = 3 = − 100 rad s –2
The observer is at rest. The apparent frequency observed t 15 45
by the observer (velocity of sound in air 330 ms–1) is
The magnitude of required torque is
vs
 100  20

t = Ia = (3)  = = 6.66 kg m2s–2
 45  3
60º
S O
(a) 97 Hz (b) 100 Hz (c) 103 Hz (d) 106 Hz 11. A rectangular coil of length 0.12 m and width 0.1 m hav-
Solution: Here, ing 50 turns of wire is suspended vertically in a uniform
Frequency of source, no = 100 Hz magnetic field of strength 0.2 Weber/m2. The coil carries
Velocity of source, vs = 19.4 ms–1 a current of 2 A. If the plane of the coil is inclined at an
Velocity of sound in air, v = 330 ms–1 angle of 30º with the direction of the field, the torque
As the velocity of source along the source observer line required to keep the coil in stable equilibrium will be
is vscos60º and the observer is at rest, so the apparent (a) 0.12 N m (b) 0.15 N m
frequency observed by the observer is (c) 0.20 N m (d) 0.24 N m

Solved Question Paper - July, 2015 ■ lxi
Solution: The required torque is t = NIAB sinq

Hence, their corresponding ratio is
where N is the number of turns in the coil, I is the cur- MA M A  rA   TA   PB 
=
rent through the coil, B is the uniform magnetic field, MB M B  rB   TB   PA 
A is the area of the coil and q is the angle between the
rA 1 T P
direction of the magnetic field and normal to the plane
Here, = 1.5 = , A = 1 and A = 2
of the coil. rB 2 TB PB
Here, N = 50, I = 2 A, A = 0.12 m × 0.1 m = 0.012 m2 MA  3  1 3
∴ =   (1)   =
B = 0.2 Wb/m2 and q = 90º – 30º = 60º MB  2  2 4
∴ t = (50) (2) (0.012) (0.2) sin 60º = 0.20 Nm Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). 14. A satellite S is moving in an elliptical orbit around the
12. A parallel plate air capacitor has capacity C, distance earth. The mass of the satellite is very small compared
of separation between plates is d and potential differ- to the mass of the earth. Then,
ence V is applied between the plates. Force of attraction (a) the acceleration of S is always directed towards the
between the plates of the parallel plate air capacitor is centre of the earth.
(b) the angular momentum of S about the centre of
C 2V 2 C 2V 2 CV 2 CV 2 the earth changes in direction, but its magnitude
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2d 2 2d 2d d remains constant.
(c) the total mechanical energy of S varies periodically
Solution: Force of attraction between the plates of the with time.
Q2 (d) the linear momentum of S remains constant in
parallel plate air capacitor is, F =
2e o A magnitude.
where Q is the charge on the capacitor, eo is the permit-
Solution: The gravitational force on the satellite S acts
tivity of free space and A is the area of each plate. towards the centre of the earth and it provides necessary
Ae o centripetal force, so the acceleration of the satellite S is

But Q = CV and C = or eoA = Cd always directed towards the centre of the earth.
d
C 2V 2 CV 2 15. In the given figure, a diode D is connected to an exter-
∴ F= =
2Cd 2d nal resistance R = 100 Ω and an e.m.f. of 3.5 V. If the

Hence, the correct answer is option (c). barrier potential developed across the diode is 0.5 V, the
current in the circuit will be
13. Two vessels separately contain two ideal gases A and B (a) 35 mA (b) 30 mA (c) 40 mA (d) 20 mA
at the same temperature, the pressure of A being twice
D 100 Ω
that of B. Under such conditions, the density of A is
found to be 1.5 times the density of B. The ratio of R
molecular weight of A and B is
1 2 3 3.5 V
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2
2 3 4
Solution: The potential difference across the resistance
Solution: According to an ideal gas equation, the R is
molecular weight of an ideal gas is V = 3.5 – 0.5 = 3 V
rRT  rRT  D 100 Ω

M=  as P = 
P M  R
0.5 V V
where P, T and r are the pressure, temperature and den-

sity of the gas respectively and R is the universal gas
3.5 V
constant.
r RT
The current in the circuit is
∴ The molecular weight of A is MA = A A
PA V 3
I= =
rB RTB R 100

and that of B is MB =
= 3 × 10–2 A = 30 × 10–3 A = 30 mA
PB


lxii ■ Solved Question Paper - July, 2015
16. A remote-sensing satellite of earth revolves in a circular frequencies between these two. The lowest resonant fre-
orbit at a height of 0.25 ×106 m above the surface of quencies for this string is
earth. If earth’s radius is 6.38×106 m and g = 9.8 m s–2, (a) 105 Hz (b) 155 Hz
then the orbital speed of the satellite is (c) 205 Hz (d) 10.5 Hz
(a) 6.67 km s–1 (b) 7.76 km s–1 Solution: For a string fixed at both ends, the resonant
(c) 8.56 km s
–1
(d) 9.13 km s–1 frequencies are
Solution: The orbital speed of the satellite is
nv
GM e GM e nn = where n = 1, 2, 3 ......
vo = = R 2L
( R + h) ( R + h)

The difference between two consecutive resonant fre-

where R is the earth’s radius, g is the acceleration due to quencies is
gravity on earth’s surface and h is the height above the
surface of earth. ( n + 1)v nv v
Δnn = nn+1 – nn = − =
2L 2L 2L

Here, R = 6.38 × 106 m, g = 9.8 m s–2 and
Thus the lowest resonant frequency for the given string

h = 0.25 × 106 m
= 420 Hz – 315 Hz = 105 Hz
(9.8)
∴ vo = (6.38 × 106 ) which is also the lowest resonant frequency (n = 1).
(6.38 × 106 + 0.25 × 106 )
= 7.76 × 103 m s–1 = 7.76 km s–1 19. Point masses m1 and m2 are placed at the opposite ends of
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). a rigid rod of length L, and negligible mass. The rod is to

17. The position vector of a particle, R as a function of be set rotating about an axis perpendicular to it. The posi-
time is given by tion of point P on this rod through which the axis should

R = 4 sin(2pt) iˆ + 4 cos(2pt) ĵ pass so that the work required to set the rod rotating with
angular velocity wo is minimum, is given by
where R is in meters, t is in seconds and iˆ and ĵ
denote unit vectors along x- and y-directions, respec- ωo
tively. Which one of the following statements is wrong
for the motion of particle? m1 P m2
(a) Path of the particle is a circle ofradius 4 meter
(b) Acceleration vectors is along – R x (L–x)
v2
(c) Magnitude of acceleration vector is where v is
the velocity of particle. R
(d) Magnitude of the velocity of particle is 8 meter/ m2 L m1 L
(a) x = (b) x =
second m1 + m2 m1 + m2

Solution: Here, R = 4 sin( 2pt )i + 4 cos( 2pt )j m1 m2
The velocity of the particle is (c) x = L (d) x = L
m2 m1
dR d
v = = [4 sin( 2pt )i + 4 cos( 2pt )j ] Solution: Moment of inertia of the system about the
dt t axis (through point P) is
= 8p cos( 2pt )i − 8p sin( 2pt )j
I = m1x2 + m2(L – x)2
Its magnitude is

v = (8p cos( 2pt )) 2 + (−8p sin( 2pt )) 2 ωo
= 64p 2 cos 2 ( 2pt ) + 64p 2 sin 2 ( 2pt ) m1 P m2
= 64p 2 [cos 2 ( 2pt ) + sin 2 ( 2pt )] x (L–x)

= 64p = 8p m/s 2

From work-energy theorem,
18. A string is stretched between fixed points separated
Work done to set the rod rotating with angular velocity wo

by 75.0 cm. It is observed to have resonant frequen-
cies of 420 Hz and 315 Hz. There are no other resonant
= Increase in rotational kinetic energy

Solved Question Paper - July, 2015 ■ lxiii
1 1
∴ W= Iw 02 = [m1 x + m2 ( L − x ) ]w 0
2 2 2 By definition, t = r × F

2 2 Here, r = 2iˆ − 6 ˆj − 12kˆ and F = aiˆ + 3 ˆj + 6 kˆ

dW

For W to be minimum, =0 iˆ ˆj kˆ
dx
1 ∴ t = 2 –6 –12
i. e. [2m1 x + 2m2 ( L − x ) (−1)w 02 = 0

2 a 3 6

or m1x – m2(L – x) = 0 ( wo ≠ 0)
m2 L = iˆ(−36 + 36) − ˆj (12 + 12a ) + kˆ(6 + 6a )

or (m1 + m2)x = m2L or x =
m1 + m2 = − ˆj (12 + 12a ) + kˆ(6 + 6a )

Hence, the correct answer is option (b). But t = 0
20. At the first minimum adjacent to the central maximum ∴ 12 + 12a = 0 or a = –1
of a single-slit diffraction pattern, the phase difference and 6 + 6a = 0 or a = –1
between the Huygen’s wavelet from the edge of the slit Hence, the correct answer is option (b).

and the wavelet from the mid point of the slit is 22. Two particles A and B, move with constant velocities v1

p p and v2 . At the initial moment their position vectors are
(a) radian (b) radian
8 4 r1 and r2 respectively. The condition for particle A and
p B for their collision is
(c) radian (d) p radian
2 r –r v –v
(a) r1 – r2 = v1 – v2 (b) 1 2 = 2 1
Solution: The situation is shown in the figure. r1 – r2 v2 – v1

(c) r1 .v1 = r2 .v2 (d) r1 × v1 = r2 × v2
P
Solution: Let the particles A and B collide at time t,
A For their collision, the position vectors of both particles
a/2 θ
a C O should be same at time t, i.e.
∆x  
r1 + v1t = r2 + v2 t
B
r1 − r2 = v2 t − v1t = ( v2 − v1 )t (i)

r−r
Also, r1 − r2 = v2 − v1 t or t = 1 2
Screen v2 − v1

In figure A and B represent the edges of the slit AB of Substituting this value of t in eqn. (i), we get
width a and C represents the midpoint of the slit.
r1 − r2
For the first minimum at P, a sinq = l …(i)
r1 − r2 = ( v2 − v1 )
v −v
where l is the wavelength of light.
2 1
r−r (v − v )

The path difference between the wavelets from A to C is or 1 2 = 2 1
r1 − r2 v2 − v1
a 1 l Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
Δx = sinq = ( a sin q ) = (using (i))
2 2 2 23. A nucleus of uranium decays at rest into nuclei of tho-
The corresponding phase difference Δφ is
rium and helium. Then:
2p 2p l (a) The helium nucleus has less kinetic energy than the

Δf = Δx = × =p
l l 2 thorium nucleus
(b) The helium has more kinetic energy than the tho-
rium nucleus.
21. A force F = aiˆ + 3 ˆj + 6 kˆ is acting at a point r = (c) The helium nucleus has less momentum than the
2iˆ – 6 ˆj – 12kˆ . The value of a for which angular momen- thorium nucleus.
tum about origin is conserved is (d) The helium nucleus has more momentum than the
(a) 1 (b) –1 thorium nucleus.
(c) 2 (d) zero
Solution: If pTh and pHe are the momenta of thorium
Solution: For the conservation of angular momentum and helium nuclei respectively, then according to law of
about origin, the torque t acting on the particle will be conservation of linear momentum
zero. i.e. ∑ t net = 0

0 = pTh + pHe or pTh = − pHe


lxiv ■ Solved Question Paper - July, 2015

–ve sign showns that both are moving in opposite direc- 25. Light of wavelength 500 nm is incident on a metal with
tions, but in magnitude pTh = pHe work function 2.38 eV. The de Broglie wavelength of

If mTh and mHe are the masses of thorium and helium the emitted electron is
nuclei respectively, then (a) ≤ 2.8 × 10–12 m (b) < 2.8 × 10–10 m
p2 (c) < 2.8 × 10 m
–9
(c) ≥ 2.8 × 10–9 m
Kinetic energy of thorium nucleus is KTh = Th and

2mTh Solution: According to Einstein’s photoelectric equa-
p2
that of helium nucleus is KHe = He tion, the maximum kinetic energy of the emitted elec-
2
2mHe
K Th  pTh   mHe  tron is
∴ = 
K He  pHe   mTh  hc

Kmax = − fo
But pTh = pHe and mHe < mTh l
∴ KTh > KHe or KHe > KTh where l is the wavelength of incident light and fo is the

Thus the helium nucleus has more kinetic energy than work unction.
the thorium nucleus. Here, l = 500 nm, hc = 1240 eV nm and fo = 2.28 eV

24. Two metal wires of identical dimensions are connected ∴ Kmax = − 2.28 = 0.2 eV
500
in series. If σ1 and σ2 are the conductivities of the metal
The de Broglie wavelength of the emitted electron is
wires respectively, the effective conductivity of the
h
combination is
fmin =
s 1s 2 2s 1s 2 2 mK max
(a) (b)
s1 + s 2 s1 + s 2
where h is the Planck’s constant and m is the mass of the
s1 + s 2 s1 + s 2 electron.
(c) (d)
As h = 6.6 × 10–34 Js, m = 9 × 10–31 kg
2s 1s 2 s 1s 2
Solution: As both metal wires are of identical dimen-
and Kmax = 0.2 eV = 0.2 × 1.6 × 10–19 J
sions, so their length and area of cross-section will be 6.6 × 10 –34
same. Let them be l and A respectively. Then ∴ lmin =
2(9 × 10 –31 ) (0.2 × 1.6 × 10 –19 )
l
The resistance of the first wire, R1 = (i)
s1A 6.6
= × 10 �9 m = 2.8 × 10–9 m
l 2.4

and that of the second wire, R2 = (ii) So, l ≥ 2.8 × 10–9 m
s2A

As they are connected in series, so their effective resis-
tance is 26. 4.0 g of gas occupies 22.4 litres at NTP. The specific
l l heat capacity of the gas at constant volume is 5.0 JK–1

Rs = R1 + R2 = + mol–1. If the speed of sound in this gas at NTP is 952
s1A s 2 A
ms–1, then the heat capacity at constant pressure is
l  1 1  (Take gas constant R = 8.3 JK–1 mol–1)
= + (iii)
A  s 1 s 2  (a) 8.5 JK–1 mol–1 (b) 8.0 JK–1 mol–1
If σeff is the effective conductivity of the combination,
(c) 7.5 JK–1 mol–1 (d) 7.0 JK–1 mol–1

then Solution: Since 4.0 g of a gas occupies 22.4 litres at
2l NTP, so the molecular mass of the gas is

Rs = (iv) M = 4.0 g mol–1
s eff A gRT

Equating eqns. (iii) and (iv), we get As the speed of the sound in the gas is v =
M
where g is the ratio of two specific heats, R is the univer-
2l l  1 1 

=  + sal gas constant and T is the temperature of the gas.
s eff A A  s 1 s 2  Mv 2
s 2 + s1 2s 1s 1 ∴ g=
2 RT
⇒ = ∴ σeff =
s eff s 1s 2 s1 + s 2 Here, M = 4.0 g mol–1 = 4.0 × 10–3 kg mol–1

Hence, the correct answer is option (b). v = 952 ms–1, R = 8.3 JK–1 mol–1

Solved Question Paper - July, 2015 ■ lxv

and T = 273 K (at NTP) Solution: Let µs and µk be the coefficients of static
and kinetic friction between the box and the plank
(4.0 × 10 –3 kg mol –1 ) (952 ms –1 ) 2 respectively.
∴ g = = 1.6
(8.3 JK –1 mol –1 ) (273K) N

By definition, fk a
Cp θ mg

g = or Cp = gCv mgcosθ sin
θ
Cv mg θ
But g = 1.6 and Cv = 5.0 JK–1 mol–1
∴ Cp = (1.6) (5.0) = 8.0 JK–1 mol–1 When the angle of inclination q reaches 30º, the block
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). just slides,
27. A series R-C circuit is connected to an alternating volt- ∴ µs = tanq = tan 30º = 0.6
age source. Consider two situations If a the acceleration produced in the block, then
(a) When capacitor is air filled. ma = mgsinq – fk
= mgsinq – µkN (as fk = µkN)
(b) When capacitor is mica filled.
= mgsinq – µkmgcosq (as N = mgcosq)
Current through resistor is i and voltage across capaci-
a = g(sinq – µkcosq)
tor is V then:
As g = 10 ms–2 and q = 30º
(a) Va = Vb (b) Va < Vb
(c) Va > Vb (d) ia > ib ∴ a = (10) (sin30º – µk cos30º) (i)
If s is the distance travelled by the block in time t, then
Solution: Current through resistor,
1 2s
C s = at 2 (as u = 0) or a = 2
R 2 t
But s = 4.0 m and t = 4.0 s (given)
i
2(4.0)
∼ ∴ a= = 1/2 m s–2
(4.0) 2
Vo
Substituting this value of a in eqn. (i), we get
i = Current in the circuit 1 3
1/2 m s–2 = (10 ms )  − mk
–2

Vo Vo 2 2 

= = 0.9
R +X
2 2
R + (1 / wC ) 2
2
∴ µk = = 0.5
3

Voltage across capacitor, V = iXC Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
Vo 1 Vo 29. Two stones of masses m and 2m are whirled in horizon-

= × = r
R 2 + (1 / wC ) 2 wC R 2w 2C 2 + 1 tal circles, the heavier one in a radius and the lighter
2
one in radius r. The tangential speed of lighter stone
As Ca < Cb ∴ ia < ib and Va > Vb
is n times that of the value of heavier stone when they
experience same centripetal forces. The value of n is
28. A plank with a box on it at one end is gradually raised (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
about the other end. As the angle of inclination with the
Solution: Let v be tangential speed of heavier stone.
horizontal reaches 30º, the box starts to slip and slides
Then, Centripetal force experienced by lighter stone is
4.0 m down the plank in 4.0 s.
m( nv ) 2

(Fc)lighter =
r 2mv 2
mg
and that of heavier stone is (Fc)heavier =
θ ( r / 2)

But (Fc)lighter = (Fc)heavier (given)

The coefficients of static and kinetic friction between m( nv ) 2 2mv 2  mv 2   mv 2 
the box and the plank will be, respectively ∴ = ⇒ n2   = 4
r ( r / 2)  r   r 
(a) 0.4 and 0.3 (b) 0.6 and 0.6
(c) 0.6 and 0.5 (d) 0.5 and 0.6
n2 = 4 or n = 2


lxvi ■ Solved Question Paper - July, 2015
30. The coefficient of performance of a refrigerator is 5. If

the temperature inside freezer is –20ºC, the temperature vo
h
of the surroundings to which it rejects heat is
(a) 21º C (b) 31º C (c) 41º C (d) 11º C
Solution: The coefficient of performance of a refrigera-
tor is
Let v be the velocity of the ball with which it collides
T2 with ground. Then according to the law of conservation
a= of energy,
T1 − T2

Gain in K.E. = loss in P.E.

where T1 and T2 are the temperatures of hot and cold 1 1
reservoirs (in kelvin) respectively. i. e. mv 2 − mv02 = mgh

2 2
Here a = 5, T2 = –20ºC = – 2 + 273 K = 283 K

or v 2 − v02 = 2gh(i)

T1 = ?

Now, when the ball collides with the ground, 50% of its
253 K
∴ 5= ⇒ 5T1 – 5(253) = 253 K energy is lost and it rebounds to the same height h.
T1 − 253 K
50  1 2 
⇒ 5T1 = 253 + 5(253) = 6(253) K ∴  mv  = mgh or v = 4gh
2
100  2
6
∴ T1 = ( 253) = 303.6 K = 303.6 – 273
Substituting this value of v2 in eqn. (i), we get
5
= 30.6ºC = 31ºC
4 gh − v02 = 2gh
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). or v02 = 4gh – 2gh = 2gh
31. An ideal gas is compressed to half its initial volume or v0 = 2gh
by means of several processes. Which of the process Here, g = 10 ms–2 and h = 20 m ∴ vo = 20 ms–1
results in the maximum work done on the gas? Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
(a) Isothermal (b) Adiabatic
(c) Isobaric (d) Isochoric 33. On a frictionless surface, a block of mass M moving at
Solution: The P-V diagram of an ideal gas compressed speed v collides elastically with another block of same
mass M which is initially at rest. After collision the first
V
from its initial volume Vo to o by several processes is block moves at an angle q to its initial direction and has a
shown in the figure. 2 v
speed . The second block’s speed after the collision is
3
3 2 2 3 3
Ad (a) v (b) v (c) v (d) v
iab 2 3 4 2
Iso
the atic
P rm Solution: The situation is shown in the figure.
al
v/3
Isobaric 1
M
1 2
Vo/2 Vo M v M
V
At rest
Work done on the gas = Area under P-V curve M
As area under the P-V curve is maximum for adiabatic 2 v'
process, so work done on the gas is maximum for adia- Before collision After collision
batic process.
Let v′ be speed of second block after the collision.
As the collision is elastic, so K.E. is conserved.
32. A ball is thrown vertically downwards from a height of
According to conservation of K.E.,
20 m with an initial velocity vo is: 1 1  v 1
2

Mv 2 + 0 = M   + Mv′ 2

(Take g = 10 ms–2) 2 2  3 2
(a) 10 ms–1 (b) 14 ms–1 v 2
8 2 2 2
(c) 20 ms–1 (d) 28 ms–1
or v2 = + v′ 2 or v′ = v = v
9 9 3
Solution: The situation is shown in the figure.

Solved Question Paper - July, 2015 ■ lxvii
34. If potential (in volts) in a region is expressed as V (x, y, z) = If the density of mercury be 13.6×103 kg/m3 and g = 10
6xy – y + 2yz, the electric field (in N/C) at point (1, 1, 0) is m/s2 then the power of heart in watt is
(a) –(6iˆ + 9 ˆj + kˆ ) (a) 1.50 (b) 1.70 (c) 2.35 (d) 3.0
(b) – (3iˆ + 5 ˆj + 3kˆ ) Solution: Here, Volume of blood pumped by man’s
heart,
(c) – (6iˆ + 5 ˆj + 2kˆ )
V = 5 liters = 5 × 10–3 m3
(d) – ( 2iˆ + 3 ˆj + kˆ ) Time in which this volume of blood pumps,

Solution: The electric field E and potential V in a t = 1 min = 60 s
region are related as Pressure at which the blood pumps,
P = 150 mm of Hg = 0.15 m of Hg
 ∂V ˆ ∂V ˆ ∂ V ˆ 

E =  i+ j+ k = (0.15 m) (13.6 × 103 kg/m3) (10 m/s2)
 ∂x ∂y ∂z 
(as P = hρg)

Here, V(x, y, z) = 6xy – y + 2yz = 20.4 × 103 N/m2
∂ ∂ PV
∴= E −  (6 xy − y + 2 yz )i + (6 xy − y + 2 yz )j ∴ Power of the heart =
t
 ∂x ∂y
(20.4 × 103 N/m 2 ) (5 × 10 −3 m3 )
∂ 
= = 1.70 W
+ (6 xy − y + 2 yzk 60 s
∂z 
= [(6 y )i + (6 x − 1 + 2 z )k + ( 2 y )
k]
37. A proton and an alpha particle both enter a region of

At point (1, 1, 0), uniform magnetic field B, moving at right angles to the

E = [(6(1))i + (6(1) − 1 + 2(0))j + ( 2(1))
k] field B. If the radius of circular orbits for both the parti-
cles is equal and the kinetic energy acquired by proton is
= (6i + 5j + 2
k) 1 MeV, the energy acquired by the alpha particle will be
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). (a) 1 MeV (b) 4 MeV
35. Two slits in Young’s experiment have widths in the ratio (c) 0.5 MeV (d) 1.5 MeV
1: 25. The ratio of intensity at the maxima and minima Solution: The kinetic energy acquired by a charged
I particle in a uniform magnetic field B is
in the interference pattern, max is
I min 
q2 B 2 R2 mv 2mK 
4 9 121 49 K=
2m  as R = qB = qB 
(a) (b) (c) (d) 
9 4 49 121

where q and m are the charge and mass of the particle
Solution: As, intensity I ∝ width of slit W and R is the radius of circular orbit.
Also, intensity I ∝ A2 i.e. square of amplitude ∴ The kinetic energy acquired by proton is
I1 W A2 q 2p B 2 Rp2
∴ = 1 = 12
Kp =
I2 W2 A2 2m p
W1 1 qa2 B 2 Ra2

But = (given)
and that by the alpha particle is Kα =
W2 25 2ma
2 2
A2 1 A 1 1 K  q   m p   Ra 
∴ 12 = or 1 = = Thus, a =  a  

A2 25 A2 25 5  
Kp  q p   ma   Rp 
 A1  2
 q   m p   Ra 
2
I max ( A + A2 ) 2  A + 1
36 9
or Kα = K p  a  
  
∴ = 1 =
2
= =  q p   ma   Rp 
I min ( A1 − A2 ) 2
 A1  16 4 q mp 1 R
 A − 1 Here, Kp = 1 MeV, a = 2,
= and a = 1
2 qp ma 4 Rp

 1
∴ Kα = (1 MeV)(2) 2   (1) 2 = 1 MeV
36. The heart of a man pumps 5 liters of blood through the  4
arteries per minute at a pressure of 150 mm of mercury.

lxviii ■ Solved Question Paper - July, 2015
38. The input signal given to a CE amplifier having a volt- Ammeter

 p 480 Ω
age gain of 150 is Vi = 2 cos  15t +  . The corre-
 3 40.8 Ω
sponding output signal will be
 4p   p S =20 Ω
(a) 300 cos  15t +  (b) 300 cos  15t + 
 3   3
 2p   5p  3V
(c) 75 cos  15t +  (d) 2 cos  15t + 
 3   6 
Resistance of the ammeter is
Solution: Here, ( 480 Ω ) ( 20 Ω )
 p RA = = 19.2 Ω
Input signal, Vi = 2 cos  15t +  ( 480 Ω + ( 20 Ω )
 3
and voltage gain, Av = 150 (As 480 Ω and 20 Ω are in parallel)

V As ammeter is in series with 40.8 Ω,

As Av = o ∴ Output signal, Vo = AvVi
Vi ∴ Net resistance of the circuit is
Since CE amplifier gives a phase difference of π(=180º) R = 40.8 Ω + RA = 40.8 Ω + 19.2 Ω = 60 Ω

between input and output signals,

Current in the circuit is
  p 
∴ Vo = 150  2 cos  15t + + p   V 30 V 1
  3  I= = = A = 0.5 A
R 60 Ω 2
 4p 
= 300 cos  15t +  Thus the reading in the ammeter will be 0.5 A
 3 

41. Water rises to height h in capillary tube. If the length of
39. In dimension of critical velocity vc, of liquid flowing capillary tube above the surface of water is made less
through a tube are expressed as (hxry rz), where h, r and than h, then:
r are the coefficient of viscosity of liquid, density of liq- (a) water does not rise at all.
uid and radius of the tube respectively, then the values (b) water rises upto the tip of capillary tube and then
of x, y and z are given by starts overflowing like a fountain.
(a) 1, 1, 1 (b) 1, –1, –1 (c) water rises upto the top of capillary tube and stays
(c) –1, –1, 1 (d) –1, –1, –1 there without overflowing.
Solution: [vc] = [h r r ] (given)
x y z
(i) (d) water rises upto a point a little below the top and
Writing the dimensions of various quantities in eqn. (i), stays there.
we get Solution: Water will not overflow but will change its
[M0LT–1] = [ML–1T–1]x [ML–3T0]y [M0LT0]z radius of curvature.
= [Mx + y L– x – 3y + z T–x]
42. In an astronomical telescope in normal adjustment, a
Applying the principle of homogeneity of dimensions, straight black line of length L is drawn on inside part of
we get objective lens. The eye-piece forms a real image of this
x + y = 0; –x – 3y + z = 1; – x = –1 line. The length of this image is I. The magnification of
On solving, we get the telescope is
x = 1, y = –1, z = –1 L L L L+1
(a) (b) + 1 (c) –1 (d)
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). I I I L –1
40. A circuit contains an ammeter, a battery of 30 V and Solution: The situation is shown in the figure.
a resistance 40.8 ohm all connected in series. If the Eye piece
ammeter has a coil of resistance 480 ohm and a shunt L
of 20 ohm, the reading in the ammeter will be
(a) 1 A (b) 0.5 A I
(c) 0.25 A (d) 2 A fo + f e
Solution: The circuit is shown in the figure.

Solved Question Paper - July, 2015 ■ lxix

Let fo and fe be the focal lengths of the objective and in the second case is 3 times that in the first case, the
eyepiece respectively. work function of the surface of the material is

For normal adjustment distance of the objective from
(h = Plank’s constant, c = speed of light)
the eyepiece (tube length) = fo + fe. hc hc
(a) (b)

Treating the line on the objective as the object and eye- 3l 2l
piece and the lens. hc 2hc
(c) (d)
∴ u = –(fo + fe) and f = fe l l
1 1 1 1 1 1 Solution: Let fo be the work function of the surface of

As − = ∴ − = the material. Then,
v u f v − ( fo + fe ) fe
According to Einstein’s photoelectric equation, the
1 1 1 f + fe − fe fo
⇒= = − = o = maximum kinetic energy of the emitted photoelectrons
v fe fo + fe fe ( fo + fe ) fe ( fo + fe ) in the first case is
fe ( fo + fe ) hc

or v = K max1 = − fo
fo fe ( fo + fe ) l
I v fo f
and that in the second case is

Thus, = = = e
L u ( fo + fe ) fo hc 2hc
f I K max2 = − fo = − fo
or o = …(i)
l /2 l
fe L

But K max2 = 3K max1 (given)
∴ The magnification of the telescope in normal adjust-
ment is 2hc  hc 
∴ − fo = 3  − fo 
f I l  l 
m= o =
(using (i)) 2hc 3hc
fe L ⇒ − fo = − 3fo

Hence, the correct answer is option (a). l l
3hc 2hc hc
43. The value of coefficient of volume expansion of glyc- ⇒ 3fo – fo = − or fo =
l l 2l
erin is 5×10–4K–1. The fractional change in the density
of glycerin for a rise of 40 ºC in its temperature, is
(a) 0.010 (b) 0.015
(c) 0.020 (d) 0.025 45. A beam of light consisting of red, green and blue colours
is incident on a right angled prism. The refractive index
Solution: Let ro and rT be densities of glycerin at 0ºC of the material of the prism for the above red, green and
and T ºC respectively. Then, blue wavelength are 1.39, 1.44 and 1.47, respectively.
rT = ro (1 – gΔT) A
where g is the coefficeint of volume expansion of glyc-
Blue
Green
erine and ΔT is rise in temperature. Red
rT r 45º
= 1 – gΔT or gΔT = 1− T B C
ro ro
ro − rT
Thus, = γΔT The prism will
ro (a) separate the red colour part from the green and blue
Here, g = 5 × 10–4 K–1 and ΔT = 40ºC = 40 K colours
∴ The fractional change in the density of glycerin (b) separate the blue colour part from the red and green
r − rT colours
= o = gΔT = (5 × 10–4 K–1) (40 K) = 0.020 (c) separate all the three colours from one
ro
(d) not separate the three colours at all
Solution: As beam of light is incident normally on
44. A photoelectric surface is illuminated successively by
l the face AB of the right angled prism ABC, so no
monochromatic light of wavelength l and . If the refraction occurs at face AB and it passes straight and
2 strikes the face AC at an angle of incidence i = 45º.
maximum kinetic energy of the emitted photoelectrons

lxx ■ Solved Question Paper - July, 2015

For total reflection to take place at face AC, reflection. So the prism will separate red colour from
i > ic or sin i > sin ic the green and blue colours as shown in the following
figure.

where ic is the critical angle.
1 A

But as here i = 45º and sin ic =
m Blue
1 1 1
∴ sin 45º > or > Green
m 2 m Red

or µ > 2 = 1.414 Red
45º

As µred (= 1.39) < µ (= 1.414) B C

while µgreen (= 1.44) and µblue (= 1.47) > µ (= 1.414), Blue Green
so only red colour will be transmitted through face AC
while green and blue colours will suffer total internal
Answer Keys
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24 (b) 25. (d) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (b)
31. (b) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (b)
41. (c) 42. (a) 43. (c) 44. (b) 45. (a)

Dimensions and
CHAPTER
Error Analysis
1 in Measurement
Chapter Outline
■ Systems of Units ■ Dimensional Analysis
■ Length, Mass and Time Measurements ■ Error Analysis
sysTem of uniT A physical quantity remains the same irrespective of

the system of measurement, i.e.,
1. The magnitude of a physical quantity is expressed by
Q = N U = N U ⇒ N1 M1 L1T1 = N 2 M 2 L2T2
a b c a b c
giving its numerical value and a unit. The numerical 1 1 2 2

a b c
value tells us how many times the basic unit is con-  M1   L1   T1 
tained in the measured value. ⇒ N 2 = N1    L  T 
 M2   2  2
2. The dimensions of a physical quantity are the pow-
ers to which the fundamental unit of length, mass and So, knowing the quantities on the right hand side the
time are to be raised so that the derived quantity can be value of N2 can be obtained.
completely represented. Units
3. Dimensions tell us about the nature of the physical
quantity and do not give any idea about the magnitude.
4. The concept of dimension is more generalised
compared to the idea of unit.
Fundamental units Derived units Supplementary
Applications of Dimensional Analysis units
1. To find the unit of a given physical quantity in a given

Independent of each Derived from
system of units.
other and not fundamental units
2. To convert a physical quantity from one system to the
other. interconvertible
Example: Suppose a physical quantity has the dimen-
sional formula MaLbTc. Units of velocity,
Let N1 and N2 be the numerical values of a quantity in Unit of mass, length, acceleration,
the two systems of units, respectively. time, temperature, force, work-done etc.
In first system, physical quantity, electric current,
=Q N=
1 M1 L1 T1
a b c
N1U1 amount of substance, Units of
luminous intensity. 1. Plane angle
In second system, same quantity,
2. Solid angle
= Q N= 2 M 2 L2T2
a b c
N 2U 2
Objective Physics for NEET_Chapter_1.indd 1 7/25/2017 3:53:34 PM

1.2 ■ Chapter 1
Table 1.1 Physical Quantities with Symbol and Difinitions

Basic Physical
Sr. No. Quantity Name Symbol Definition
1. Length metre m One metre is the length of the path travelled by light in vacuum during a
1
time interval of of a second.
29, 97, 29, 458
2. Mass kilogram kg One kilogram is equal to the mass (a platinum-iridium alloy cylinder) kept at
Internation Bureau of Weights and Measures, at Sevres, near Pairs, France.
3. Time second s One second is the duration of 9,192,631,770 periods of the radiation cor-
responding to the transition between the two hyperfine levels of the ground
state of the cesium 133 atom.
4. Electric current ampere A One ampere is that constant current, if maintained in two straight paral-
lel conductors of infinite length, of negligible circular cross-section, and
placed 1 metre apart in vacuum, would produce between these conductors
a force equal to 2 × 10–7 newton per metre of length.
5. Thermodynamic kelvin K One degree kelvin, is the temperature fraction 1/273.16 of the thermody-
namic temperature of the triple point of water.
6. Amount of mole mol One mole is the amount of substance of a system, which contains as many
substance elementary entities as there are atoms in 0.012 kilogram of carbon-12.
7. Luminous intensity candela cd One candela is the luminous intensity, in a given direction, of a source that
emits monochromatic radiation of frequency 540 × 1012 hertz and that has
a radiant intensity in that direction of 1/683 watt per steradian.
Supplementary Quantities
8. Plane angle dθ = ds/r radian rad Plane angle dθ is defined as the ratio of length of arc ds to the radius r.
9. Solid angle steradian sr Solid angle dΩ is defined as the ratio of the intercepted area dA of the
dΩ = dA/r2 spherical surface, described about the apex O as the centre, to the square
of its radius r.
3. To check the dimensional correctness of given physical 4. We cannot derive the relation if the physical quantity
relation. It is based on the principle of homogeneity. contains more than one term (say sum or difference of
According to it, the dimensions of each term on both two terms.), e.g., v2 = u2 + 2ax
sides of the equation are the same. It can be also said as 5. This method cannot be applied if a quantity depends on
the physical quantities of same nature can be added or trigonometric functions or exponential functions.
subtracted. 6. This method cannot be applied to derive equation con-
4. To derive the correct relationship between different mm
taining dimensional constants, i.e., F ∝ 1 2 , but we
physical quantities. r2
do not get any idea about the constant G.
7. If an equation contains two or more variables with the
Limitations of Dimensional Analysis same dimension, then this method cannot be used.
1. This method gives no information about the dimen-
sionless constants. Errors and Accuracy
2. Many physical quantities have same dimensions, i.e., it 1. If the measured value is other than the true value then
is not unique. we say that there is an error. One basic thing on which
3. We cannot derive the dimensional formula if a physi- physical science depends, is measurement.
cal quantity depends on more than three unknown 2. There are always a lot of factors which influence the
variables. measurement. These factors always introduce error,

Dimensions and Error Analysis in Measurement ■ 1.3
Precision of Measurement: The precision of a measurement

Rules to Determine the Significant
depends upon the least count of the measuring instrument. The Figures
smaller the least count, the more precise the measurement.
Accuracy of Measurement: The accuracy of measurement 1. All the digits which are not zero are significant.
(if there exists an error) depends upon the number of signifi- Example: In number 1987, significant figures are 4.
cant figures in it. The larger the number of significant figures, 2. If there are zeros between two non-zero digits, then all
the higher the accuracy. If there is no error in a measurement, those zeros are significant.
then that measurement is most accurate. Example: In 1708.05, significant figures are 6.
Examples: If the true value of length is 5.764 m, then: 3. If the zeros occur to the right of a decimal point and
(i) If LC = 0.1 cm, the instrument gives measured value 5.6 cm. to the left of a non-zero digit, those zeros are not
(ii) If LC = 0.01 cm, the instrument gives measured value 5.45 cm. significant.
First measurement has more accuracy but less precision and Example: In 0.0001987, significant digits are 4.
second measurement is less accurate but more precise. 4. All the zeros to the right of a decimal point and to the
left of a non-zero digit are significant.
may be small, no matter whatever be the level of Example: The number of significant figures in
accuracy. So, no measurement is perfect. 1987.00 is 6. In the number 0.0019870, significant
3. We can only minimize the errors using best methods figures are 5.
and techniques, but we cannot eliminate these 5. In the number 0.0019870, the zeros between 1 and the
permanently. decimal is not significant. Also, the zero on the left of
decimal is not significant. But the last zero, i.e., to the
Accuracy right of 7 (i.e., a non-zero digit coming after a decimal)
1. Accuracy means the extent to which a measured value is significant.
agrees with the standard or true value for the measurement. 6. All the zeros to the right of last non-zero digit are not
2. But precision means the extent to which a given set of significant.
measurements of the same quantity agree with their Example: The number of significant figures in
mean value. This mean value need not be the true value. 198700 is 4. But all the zero to the right of the last
3. Precise measurement need not be accurate. non-zero digit are significant if they are the result of a
4. As the precision increases, the number of significant fig- measurment.
ures also increases. Accuracy depends on the systematic 7. All the digits in a measured value of physical quantity
errors where as precision depends on random errors. are significant.
5. With the increase in accuracy the error decreases. The Example: Let the distance between two places mea-
accuracy depends on: sured to the nearest poles is 1090 m. In 1090 significant
a. The range of the instruement used, digits are 4.
b. Sensitivity of the instruement, 8. Even if we express the measured quantity in differ-
c. The least count and the zero error of the instruement, ent units, then also there will not be any change in the
d. Effect of environment on the instruement, number of significant figures.
e. The size and cost of the instuement. 9. If the decimal point in a particular measurment in not
6. No measurement of any physical quantity is absolutely shown, the zeros at the right of the number may or may
correct. The numerical value obtained after measure- not be significant.
ment is just an approximation. 10. When we add, subtract, multiply or divide two or more
7. As such it becomes quite important to indicate the de- numbers, the accuracy of the result is taken to be equal to
gree of accuracy (or precision) in the measurement the least accurate among them. The number of significant
done in the experiment. figures in the result will be equal to the number of signifi-
8. The concept of significant figures helps in achieving cant digits in the least accurate number among them.
this objective.
Significant figures of a measured quatity are all
Rounding Off
those digits about which we are absolutely sure plus
one digit that has a little doubt. Correcting or re-shaping a physical quantity with least devi-
9. Significant figures give the number of meaningful dig- ation from its original value after dropping the last digits
its in a number. which are not required is called rounding off.

1.4 ■ Chapter 1
Rules regarding rounding off are as follows:

1. If digit to be dropped is less than 5, then the preceding Order of Magnitude
digit remains unchanged. In scientific notation the numbers are expressed as,
Examples: Number = M × 10x,
(a) 7.32 after rounding off becomes 7.3. where M is a number lying between 1 and 10 and x is an
(b) 4.934 after rounding off beocmes 4.93. integer. Order of magnitude of quantity is the power of 10
required to represent the quantity. For determining this power,
2. If digit to be dropped is more than 5, then the preceding
the value of the quantity has to be rounded off. While round-
digit is increased by one.
ing off, we ignore the last digit which is less than 5. If the last
Examples: digit is 5 or more than five, the preceding digit is increased
(a) 7.86 after rounding off becomes 7.9. by one. For example,
(b) 6.937 after rounding off becomes 6.94.
1. Speed of light in vacuum
3. If digit to be dropped is 5:
= 3 × 108 ms-1 ≈ 108 m/s (ignoring 3 < 5)
(i) If it is only 5 or 5 followed by zero, then the pre-
2. Mass of electron
ceding digit is raised by one if it is odd and left = 9.1 × 10 -31 kg ≈ 10-30 kg (as 9.1 > 5)
unchanged if it is even.
Examples:
(a) 5.750 after rounding off becomes 5.8 3. Random Errors:
(b) 5.75 after rounding off becomes 5.8 a. The errors which occurs irregularly and at random in
(c) 5.650 after rounding off becomes 5.6 magnitude and direction are called random errors.
(d) 5.65 after rounding off becomes 5.6 b. These errors are not due to any definite cause and
(ii) If 5 is further followed by a non-zero digit, then the so they are also called accidental errors.
preceding digit is raised by one. c. Such errors may be avoided by taking the measur-
Examples: ments a number of times and then finding the arith-
(a) 15.352 after rounding off becomes 15.4. metic mean. That is,
(b) 9.853 after rounding off beocmes 9.9.
a + a + a + a4 + ... + an 1 n
4. During multi-step calculations one digit more than the a= 1 2 3 ⇒ a =   ∑ ai
n  n  i =1
significant figures should be retained and at the end
of the calculation, final result should be round off to This arithmetic mean is supposed to be the accu-
proper significant figures. rate observation.
4. Gross Errors:
Types of Errors a. The errors caused due to the carelessness of the
person are called gross errors. So, these type of er-
1. Constant Errors: rors are also known as mistakes.
a. An error which is continuously and constnatly re-
Absolute Error = (True value) – (Measured value)
peated during all the observations made, is called
constant error. b. Taking the arithmetic mean as the true value, the
b. This arises due to the faculty calibrations of the absolute error in ith observation is
measuring instruments. Dai = ( a − ai )
2. Systematic Error: That is, for the first observation, Da1 = a − a1; for
a. Instrumental Errors: Examples are zero error of the second observation, Da2 = a − a2 and so on.
screw gauge, vernier calipers, etc., faulty calibra-
tion on thermometer, ammeter, voltmeter, etc., in
Mean Absolute Error
equality of balance arms in a physical balance,
back lash error in instruments with nut and screw, |∆a1 | + |∆a2 | + |∆a3 | + ... + |∆an |  1 
like microscope, etc. ∆a = =   ∑ |∆ai |
n n i
b. Environmental error: The external conditions can
change the capability of the mesuring instrument. Mean absolute error  ∆a 
a. Relative error = = 
c. Error due to observation, e.g., parallax error. True value  a 
d. Error due to imperfection, e.g., whatever precau- and
tions are taken, heat is always lost from a calorim-  ∆a 
b. Percentage error =   × 100 %.
eter due to radiation, etc.  a 

Propagation of Errors  x   ∆x   ∆y 
−1
⇒ z ± ∆z =   1 ±  1±
The error in the final result depends on the errors in the  y  x   y 
individual measurements and on the nature of mathematical  x   ∆x   ∆y 
⇒ z ± ∆z =   1 ±  1
operations performed to get the final result.
 y  x   y 
1. Addition: Let z = x + y.
Let the absolute errors in the two quantities x and y be Dividing both sides by z;
Dx and Dy. Their corresponding observed values are
 z ± ∆z   ∆x   ∆y 
(x ± Dx) and (y ± Dy). Hence,   = 1 ±  1±
(z ± Dz) = (x ± Dx) + (y ± Dy)  z   x   y 
⇒ (z ± Dz) = (x ± y) ± Dx ± Dy
 ∆z   ∆x   ∆y 
∴ ± Dz = ± Dx ± Dy. ⇒ 1 ±  = 1 ±  1±
Hence, the maximum possible error in z is given by,  z   x   y 
Dz = Dx + Dy ∆x ∆y  ∆x   ∆y 
= 1± + + 
2. Subtraction: Let z = x – y x y  x   y 
Let the absolute errors in the two quantities x and y be
 ∆z  ∆x ∆y
Dx and Dy. Their corresponding observed values are ⇒ ±  = ± + .
(x ± Dx) and (y ± Dy).  z  x y
Hence, z ± Dz = (x ± Dx) – (y ± Dy) Hence, the maximum possible relative error in z is
⇒ z ± Dz = (x – y) ± Dx ± Dy
 ∆z   ∆x   ∆y 
∴ ±Dz = ±Dx + Dy.   =   +  .
Hence, the maximum possible error in z is,  z   x   y 
Dz = (Dx + Dy) 5. Power of Observed Quantities:
3. Multiplication: Let z = xy (a) z = x m. Taking log on both sides, log z = m log x
Let the absolute errors in the two quantities x and y be Differentiating,
Dx and Dy. Their corresponding observed values are
(x ± Dx) and (y ± Dy). Hence, 1 1
  ∆z = m   ∆x, i.e., Relative error in z = m
z ± Dz = (x ± Dx) (y ± Dy) = xy ± x Dy ± y Dx ± Dx . Dy z x
Neglecting Dx . Dy wrt other terms, then times relative error in x.
± Dz = ± x Dy ± y Dx  xm yn 
(b) Let z =  p 
 ± ∆z   x ∆y   y ∆x   x ∆y   y ∆x   w 
⇒   = ± ±  = ± ± 
 z   z   z   xy   xy  Taking log on both sides, log z = m log x + n log
 ∆z   ∆y   ∆x  y – p log w
⇒ ±  = ±  ± 
 z   y   x  ∆z  ∆x   ∆y   ∆w 
Differentiating, = m  + n  − p 
Hence, maximum relative error in z is z  x   y   w 
 ∆z   ∆x   ∆y 
  =  +  Maximum value of relative error in z is obtained by
 z   x   y  adding the relative error in the quantity w.
Percentage error is
Hence, maximum relative error is,
 ∆z   ∆x   ∆y 
  × 100 =   × 100 +   × 100.  ∆z   ∆x   ∆y   ∆w 
 z   x   y    = m   + n   + p 
 z   x   y   w 
x
4. Division: Let z =  . Let the absolute errors in the
 y Least Count
two quantities x and y be Dx and Dy. Their corresponding
observed values are (x ± Dx) and (y ± Dy). Hence, 1. The smallest value of a physical quantity which can be
 x ± ∆x  measured accurately with an instrument is called the
z ± ∆z =   = ( x ± ∆x ) ( y ± ∆y )
−1
least count (LC) of the measuring instrument.
 y ± ∆ y 
−1
2. For an instrument where vernier is used, its VC (vernier
 ∆x  −1  ∆y  constant) is its least count. VC is equal to difference of
= x 1 ±  y 1 ±
 x   y  one main scale division and one vernier scale division.

1.6 ■ Chapter 1
Vernier Callipers Least Count

1. It was designed by a French Mathematician Pierre Note the value of the main scale division and count the
Vernier, and hence the instrument is named Vernier number n of vernier scale division. Slide the movable jaw
after the name of its inventor. till the zero of vernier scale coincides with any of the mark
1 on the main scale and find the number of division (n – 1) on
2. It is a device used to measure accurately up to th of
a millimetre. 10 the main scale coinciding with n division on vernier scale.
A B
S
Main Scale cm N
0 1 2 2 33 4 5 6 14 15
Vernier Scale
C D
 n −1  In the figure, 5th vernier scale division is coinciding

Then, n VSD = (n – 1) MSD or 1 VSD =   MSD with any main scale division.
 n 
or VC or LC = 1 MSD – 1 VSD Hence, n = 5, LC = 0.01 cm
 n −1  1 Zero error = n × (LC) = 5 × 0.01 = +0.05 cm
= 1 −  MSD = MSD Zero correction = –0.05 cm
 n  n
Actual length will be 0.05 cm less than the observed
For example, 1 MSD = 1 mm and 10 VSD = 9 MSD (measured) length.
9
∴ 1 VSD = MSD = 0.9.
10 Main Scale
Vernier constant, VC = 1 MSD –1 VSD = (1 – 0.9) mm cm 0 0.5 11 1.5 1.5
= 0.1 = 0.01 cm.
0 5 10
Vernier Scale
Zero Error and Zero Correction
(Zero error-positive)
If the zero marks of the main scale and vernier scale may
not coincide when the jaws are made to touch each other, 3. If zero of vernier scale lies on the left of zero of main
then it gives rise to an error called zero error. Zero error can scale, then zero error is negative and zero correction is
be positive or negative. positive.
In the figure, 6th vernier scale division is coinciding
1. If zero of vernier scale coincides with zero of main
with any main scale division.
scale, then
Hence, n = 6, LC = 0.01 cm
zero error and zero correction, both are nil.
Zero error = n × (LC) = 6 × 0.01 = –0.06 cm
Actual length = Observed (measured) length.
Zero correction = +0.06 cm
Actual length will be 0.06 cm more than the observed
Main Scale
cm 0 0.5 11 1.5 1.5
(measured) length.
0 5 10 Main Scale
Vernier Scale cm 0 0.5 11 1.5 1.5
(Zero error-zero)
0 5 10
2. If zero of vernier scale lies on the right of main scale, Vernier Scale
then zero error is positive and zero correction is negative. (Zero error-negative)

4. Measured value by vernier calliper = MSR + (LC × Least Count

VSR) + zero correction.
It is defined as ratio of the pitch of the screw to the total
Screw Gauge number of divisions on circular scale.
1. In general vernier calliper can measure accurately upto LC of the screw gauge
0.01 cm and for greater accuracy mirometer screw de- Pitch of the screw
vices, e.g., screw guage, spherometer, etc are used. =

Total number of divisions on the circulaar scale
2. Screw guage works on the priciple of micrometer screw.
Sleeve Screw Cap

Stud Screw
5 Thimble
2 3
0
95
Spindle Main Circular Scale

Scale Ratchet
U-Frame
For example, if the pitch of the screw gauge is 0.5 mm and

the total number of divisions on the circular scale is 100,
0.5 mm 15
then the least count will be given by, = 0.005 mm. M. S.
Circular Scale
100 5
This implies that the minimum length that can be measured 0

accurately with the screw gauge is 0.005 mm. 95
90
Pitch
It is defined as the linear distance moved by the screw for- (Zero error-zero)
ward or backward when one complete rotation is given to
Zero of C.S. is below
the circular cap.
the zero of M.S.
Distance moved on linear scale

Pitch of the screw =
Number of rotation
M. S.
15
Circular Scale
Zero Error 5
When the two studs of the screw gauge are brought in con- 0
tact and if the zero of the circular scale does not coincide 95
with the reference line then the screw gauge has an error.
This error is called zero error.
1. Positive Zero Error: Zero error is said to be positive if (Zero error-positive)

the zero of the circular scale lies below the reference For example, the 4th division of the head scale is in line
line as shown in the figure. with the line of graduation.

1.8 ■ Chapter 1
Zero of C.S. is below Then, the zero error = +4 × LC = +4 × 0.01 mm =

the zero of M.S. 0.04 mm Zero correction = –0.04 mm.
2. Negative Zero Error: Zero error is said to negative if
the zero of the circular scale lies above the reference
M. S.
line as shown in the figure.
5
Circular Scale
For example, 97th division of the head scale is in line
0 with the line of graduation.
95 Thus, zero error = (97 – 100) × LC = –3 × 0.01 mm
= –0.03 mm
90
Zero correction = +0.03 mm
Measured Value by Screw Gauge

(Zero error-negative) = MSR + (LC × CSR) + Zero correction.
Table 1.2 Continued

Dimensions of Physical Quantities
Dimensional
Sr. No. Physical Quantity Formula Dimensions Formula
1. Area length × breadth [L2] [M 0L2T 0]
2. Volume length × breath × height [L3] [M 0L3T 0]
3. Density mass/volume [M ]/[L3] or [ML–3] [M 0L–3T 0]
4. Frequency 1/time period 1/[T ] [M 0L0T –1]
5. Velocity displacement/time [L]/[T] [M 0L0T –1]
6. Acceleration velocity/time [LT –1]/[T ] [M 0LT –2]
7 Force mass × acceleration [M] [LT –2] [MTL–2]
8. Impulse force × time [MLT –2][T] [MLT –1]
9. Work force × distance [MLT –2][L] [ML2T –2]
10. Power work/time [ML2T –2][L] [ML2T –3]
11. Momentum mass × velocity [M] [LT –1] [MLT –1]
12. Pressure stress force/area [MLT –2]/[L2] [ML–1T –2]
change in dimension
13. Strain [L]/[L] or [L3]/[L3] [M 0L0T 0]
original dimension
[ML−1 T −2 ]
14. Modulus of elasticity stress/strain [ML–1T –2]
[ M 0 L0T 0 ]
15. Surface tension force/length [MLT–.2]/[L] [ML0T –2]

16. Surface energy energy/area [ML2T –2]/[L2] [ML0T 2]
17. Velocity gradient velocity/distance [LT –1]/[L] [M 0L0T –1]
18. Pressure gradient pressure/distance [ML–1T –2]/[L] [ML–2T –2]
19. Pressure energy pressure × volume [ML–1T –2][L3] [ML2T –2]
(Continued)

Table 1.2 Continued

Dimensional
force [MLT −2 ]
20. Coefficient of viscosity [ML–1T –1]
area × velocity gradient [ L ][ LT −1 / L]
2
21. Angle arc/radius [L]/[L] [M 0L0T 0]

22. Trigonometric ratio length/length [L]/[L] [M 0L0T 0]
(sinθ, cosθ, tanθ, etc).
23. Angular velocity angle/time [M 0L0T 0]/[T] [M 0L0T –1]
24. Angular acceleration angular velocity/time [T –1]/[T] [M 0L0T –2]
25. Radius of gyration [L] [ML2T 0]
26. Moment of inertia mass × (radius of gyration)2 [M][L2] [ML2T 0]
27. Angular momentum moment of inertia × angular velocity [ML2][T –1] [ML2T –1]
28. Moment of force, force × distance [MLT –2][L] [ML2T –2]
moment of couple
29. Torque force × distance [MLT –2][L] [ML2T –2]
30. Angular frequency 2π × frequency [M 0L0T 0][T –1] [M 0L0T –1]
31. Wavelength [L] [M 0LT 0]
32. Hubble constant recession speed/distance [LT –1]/[L] [M 0L0T –1]
energy [ML2T −2 ]
33. Intensity of wave [ML0T –3]
time × are [T ][ L2 ]
intensity of wave
34. Radition pressure [ML–3]/[LT –1] [ML–1T –2]
speed of light
35. Energy density energy/volume [ML2T –2]/ [L3] [ML–1T –2]
coefficient of viscosity [M 0 L0T 0 ][ML−1T −1 ]
36. Critical velocity Reynold’s number × [M 0LT –1]
density × radius [ML−3 ][L]
37. Escape velocity (2 × acceleration due to gravity × earth’s [LT –2]1/2 × [L]1/2 [M 0LT –1]
radius)1/2
38. Heat energy, internal [ML2T –2] [ML2T –2]
energy
39. Kinetic energy (1/2) mass × (velocity)2 [M][LT –1]2 [ML2T –2]
40. Potential energy mass × acceleration due to gravity × height [M][LT –2][L] [ML2T –2]
41. Rotational kinetic energy (1/2 × moment of inertia) × (angular [ML2] × [T –1]2 [ML2T –2]
velocity)2
output work or energy [ML2T −2 ]
42. Efficiency [M 0L0T 0]
input work or energy [ML2T −2 ]
43. Angular impulse torque × time [ML2T –2][T] [ML2T –1]
force × (distance) 2 [MLT −2 ][ L2 ]
44. Gravitational constant [M–1L3T –2]
mass × mass [ M ][ M ]
45. Planck’s constant energy/frequency [ML2T –2]/ [T –1] [ML2T –1]
(Continued)

1.10 ■ Chapter 1
Table 1.2 Continued

Dimensional
46. Heat capacity, entropy heat energy/temperature [ML2T –2]/[K] [ML2T –2K–1]
heat energy [ML2T −2 ]
47. Specific heat capacity [M 0L2T –2K–1]
mass × temperature [ M ][ K ]
48. Latent heat heat energy/mass [ML2T –2]/ [M] [M 0L2T –2]
49. Thermal expansion coeffi- change in dimension [ L]
[M 0L0K–1]
cient or thermal expansivity original dimension × temperature [ L][ K ]
heat energy × thickness [ ML2T −2 ][ L]

50. Thermal conductivity [MLT –3K–1]
area × temperature × time [ L2 ][ K ][T ]
51. Bulk modulus or volume × change in pressure [ L3 ][ ML−1T −2 ]
[ML–1T –2]
(compressibility)–1 change in volume [ L3 ]
52. Centripetal acceleration (velocity)2/radius [LT –1]2/[L] [M 0LT –2]
−2
energy [ ML T ]
2
53. Stefan constant [ML0T –3K–4]
(area) × (time) × ( temperature ) 4 [ L2 ][T ][ K ]4
54. Wien constant wave length × temperature [L][K] [M 0LT 0K]
pressure × volume [ML−1T −2 ][L3 ]
55. Universal gas constant [ML2T –2K–1mol–1
mole × temperature [ mol][ K ]
universal gas constant [ML−2T −2 K −1mol −1 ]

56. Boltzmann constant [ML2T –2 K–1]
Avogadro number [ mol −1 ]
57. Charge current × times [A][T] [M 0L0TA]

58. Current density current/area [A]/[L2] [M 0L–2T 0A]
59. Electric potential, elec- work/charge [ML2T -2]/ [AT] [ML2T –3A–1]
tromotive force
potential difference [ ML2T −3 A−1 ]
60. Resistance [ML2T –3A–2]
current [ A]
61. [ AT ]
Capacitance charge/potential difference [M–1L–2T4A2]
[ ML2T −3 A−1 ]
62. Electic field electrical force/charge [MLT –2]/ [AT] [MLT –3A–1]
63. Electric flux electric field × area [MLT –3A–1] [L2] [ML3T –3A–1]
[ ML2T −2 ]
64. Electric dipole moment torque/electric field [M 0LTA]
[ MLT −3 A−1 ]
65. Electric field strength or potential difference [ ML2T −3 A−1 ]

[MLT –3A–1]
electric intensity distance [ L]
Magnetic field, magnetic
66. force [ MLT −2 ]
flux density, magnetic [ML0T –2A–1]
induction current × length [ A][ A]
67. Magnetic flux magnetic field × area [MT –2A–1] [L2] [ML2T –2A–1]
(Continued)

Table 1.2 Continued

Dimensional
magneticflux [ ML2T −2 A−1 ]
68. Inductance [ML2T –2A–2]
current [ A]
69. Magnetic dipole moment current × area [A][L2] [M 0L2T 0A]
magnetic moment [ L2 A]
70. Magnetisation [M 0L–1T 0A]
volume [L3 ]
71. Premittivity constant (of charge × charge [ AT ][ AT ]
[M–1L–3T4A2]
free space) e0 4π × electric force × (distance) 2 [ MLT −2 ][ L2 ]
72. Premeability constant (of 2π × force × distance [M 0 L0T 0 ][MLT −2 ][L]

[MLT –2A–2]
free space) µ0 current × current × length [ A][ A][ L]
speed of light in vacuum
73. Refractive index [LT –1/[LT –1] [M 0L0T 0]
speed of light inmedium
74. Faraday constant avogadro’s constant × [AT]/[mol] [M 0L0TA mol–1]

elementary charge
75. Wave number 2π/wavelength [M 0L0T 0]/[L] [M 0L–1T 0]
76. Radiant flux, radiant power energy emitted/time [ML2T –2]/[T] [ML2T –3]
77. Luminosity of radiant flux radiant flux of source [ML2T –3]/[M 0L0T 0] [ML2T –3]
or radiant intensity radiant power or
solid angle
78. Luminous power or lumi- luminous energy emitted [ML2T –2]/[T] [ML2T –3]
nous flux of source
time
79. Luminous intensity or illu- luminous flux [ML2T −3 ] [ML2T –3]
minating power of source solid angle [M 0 L0T 0 ]
80. Intensity of illumination of luminous intensity [ML2T −3 ] [ML0T –3]

luminance (distance ) 2 [ L2 ]
81. Relative luminosity (luminous flux of a source of given wave- [ML2T −3 ] [M 0L0T 0]
length)/(luminous flux of peak sensitiv-
[ML2T −3 ]
ity wavelength (555 nm) source of same
power)
total luminous flux [ML2T −3 ]
82. Luminous efficiency [M 0L0T 0]
total radiant flux [ML2T −3 ]
luminous flux incident [ML2T −3 ]

83. Illuminance or illumination [ML0T –3]
area [L2 ]
84. Mass defect (sum of masses of nucleons) – [M] [ML0T 0]

(mass of the nucleus)
85. Biniding energy of nucleus mass defect × (speed of light in vacuum)2 [M][LT –1]2 [ML2T –2]
86. Decay constant 0.693/half life [T –1] [M 0L0T –1]
(Continued)

1.12 ■ Chapter 1
Table 1.2 Continued

Dimensional
87. Resonant frequency (inductance × capacitance)–1/2 [ML–2T –2A–2]–1/2 × [M 0L0A0T –1]
[M–1L–2 T 4A2]–1/2
88. Quality factor or Q-factor resonant frequency × inductance [T −1 ]ML2T −2 A−2 ] [M 0L0T 0]
of coil resistance [ML2T −3 A−2 ]
89. Power of lens (focal length)–1 [L–1] [M 0L–1T 0]
image distance [ L]
90. Magnification [M 0L0T 0]
object distance [ L]
(π /8) (pressure) (radius) 4 [ML−1T −2 L4 ]
91. Fluid flow rate [M 0L3T –1]
( viscosity coefficient) × (length) [ML−1T −1 ]L ]
92. Capacitive reactance (angular frequency × (capacitance)–1 [T –1]–1[M–1L–2T 4A2]–1 [ML2T –3A–2]
93. Inductive reactance (angular frequency × inductance) [T –1][ML2T –2A–2] [ML2T –3A–2]
Table 1.3 Physical Quantities Having Same Dimensional Formula

Sr. Dimensional
No. Physical Quantities Formula
1. Frequency, angular frequency, angular velocity, velocity gradient [M 0L0T –1]
2. Work, internal energy, potential energy, kinetic energy, torque, moment of force [ML2T –2]
3. Pressure, stress, Young’s modulus, bulk modulus, modulus of rigidity, energy density [ML–1T –2]
4. Momentum and impulse [MLT –1]
5. Acceleration due to gravity, gravitational field intensity [M 0LT –2]
6. Thrust, force, weight, energy gradient [MLT –2]
7. Angular momentum and Planck’s constant (h) [ML2T –1]
8. Surface tension, surface energy, force gradient, spring constant [ML0T –2]
9. If l is length, g is acceleration due to gravity, m is mass, k is force constant, R is radius of earth, then [M 0L0T]
1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2
l m R
g ,  k  , g all have the dimensions of time
     
10. If L is inductance, R is resistance C is capacitance then L /R, CR and LC all have the dimensions of time [M 0L0T]
11. Thermal capacity, entropy, Boltzmann constant [ML2T –2K –1]
12. If p is pressure, V is volume, T is temperature, R is gas constant, m is mass, s is specific heat, L is latent heat, [ML2T –2]
DT is rise in temperature then pV, RT, mL, (msDT) all have dimensions of energy
13. Work, energy, heat, torque, couple, moment of force have same dimensions [ML2T –2]
1 1  1  [ML2T –2]
14. Potential energy (mgh), kinetic energy  mv 2or I ω 2  , energy contained in an inductance  LI 2  and
2 2  2 
1 1 Q2 
electrostatic energy of condenser  QV , CV 2 , .
2 2 2C 

Important Conversions 1 litre = 103 cm3 = 10–3 m3

1 inch = 2.54 cm 5
1 km/h = m/s
1 foot = 12 inches = 30.48 cm = 0.3048 m 18
1 mile = 5280 ft = 1.609 km 1 m/s = 3.6 km/h
1 yard = 0.9144 m 1 g/cm3 = 1000 kg/m3
1 slug = 14.59 kg 1 atm = 76 of Hg = 1.013 ×105 N/m2
1 barn = 10–28 m2 1 N/m2 = Pa (Pascal)
Chapter-end Exercises
Based On Ncert Examples

1. Fill in the blanks: 3. A new unit of length is chosen such that the speed of
(a) The volume of a cube of side 1 cm is equal light in vacuum is unity. What is the distance between
to m3. the Sun and the Earth in terms of the new unit of light
(b) The surface area of a solid cylinder of radius 2.0 cm takes 8 min and 20 s to cover this distance?
and height 10.0 cm is equal to (mm)2. Solution: The new unit of distance = Speed of light in
(c) A vehicle moving with a speed of 18 km/h vacuum = distance travelled by light in 1 second
covers m in 1 second. or new unit of distance = 3 × 108 m.
(d) The relative density of lead is 11.3. Its density Time taken by light to cover the distance between
is g/cm3 or kg m–3. the Sun and Earth = 8 minutes and 20 seconds =
Solution: 500 seconds.
(a) 10–6 m (b) 1.5 × 104 (mm)2 ∴ Distance between the Sun and the Earth
(c) 5 m in 1 second = 3 × 108 × 500 m.
(d) 11.3 g/cm3; 1.13 × 104 kg m–3 Distance between the Sun and the Earth in terms of new unit
2. A calorie is a unit of heat or energy and it equals about 3 × 108 × 500
= = 500 new units.
4.2 J where 1 J = 1 kg m2s–2. Suppose we employ a sys- 3 × 108
tem of units in which the unit of mass equals α kg, the 4. Which of the following is the most precise device for
unit of length equals β m, the unit of time is γ seconds. measuring length?
Show that a calorie has a magnitude 4.2 α –1 β –2g 2 in (a) Vernier callipers with 20 divisions on sliding scale.
terms of the new units. (b) A screw gauge of pitch 1 mm and 100 divisions on
Solution: Let the unit of mass of the first system be M1 the circular scale.
L1 T1 (kg m s) and that of second system be M2 L2 T2 i.e., (c) An optical instrument that can measure length to
(α kg, β m, γ seconds). within a wavelength of light.
Let n1 and n2 be the numerical values of the first and Solution: Optical instrument that can measure length
second system, then within a wavelength of light, is the most precise device
n1 [ M1a L1bT1c ] = n2 [ M 2a Lb2T2c ] for measuring length.
We know that 1 J = 1 kg m2 s–2. Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
Hence, the dimensional formula for joule = ML2T–2. 5. A student measures the thickness of human hair by
Here, a = 1, b = 2 and c = –2 looking at it through a microscope of magnification
I calorie = 4.2 J = 4.2 kg m2 s–2 100. He makes 20 observations and finds that the aver-
 M   L  T 
1 2 −2 age width of the hair in the field view of the micro-
n2 = 4.2  1   1   1  scope is 3.5 mm. What is the estimate on the thickness
 M 2   L2   T2  of hair?
1 2 −2
 kg   m   s  3.5
or n2 = 4.2       Solution: The estimated thickness of hair
 α kg   β m   γ s  100
= 0.035 mm.
n2 = 4.2 α –1 β –2g 2

1.14 ■ Chapter 1
6. Answer the following: Solution:

(a) A screw gauge has pitch of 1.0 mm and 200 divi- Area of rectangular sheet
sions on the circular scale. Do you think it is pos- = 2(lb + bh + lh)
sible to increase the accuracy of the screw gauge = 2(4.234 × 1.005 + 1.005 × 0.201 + 0.0201 × 4.234)
arbitrarily by increasing the number of divisions on = 8.7209468 m2
the circular scale? Since the least accuracy in the given data is up to three
(b) The mean diameter of a thin brass rod is to be mea- places of decimal, hence area of rectangular sheet to
sured by vernier callipers. Why is a set of 100 mea- correct significant figure is 8.720 m2
surements of the diameter expected to yield more Volume of rectangular sheet
reliable estimate than a set of 5 measurements only? = length × breadth × height
= 4.234 × 1.005 × 0.201 m3 = 0.085 m2
Solution:
(a) Yes, it is possible to increase the accuracy of the Since the least accuracy in the given data is up to three
gauge by increasing the number of divisions on the places of decimal, hence volume of rectangular sheet to
circular scale as the least count of the gauge would correct significant figure is 0.085 m2.
become less. 9. The mass of a box measured by a grocer’s balance is 2.3
∴ Least count = kg. Two gold pieces of masses 20.15 g and 20.17 g are
added to the box. What is (a) the total mass of the box,
Pitch (b) the difference in the masses of the pieces to correct
Number of divisions on circular scale significant figures?

(b) Due to random errors, a large number of observa- Solution:
tions (say 100) will give more reliable result than (a) Given, mass of box = 2.3 kg (two significant figures)
smaller number of observations (say 5). This is Mass of two gold pieces = 0.02015 kg and 0.02017 kg
because the chance (probability) of making a posi- Total mass of the box = 2.3 + 0.02015 + 0.02017
tive random error of given magnitude is equal to = 2.34032 kg
that of making negative random error of the same = 2.3 kg
magnitude. Thus in a large number of observations, rounded off to two significant figures as mass of box
positive and negative errors are likely to cancel has two significant figures only.
each other and hence more reliable results can be (b) The difference in the mass of the pieces
observed. = 20.17 g – 20.15 g
= 0.02 g.
7. State the number of significant figures on the following:
(i) 0.007 m2 (ii) 2.64 × 1024 kg 10. A physical quantity P is related to four observables a, b,
(iii) 0.2370 g cm –3
(iv) 6.320 J c and d as follows:
(v) 6.032 N m–2 (vi) 0.0006032 P = a3 b 2 /( cd )
Solution: The percentage errors of measurement in a, b, c and d
(i) 0.007 m2 = 7.00 × 10–3 m2 = 7 ×10–3 m2, has only are 1%, 3%, 4% and 2% respectively. What is the per-
one significant figure. centage error in the quantity P ? If the value of P calcu-
(ii) 2.64 × 1024 kg. There are three significant figures lated using the above relation turns out to be 3.763, to
viz., 2, 6 and 4. what value should you round off the result?
(iii) 0.2370 g cm–3. The number of significant figures is
four, i.e., 2, 3, 7 and 0. Solution: Given P = a3 b 2 /( cd ),
(iv) 6.320 J has four significant figure, i.e., 6, 3, 2 and 0. The percentage error in P is given by
(v) 6.032 N m–2 has four significant figure, i.e., 6, 0, 3
and 2. ∆P  ∆a ∆b 1  ∆c ∆d  
× 100 = 3 +2 +  × 
(vi) 0.0006032 = 6.032 × 10–4, has four significant fig- p  a b 2 c d  
ure, i.e., 6, 0, 3 and 2.  1 
= 3 × 1% × 2 × 3% + × ( 4 × 2)  = 13%
8. The length, breadth and thickness of a rectangular sheet  2 
of metal are 4.234 m, 1.005 m and 2.01 cm respectively. Percentage error in P = 13% or 0.13
Give the area and volume of the sheet to correct signifi- Further, P = 3.763 = 3.8 because significant figures in
cant figure. each quantity is two.

11. A book with many printing errors contains four differ- 12. Explain this common observation clearly: If you look
ent formulae for the displacement y of a particle under- out of the window of a fast moving train, the nearby
going a certain periodic motion: trees, houses, etc., seem to move rapidly in a direc-
(a) y = a sin 2π t/T tion opposite to the train’s motion, but the distant
(b) y = a sin vt objects (hilltops, the Moon, the stars, etc.,) seem to
(c) y = (a/T) sin t/a be stationary. (In fact, since you are aware that you
(d) y = ( a / 2 ) (sin 2π t/T + cos 2π t/T) are moving, these distant objects seem to move with
(a = maximum displacement of the particle, v = speed you).
of the particle, T = time period of motion). Rule out the Solution: There is a relative motion between the
wrong formulae on dimensional grounds. observer in the train and outside objects which are
Solution: Dimension of LHS, i.e., displacement is L. stationary. But in case of objects like nearby trees,
Dimension of a = L. houses, etc., the angle subtended by them at the eye
Dimensions of RHS in different equations are as is large and hence changes rapidly with time. On the
follows: other hand, for far objects like hill-top, etc., since the
2π t angle subtended by them is small, the change of angle
T  
(a) L sin = L  as angle is dimensionless  with time is also small. Hence far-off objects appear
T  T  to be stationary.
Dimensions of LHS = Dimension of RHS
13. When the planet Jupiter is at a distance of 824.7 mil-
Hence, the equation is correct.
lion kilometres from the Earth, its angular diameter is
(b) L sin (LT–1 × T) = L sin L
measured to be 35.72″ of arc. Calculate the diameter of
The arguement of a trigonometrical function must
Jupiter.
always be dimensionless.
Hence, the equation is correct. Solution: Given, D = 824.7 million km = 824.7 × 106 km
(c) (L/T) sin (T/L) = LT–1 sin (L–1T) a = 35.72″ = 35.72 × 4.85 × 10–6 rad
Here the arguements of sin is not dimensionless. d = ?
Hence, the equation is not correct. Using relationship d = Da, we have
Diameter of Jupiter,
 T T
d = 824.7 × 106 × 35.72 × 4.85 × 10–6 km
(d) L  sin + cos  = L
 T T = 142872.6774 km ≈ 142880 km
i.e., Dimensions of RHS = Dimensions of LHS.
Practice Exercises (MCQs)
1. Which of the following is a derived unit? 5. Wave number has the dimensions of
(a) Unit of mass (b) Unit of length (a) Length
(c) Unit of time (d) Unit of volume (b) Length–1
2. Select the pair whose dimensions are same: (c) A dimensionless physical quantity
(a) Pressure and stress (d) None of these
(b) Pressure and force 6. Ampere-hour is a unit of
(c) Stress and strain (a) quantity of electricity
(d) Power and force (b) strength of electric current
3. Which of the following is dimensionally correct? (c) power
(a) Pressure = Force per unit volume (d) energy
(b) Pressure = Momentum per unit volume per unit time 7. Which of the following does not represent the unit of
(c) Pressure = Energy per unit volume pressure?
(d) Pressure = Energy per unit volume per unit time (a) Millibar
4. Which of the following is a derived quantity? (b) mm of mercury column
(a) Temperature (b) Ampere (c) Water column in meter
(c) Candela (d) Lumen (d) Newton/m2

1.16 ■ Chapter 1
8. Dimensional analysis cannot be used for 19. Parallactic second is the unit of
(a) deriving relations (a) time (b) velocity
(b) deriving with fourth unknown variable (c) distance (d) angle
(c) converting system of units 20. The unit of nuclear dose given to a patient is
(d) checking correctness of relations (a) fermi (b) curic
9. Identify the pair whose dimensions are equal (c) rutherford (d) roentgen
(a) Torque and work (b) Stress and energy 21. Water equivalent of a body is expressed in
(c) Force and stress (d) Force and work (a) calorie (b) gram
(c) degree kelvin (d) erg
10. Which of the following sets of quantities have same
22. The ‘rad’ is the correct unit used to report the measure-
dimensional formula?
ment of
(a) Frequency, angular frequency and angular momentum
(a) the ability of a beam of gamma ray photons to pro-
(b) Acceleration, momentum and retardation
duce ions in a target
(c) Thermal capacity, specific heat and entropy
(b) the energy delivered by radiation to a target
(d) Work, energy and torque
(c) the biological effect of radiation
11. Which of the following quantities has not been (d) the rate of decay of a radioactive source
expressed in proper unit? 23. SI unit of Bohr magneton is
(a) Torque : Newton metre (a) ampere (b) amp-m
(b) Stress : Newton metre–2 (c) amp-m2 (d) kg m2s–1
(c) Modulus of elasticity : Newton metre–2 24. Select the pair whose dimensions are same
(d) Power : Newton metre second–1 (a) Pressure and stress
(e) Surface tension : Newton metre–2 (b) Stress and strain
12. Which of the following quantities measured from dif- (c) Pressure and force
ferent inertial reference frames are same? (d) Power and force
(a) Force (b) Velocity 25. The force F is given by Stoke’s equation:
(c) Displacement (d) Kinetic energy F = 6phrv
13. If the units of mass, length and time are doubled, unit of Then the dimension of viscosity coefficient η are:
angular momentum will be (a) [ML–1T –1] (b) [MLT –1]
(a) doubled (c) [M –1L–1T –1] (d) [ML2T –1]
(b) tripled 26. The force F is given in terms of time t and displacement
(c) quadrupled x by the equation:
(d) 8 times of the original value F = a cos ax + b sin bt
14. The dimensions of specific resistance in terms of charge where a and b are the amplitudes. The dimensions of
Q is β/α are:
(a) [ML2T –2Q 2] (b) [MLT –2Q] (a) [M 0L0T 0] (b) [M 0L0T–1]
(c) [ML T Q ]
2 –1 –2
(d) [ML3T –1Q –2] (c) [M L T ]
0 –1 0
(d) [M 0L1T –1]
15. The dimensions of specific gravity is 27. µ0 and e0 denote the magnetic permeability and electri-
(a) [M 1L–3T 0] (b) [M0L1T –2] cal permittivity of free space, then the dimensions of
(c) [M0L0T –1] (d) [M0L0T 0] 1
are similar to
16. The dimensions of the ratio of angular momentum to µ0 ε 0
linear momentum (a) distance (b) velocity
(a) [M 1L–3T 0] (b) [M 0L1T –2] (c) acceleration (d) None of these
(c) [M L T ]
0 0 –1
(d) [M 0L1T 0]
28. If e, e0, h and c respectively represent electronic charge,
17. The unit of surface tension in SI system is
permittivity of free space, Planck’s constant and the
(a) Dyne/cm2 (b) Newton/m
e2
(c) Dyne/cm (d) Newton/m2 speed of light, then has the dimensions of
18. One poise is equal to ε 0 hc
(a) 0.01 N-s/m2 (b) 0.1 N-s/m2 (a) pressure (b) angle
(c) 10 N-s/m 2
(d) 1 N-s/m2 (c) current (d) angular momentum

29. The unit of absolute permitivity is (a) [M 0L–1T –1] (b) [M0LT –1]
(a) Fm (farad-metre) (b) Fm–1 (farad/metre) (c) [M L T ]
0 –1 0
(d) [M 0LT]
(c) Fm (farad/metre )
–2 2
(d) F (farad) 38. If E, M, L and G denotes energy, mass, angular momen-
30. Universal time is based on tum and universal gravitational constant, respectively,
(a) rotation of earth on its axis then EL2/M 5G 2 represents the unit of
(b) Earth’s orbital motion around the sun (a) length (b) mass
(c) vibrations of cesium atom (c) time (d) angle
(d) oscillations of quartz crystal 39. If the energy (E), velocity (v) and force (F) be taken as
31. The velocity v (in cms–1) of a particle is given in terms the fundamental quantity, then the dimensions of mass
b will be
of time t (in seconds) by the relation, v = at + ; the
t +c (a) Fv–2 (b) Fv–1
dimensions of a, b and c are (c) Ev –2
(d) Ev2
(a) a = L2, b = T, c = LT2
40. Position of a body with acceleration a is given by
(b) a = TL2, b = LT, c = L
x = Ka mt n, here t is time. Find dimensions of m and n.
(c) a = LT–2, b = L, c = T
(a) m = 1, n = 1 (b) m = 1, n = 2
(d) a = L, b = LT, c = T2
(c) m = 2, n = 1 (d) m = 2, n = 2
32. If x = at + bt2, where x is the distance travelled by the
41. If the dimensions of length are expressed as G x c y h z,
body in kilometre while t is the time in second, then the
where G, c and h are the universal gravitational con-
unit of b are
stant, speed of light and the Planck’s constant, respec-
(a) km/s (b) km-s
tively, then
(c) km/s2 (d) km-s2
1 1 1 1
33. If the velocity of light (c), gravitational constant (G) (a)= x = ,y (b) x = , z = −
and Planck’s constant (h) are chosen as fundamental 2 2 2 2
units, then which of the following represents the dimen- 1 3 3 1
(c)= y = ,z (d) y = − , z =
sions of the mass? 2 2 2 2
(a) [c1/2 G1/2 h1/2] (b) [c1/2 G–1/2 h–1/2] 42. To determine Young’s modulus of a wire, the formula
(c) [c G h ]
1/2 –3/2 1/2
(d) [c–1/2 G1/2 h1/2] F L
is Y = ⋅ , where F/A is the stress and L/∆L is the
∆V A ∆L
34. The quantity X is given by ε 0 L where e0 is the per-
∆t strain. The conversion factor to change Y from CGS to
mittivity of free space, L is a length, DV is a potential MKS system is
difference and Dt is a time interval. The dimensional (a) 1 (b) 10
formula for X is same as that of (c) 0.1 (d) 0.01
(a) resistance (b) charge 43. If E = energy, G = gravitational constant, I = impulse
(c) voltage (d) current and M = mass, the dimensions of GIM2/E2 are same as
35. In the plane progressive wave propagating with velocity that of
v, the displacement of a wave particle at a position x in (a) time (b) mass
time t is represented by the equation: (c) length (d) force
y = a sin k(vt – x) 44. Frequency is the function of density (ρ), length (a) and
surface tension (T ). Then its value is
where, a is the amplitude. The dimension of k will be
(a) [LT –1] (b) [LT 0] (a) k ρ 1/ 2 a3/ 2 / T (b) k ρ 3/ 2 a3/ 2 / T
(c) [L T ]
–1 –1
(d) [L–1T 0] (c) kr1/2a3/2/T 3/4 (d) None of these
 a  45. The velocity of a freely falling body changes as g phq
36. In the gas equation  P + 2  (V − b) = RT, the dimen- where g is the acceleration due to gravity and h is the
 V 
sions of constant a is height. The values of p and q are
(a) [L3] (b) [ML3T–2] 1 1 1
(a) , (b) 1,
(c) [ML T ]
5 –2
(d) [ML2T 0] 2 2 2
37. In the relation y = a cos(wt – kx), the dimensional for- 1
(c) , 1 (d) 1, 1
mula for k is 2

1.18 ■ Chapter 1
46. A small steel ball of radius r is allowed to fall under 54. In a vernier callipers, one main scale division is x cm
gravity through a column of a viscous liquid of coeffi- and n division of the vernier scale coincide with (n –1)
cient of viscosity η. After some time the velocity of the divisions of the main scale. The least count (in cm) of
ball attains a constant value known as terminal velocity the callipers is
vT . The terminal velocity depends on (i) the mass of the  n −1  nx
ball m, (ii) η, (iii) r and (iv) acceleration due to grav- (a)  x (b)
 n  ( n −1)
ity g.Which of the following relations is dimensionally
correct? x x
(c) (d)
mg ηr n ( x −1)
(a) vT ∝ (b) vT ∝
ηr mg 55. A spherometer has a least count of 0.005 mm and its
mgr head scale is divided into 200 equal divisions. The dis-
(c) vT ∝ hrmg (d) vT ∝ tance between the consecutive threads on the spherom-
η
eter screw is
47. In a system of units if force (F), acceleration (A) and (a) 1 mm (b) 0.1 mm
time (T) and taken as fundamental units then the dimen- (c) 0.05 mm (d) 0.005 mm
sional formula of energy is 56. A spherical body of mass m and radius r is allowed
(a) FA2T (b) FAT2 to fall in a medium of viscosity η. The time in
(c) F AT
2
(d) FAT which the velocity of the body increases from zero
48. The number of significant figure in 6.25 × 105 is to 0.63 times the terminal velocity (v) is called
(a) 11 (b) 6 time constant (τ). Dimensionally τ can be repre-
(c) 4 (d) 3 sented by
49. The current flowing through a resistor 10.932 ohm is mr 2 6π mr η
(a) (b)
4.25 amp. The potential difference is 46.461 volt. The 6πη g2
potential in significant figures is
(a) 46.461 V (b) 46.46 V m
(c) (d) None of these
(c) 46.4 V (d) 46.0 V 6πη rv
50. Accuracy in the measurement of a physical quantity can 57. While finding specific heat capacity using calorimeter,
be increased by using error might occur due to
(a) less trials (b) more trials (a) absence of heat loss reducing covers
(c) significant digits (d) order of magnitude (b) absence of water equivalent
51. In a slide calliper, n divisions of vernier scale coincides (c) both (a) and (b)
with (n – 1) divisions of main scale. The least count of (d) Neither (a) nor (b)
the instrument is 58. The values of measurement of a physical quantity in 5
1 1 trials were found to be 1.22, 1.23, 1.23, 1.24 and 1.25.
(a) MSD (b) MSD
n n −1 Then pick up the incorrect answer:
n n −1 (a) average absolute error is 0.01
(c) MSD (d) MSD
n −1 n (b) relative error is 0.01
52. In a vernier callipers ten smallest divisions of the ver- (c) percentage error is 1%
nier scale are equal to nine smallest divisions of the (d) percentage error is 0.1%
main scale. If the smallest division of the main scale is
59. Choose the incorrect statement out of the following:
half millimeter then vernier constant is
(a) Every measuremnt by any measuring instrument
(a) 0.005 mm (b) 0.05 mm
has some error.
(c) 0.5 mm (d) 0.1 mm
(b) Every calculated physical quantity that is based on
53. A vernier calliper is used to measure the length of a cylinder.
measured values has some error.
10 divisions of vernier scale coincides with 9 divisions of
(c) A measurement can have more accuracy but less
the main scale. The best suited length measured is
precision and vice versa.
(a) 9.01 mm (b) 9.01 cm
(c) 9.628 cm (d) 9.99 cm (d) The percentage error is different from relative error.

60. The length of a simple pendulum executing simple (a) 3% (b) 3/4%
harmonic motion is increased by 21%. The percentage (c) 6% (d) 4%
increase in the time period of pendulum of increased
67. The random error in the arithmetic mean of 100 obser-
length is
vations is x, then random error in the arithmetic mean
(a) 11% (b) 21% of 400 observations would be
(c) 42% (d) 10.5%
1 1
61. The length of a given cylindrical wire is increased by (a) x (b) x
4 2
100%. Due to consequent decrease in diameter the (c) 4x (d) 2x
change in the resistance of the wire will be
(a) 200% (b) 100% 68. If the error in the measurement of momentum of a parti-
(c) 50% (d) 300% cle is 100% then the error in the measurement of kinetic
energy would be
62. If physical quantity x is represented by x = [M aLbT –c] (a) 400% (b) 300%
and the maximum percentage errors in M, L and T are (c) 200% (d) 100%
α%, β% and γ %, respectively then the total maximum
error in x is 69. The measured mass and volume of a body are 22.42 g
(a) (aa + bb – gc) × 100% and 4.7 cm3, respectively. The maximum possible error
in density is approximately
(b) (aa + bb + gc) × 100%
(a) 2% (b) 0.2%
(c) (aa – bb – gc) × 100%
αa + βb (c) 1% (d) 10%
(d) ×100%
γc V
70. The resistance R = where V = 100 ± 5 volts and
63. While measuring acceleration due to gravity by a sim- i
ple pendulum, a student makes a positive error of 2% in i = 10 ± 0.2 amperes. What is the total error in R?
length of the pendulum and a positive error of 1% in the (a) 5% (b) 7%
value of time period. The actual percentage error in the 5
(c) 5.2% (d) %
measurement of the value of g will be 2
(a) 3% (b) 4% 71. The period of oscillation of a simple pendulum in
(c) 5% (d) 0% the experiment is recorded as 2.63 s, 2.56 s, 2.42 s,
64. The percentage errors in the measurement of mass and 2.71 s and 2.80 s respectively. The average absolute
speed are 2% and 3%, respectively. How much will be error is
the maximum error in kinetic energy? (a) 0.1 s (b) 0.11 s
(a) 1% (b) 5% (c) 0.01 s (d) 1.0 s
(c) 8% (d) 12% 72. If separation between screen and point source is
65. A physical parameter a can be determined by mea- increased by 2% what would be the effect on the
suring the parameters b, c, d and e using the relation intensity?
a = bacβ/d ge δ. If the maximum errors in the measure- (a) Increases by 4% (b) Increases by 2%
ment of b, c, d and e are b1%, c1%, d1% and e1%, then (c) Decreases by 2% (d) Decreases by 4%
the maximum error in the value of a determined by the
experiment is 73. The heat generated in a circuit is dependent upon the
resistance, current and time for which the current
(a) (b1 + c1 + d1 + e1)%
is flown. If the errors in measuring the above are 1%,
(b) (b1 + c1 – d1 – e1)%
2% and 1%, respectively, then the maximum error in
(c) (ab1 + bc1 – gd1 – de1)% measuring heat is
(d) (ab1 + bc1 + gd1 + de1)% (a) 8% (b) 6%
66. Heat is evolved in a resistance on passing current up to (c) 18% (d) 12%
definite time. Measurements for current time and resis-
tance suffer practical errors of magnitudes 1%, 2% and A2 B
74. In the measurement of physical quantity X = ,
2%, respectively. The maximum percentage error in the C 1/ 3 D
heat evolved will be the percentage error introduced in the measurements

1.20 ■ Chapter 1
of the quantities A, B, C and D are 2%, 2%, 4% and 75. The velocity of water waves v may depend upon
5%, respectively. Then the minimum amount of per- their wave length λ, the density of water ρ and
centage error in the measurement of X is contributed the acceleration due to gravity g. The method of
by dimensions gives the relation between these quanti-
(a) A (b) B ties as
(c) C (d) D (a) v2 ∝ lg–1ρ–1 (b) v2 ∝ glρ
(c) v ∝ gλ
2
(d) v2 ∝ g–1λ–3
Answer Keys
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (d)
11. (e) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (b) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (d) 36. (c) 37. (c) 38. (d) 39. (c) 40. (b)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (a) 45. (a) 46. (a) 47. (b) 48. (d) 49. (d) 50. (b)
51. (a) 52. (b) 53. (b) 54. (c) 55. (a) 56. (d) 57. (c) 58. (c) 59. (d) 60. (d)
61. (d) 62. (b) 63. (d) 64. (c) 65. (d) 66. (c) 67. (a) 68. (b) 69. (a) 70. (b)
71. (b) 72. (d) 73. (b) 74. (c) 75. (c)
Hints and Explanations for Selected Questions

2. Both the pressure and stress are measured in the units of 8. Fourth variable in the relations cannot be derived with
N/m2, hence they have same dimensions. the help of dimensional analysis.
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
Force Force × displacement 9. The dimension of torque are [ML2T –2] which is also the
3. Pressure = =
Area Area × displacement dimensions of work.
Energy
=
Volume 10. Work = Force × Displacement
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). = [MLT –2] [L] = [ML2T –2]
5. Wave number is the reciprocal of wavelength. Hence Energy = Work
dimension is (Length)–1. Torque = moment of force
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). = r⊥F = [L] [MLT –2]
6. Charge = Current × Time. = [ML2T –2]
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
7. Water column in metre can never be used as the unit 11. Surface tension is defined as the force per unit length
pressure. and hence its unit is newton metre–1 or Nm–1.
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). Hence, the correct answer is option (e).

12. Kinetic energy is a scalar quantity and is same in all the MLT −2
∴ [η ] = = [ ML−1T −1 ]
inertial reference frames. L ⋅ LT −1
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
13. Angular momentum [L] = [M 1L2T –1]. When M, L and 26. Given F = a cos ax + b sin bt
T are doubled the unit of angular momentum becomes Here, ax and bt are both dimensionless, i.e., [M 0L0T 0]
quadrupled. Therefore, [a] = [L–1] and [b] = [T –1]
β T −1
Area Then, = or [LT –1] or [M 0L1T –1]
14. Specific resistance = × Resistance α L−1
Length Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
Voltage W / Q W ⋅ t 27. µ0 ε 0 = (MLT –2A2)1/2 . (M –1L–3T 4A–2)1/2
where, Resistance = = = 2
Current Q /t Q = (L–2T 2)1/2 = L–1T 1
Dimensions of Resistance = [ML2T –2 . TQ–2] 1
∴ Dimensions of specific resistance ∴ = [LT –1] which is the unit of velocity
µ0 ε 0
= [Resistance] × [Length]
= [ML3T –1Q –2] Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). e2 Q2
28. =
15. Specific gravity is the ratio, hence dimensionless. ε0 hc ( M −1 L−3T 2 Q 2 )(ML2T −1 )(LT −1 )
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). = [M 0L0T 0] hence, dimensionless.
Angular momentum Hence, the correct choice is ‘angle’.
16. =r Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
Linear momentum
Dimensions are [M 0L1T 0] 31. From the principle of homogeneity
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). [at] = [v]
[at] = [LT –1]
Force [a] = [LT –2]
17. Surface tension = = newton/metre.
Length [b ]
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Also, [v] = [LT –1]
[t + c]
18. Poise is the CGS unit of viscosity, i.e., [b] = [LT –1][T ] = [L]
gm × cm × sec
–1 –1 and, [t + c] = [T ]
Now, 1 Poise = 1 gm × cm–1 × sec–1 [c] = [T ]
= 10–3 kg × 10+2 m–1 × sec–1 Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
= 10–1 kg × m–1 × sec–1 32. [x] = [bt2] ⇒ [b] = [x/t2] = km/s2.
= 0.1 kg × m × sec
–1 –1
or = 0.1 N-s/m2 33. Velocity, [c] = [M 0LT –1](1)
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Gravitational constant,
eh [G] = [M –1L3T –2](2)
23. Bohr magneton µ B = = nτ A (dimensionally)
Planck’s constant, [h] = [ML2T –1](3)
4π mc
units of µB is therefore amp-m2. From Eqs. (1), (2) and (3), we can solve,
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). [M] = [c3/2 G–3/2 h1/2]
Force
24. Pressure = = ML−1T −2 ε A
Area 34. Capacity, C = 0
d
Restoring force Hence, the dimensions of e0L are same as that of
Stress = = ML T
−1 −2
capacity.
Area
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). ∆V dimensions of C × dimension of V
Now ε 0 L =
∆T dimension of t
25. Given, Force F = 6phrv
dimensions of charge Q
F = = dimensions of current
or η = dimensions of t
6π rv Hence, the correct answer is option (d).

1.22 ■ Chapter 1
35. k(vt – x) must be an angle, hence dimensionless. But Dimensionally Eq. (1) can be written as
(vt – x) has the dimensions of length, therefore, k has [L1] = [M –1L3T –2]x[LT –1]y [ML2T –1]z
the dimensions of (Length)–1, i.e., [L–1T 0]. For dimensional balance –x + z = 0; 3x + y + 2z = 1
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). and –2x – y – z = 0
a Solving these we get
36. 2 must have the dimensions of pressure which are 1 3 1
V x = , y = − and z =
[ML–1T –2]. Since V is the volume having dimensions 2 2 2
[L3], therefore, Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
[a] = Pressure × (Volume)2 Stress
42. Young’s modulus Y = ( N/ m 2 )
∴ [a] = [ML–1T –2] × [L3]2 Strain
= [ML5T –2] Its dimensions are [ML–1T –2]
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). CGS units are gm × cm–1 × sec–2
37. [kx] = Dimension of wt = (dimensionless) 1 gm 10 −3 kg kg
Now, = −2 = 10 −1
1 1 cm-sec 2
10 m-sec 2 m-sec 2
hence k = = = [ L−1 ] ∴ [k ] = [ L−1 ] Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
X L
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). 43. [G] = [M –1L3T –2]; [E] = [ML2T–2]
E⋅L 2 [I] = [MLT –1]
38. GIM 2 [M −1 L3T −2 ][MLT −1 ][M 2 ]
M 5G 2 ∴ = = [T ]
E2 [M 2 L4T −4 ]
Energy × ( Angular momentum) 2
(Mass)5 × (Gravitational constant) 2
44. Let n = kraabT c where [r] = [ML–3], [a] = [L] and [T] = MT–2]
Here dimensions of E = [ML2T –2] Comparing dimensions both side, we get
and dimensions of L = mvr = [ML2T –1]
−1 −3 1
The dimensions of G = [M –1L3T –2] a = ,b = and c =
2 2 2
EL2 [ML2T −2 ] × [ML2T −1 ]2
∴ = K T
M 5G 2 [ M ]5 × [ M −1 L3T −2 ]2 ∴ η = kρ–1/2a–3/2 T–1/2 = 1/ 2 3/ 2
ρ a
[M 3 L6T −4 ] Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
= = [M 0 L0T 0 ]
[M 3 L6T −4 ] 45. Given velocity v = g phq
These are the dimensions of angle. Taking dimensions of physical quantities on both the
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). sides, we get
39. Let m ∝ EavbFc LT –1 = [LT –2]p[L]q
Dimensionally, we write it as LT –1 = Lp + q.T –2p
[M] = K [ML2T –2]a[LT –1]b[MLT –2]c ∴ p+q=1 1
For dimensional balance and –2p = –1 or p =
2
a + c = 1; 2a + b + c = 0; 2a + b + 2c = 0 1
solving these equations, we get and also q = .
2
a = 1, b = –2, c = 0 Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
∴ m ∝ Ev–2 46. By substituting dimension of each quantity in RHS of
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). option (a), we get
40. As x = Ka m × t m
 mg   M × LT −2 
 η r  =  ML−1T −1 × L  = [ LT ]
−1
[M0LT0] = [LT –2]m[T ]n = [LmT –2m+n]
∴ m = 1 and – 2m + n = 0 ⇒ n = 2  
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). This option gives the dimension of velocity.
41. Given the dimensions of length L, Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
L = Gxcyhz(1) 47. E = KFaAbT c
Here the dimensions of G(N-m2/kg2) are [M–1L3T –2] [ML2T –2] = [MLT –2]a[LT –2]b[T ]c
The dimensions of C (m/s) are [LT –1] [ML2T–2] = [MaLa+bT–2a–2b +c]
And the dimensions of h(J-s) are [ML2T –1] ∴ a = 1, a + b = 2 ⇒ b = 1

and –2a – 2b + c = –2 ⇒ c = 2 58. Average and relative errors are 0.01. Percentage error is
∴ E = KFAT2 0.01 × 100 = 1%
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
49. V = IR = 4.25 × 10.932 V 60. Period of simple pendulum is
= 46.461 V = 46.0 V l
T = 2π
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). g
 n −1  1 ∆T 1 ∆l 1
51. Least count = 1 −  MSD = MSD ∴ = = × 21% = 10.5%
 n  n T 2 l 2
52. Here, half millimetre of vernier scale is divided into
61. New length = L′ = L + 100% of L
10 parts. Therefore, vernier constant is
= L + L = 2L.
0.5 Volume of the cylindrical wire material remains un-
= = 0.05 mm
10 changed, therefore
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). pR2L = pR ′2L
 n L 2 L R2
53. Least count = 1 −  MSD R ′2 = R = ⋅ R2 =
 m L′ 2L 2
 9 length (l )
= 1 −  = 0.1 mm = 0.01 cm Since resistance r = Resistivity (ρ ) ×
 10  area (A)
The best suited length measured by the vernier
L L
= 9.01 cm r′ = ρ =ρ
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). A π R2
54. One main scale division, 1 MSD = x cm Now resistance after extending the length of wire,
( n −1) x L′ 2L ⋅ 2
One vernier scale division, 1 VSD = r′ = ρ =ρ = 4r
n π R′ 2
π R2
nx − nx + x x DR = r′ – r = 3r
LC = 1 MSD – 1 VSD = = cm.
n n 3r
%∆R = × 100% = 300%
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). r
55. The distance between the consecutive heads of the
spectrometer is the smallest division of the main scale 62. Given x = M aLbT –c
of spherometer. ∆x ∆M ∆L ∆T
∴ =a +b −c
Smallest division of main scale x M L T
 Least count =
Total divisioon of the head scale  ∆x   ∆M ∆L ∆T 
∴ Distance between the consecutive threads and   × 100% =  a +b −c  × 100%
 x  max  M L T 
= Least count × Total division of the head scale
= 0.005 mm × 200 = 1 mm = (aα + bβ + cγ) × 100%
56. Time constant is the time of free fall of a body under l 4π 2 l
63. ∴ T = 2π or g=
gravity in the viscous medium during which the g T2
velocity of the body increases to 63% of the terminal
velocity. Dimensionally, none of the alternatives (a), ∆g ∆l ∆T
∴ = −2 = 2% − 2 × 1% = zero%
(b) or (c) has dimensions of time. Hence, the option (d) g l T
is correct. Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
1 2
57. While obtaining heat capacity using calorimeter, error 64. Kinetic energy K = mv
2
occurs if we ignore water equivalent and reduce the
covers surrounding the calorimeter.  ∆K  ∆m ∆v
  = +2
Hence, the correct answer is option (c).  K  max m v

1.24 ■ Chapter 1
= 2% + 2 × 3% = 8%  ∆R  ∆V ∆I
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). 70. ∴  × 100  = × 100 + × 100
 R  max V I
65. a = bacβ / d γ eδ
5 02
So maximum error in a is given by = × 100 + × 100 = (5 + 2)% = 7%
100 10
 ∆a 
 × 100  Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
 a  max
2.63 + 2.56 + 2.42 + 2.71 + 2.80
∆b ∆c ∆d ∆e 71. Average value =
=α × 100 + β × 100 + γ × 100 + δ × 100 5
b c d e = 2.62 sec
= (ab1 + b c1 + gd1 + de1)%
Now, ∆T1 = 2.63 – 2.62 = 0.01
⋅
66. Heat evolved H = I2Rt ∆T2 = 2.62 – 2.56 = 0.06, ∆T3 = 2.62 – 2.42 = 0.20
⋅ ⋅
Maximum percentage error in H is ∆T4 = 2.71 – 2.62 = 0.09, ∆T5 = 2.80 – 2.62 = 0.18
⋅ ⋅
 ∆H   ∆I ∆R ∆t  Mean absolute error

 × 100  = 2 + + %
 H  max  I R t  ∆T1 + ∆T2 + ∆T3 + ∆T4 + ∆T5
∆T =
= (2 × 1 + 2 + 2) = 6% 5
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). 0.54
67. Random error in the arithmetic mean reduces as more = = 0.108 = 0.11 sec.
5
number of observations are repeated. Here the number Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
of observations are increased 4 times, hence the error
1 x 1 1
reduces to times, i.e., . 72. Intensity ∝ ,I ∝ 2
4 4 (distance ) 2
d
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). ∆I ∆d
∝ −2 ∝ −2 × 2% = 4%
p2 I d
68. K = (1)
2m Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
If p changes to p′, then K becomes K′ 73. Heat generated is given by
p ′2 H = I2Rt
∴K′ = (2)
2m ∆H ∆I ∆R ∆t
∴ =2 + +
2 2 H I R t
K  p   100  1
∴ =  =  = = (2 × 2 + 1 + 1)% = 6%
K ′  p′   100 + 100  4 Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
Now, percentage error in K is
A2 B
K′− K  K′  74. X =
= × 100% =  − 1 × 100% C 1/ 3 D
K K 
∆X ∆A ∆B 1 ∆C ∆D
= (4 – 1) × 100% or 300% =2 + − −
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). X A B 3 C D
M 1
69. Density, d = = 2 × 2% + 2% − × 4% − 5%
V 3
The maximum possible error is, 4
= 4 + 2% − % − 5%
 ∆d   ∆M ∆V  2
 × 100  =  +  × 100% 4
 d  max  M V  The percentage error contributed by C is which is
minimum among A, B, C and D. 3
 0.01 0.1 
= +  × 100% Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
 22.42 4.7 
= (0.000446 + 0.0212765) × 100% 75. Let vx = kgy lzrδ. Now by substituting the dimensions of
= 0.0217225 × 100% each quantities and equating the powers of M, L and T
= 2.17% or ≈ 2% we get δ = 0 and x = 2, y = 1, z = 1.
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). Hence, the correct answer is option (c).

Previous Years’ Questions

1. Which pair do not have equal dimensions? 10. The volume of a cube in m3 is equal to the surface area
(a) Energy and torque of the cube in m2. The volume of the cube is
(b) Force and impulse (a) 64 m3 (b) 216 m3
(c) Angular momentum and planck constant (c) 512 m3 (d) 196 m3
(d) Elastic modulus and pressure [AFMC 2005]
[AIPMT 2000]
11. Pascal-second has the dimensions of
2. A force F is given by F = at + bt2, where t is the time. (a) force
What are dimensions of a and b? (b) energy
(a) [MLT –4] and [MLT 2] (c) pressure
(b) [MLT –2] and [MLT 0] (d) coefficient of viscosity
(c) [MLT –3] and [MLT –4] [AFMC 2005]
(d) [ML2T –3] and [ML3T –4]
12. Consider the following equation of Bernoulli’s theorem
[AFMC 2000]
1
3. The number of significant figures in 3400 is P = ρ v 2 + ρ gh = K (constant)
2
(a) 7 (b) 6 The dimensions of K/P are same as that of which of the
(c) 12 (d) 2 following?
[AFMC 2000] (a) Thrust
4. The dimensions of Planck constant equals to that of (b) Pressure
(a) energy (c) Angle
(b) momentum (d) Coefficient of viscosity
(c) angular momentum [AFMC 2005]
(d) power
[AIPMT 2001] 13. If error in measurement of radius of sphere is 1%, what
will be the error in measurement of volume?
5. The dimensions of Planck’s constant are (a) 1% (b) 1/3%
(a) [ML–3T –2] (b) [ML–2T –1] (c) 3% (d) 10%
(c) [ML T ]
2 –3
(d) [ML2T –1] [AFMC 2005]
[AFMC 2002]
14. The velocity v of a particle at time t is given by
6. The idea of calculus was given by b
(a) Newton (b) Einstein v = at + , where a, b and c are constants. The
t +c
(c) Marconi (d) Planck dimensions of a, b and c are
[AFMC 2003] (a) [L], [LT ] and [LT –2]
7. The unit of permittivity of free space, e0, is (b) [LT –2], [L] and [T ]
(a) coulomb/newton-metre (c) [L2], [T ] and [LT –2]
(b) newton-metre2/coulomb2 (d) [LT –2], [LT ] and [L]
(c) coulomb2/newton-metre2 [AIPMT 2006]
(d) coulomb2/(newton-metre)2
[AIPMT 2004]  2π 
15. Given that y = A sin  (ct − x )  ,
8. The dimensions of universal gravitational constant are  λ 
(a) [M –1L32T –2] (b) [ML2T –1] where y and x are measured in metres. Which of the fol-
(c) [M L T ]
–2 3 –2
(d) [M –2L2T –1] lowing statements is ture?
[AIPMT 2004] (a) The unit of λ is same as that of x and A.
9. Pressure gradient has the same dimensions as that of (b) The unit of λ is same as that of x but not of A.
(a) velocity gradient (b) potential gradient (c) The unit of c is same as that of 2π/λ.
(c) energy gradient (d) None of these (d) The unit of (ct – x) is same as that of 2π/λ.
[AFMC 2004] [AFMC 2006]

1.26 ■ Chapter 1
16. Dimensions of resistance in an electrical circuit, in (a) [ML2T –2] (b) [ML2T –1I –1]
terms of dimension of mass M, of length L, of time T (c) [ML2T –3I –2] (d) [ML2T –3I –1]
and of current I, would be [AIPMT 2007]
Answer Keys
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (d) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (c)
1. Dimensions of force = [MLT –2] b

Dimensions of impulse = [MLT –1]. 14. ν = at +
t +c
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). As c is added to t, ∴ c = [T ]
Energy
4. Dimensions of Planck constant h = −1
[ LT ]
Frequency at = [LT –1] or, a= [ LT −2 ]
[T ]
[ ML2T −2 ]
= = [ ML2T −1 ] [b ]
[T −1 ] = [ LT −1 ] ∴ [b] = [L].
Dimensions of angular momentum L [T ]
= Momentum of inertia I × Angular velocity ω Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
= [ML2] [T –1] = [ML2T –1] 16. According to Ohm’s law,
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). V
V = RI or R =
7. Force between two charges I
1 q2 1 q2 W [ ML2T −2 ]
F= ⇒ ε 0 = = C2 / N-m 2 Dimensions of V = =
4πε 0 r 2 4π Fr 2 q [ IT ]
[ ML2T −2 / IT ]
8. Gravitational constant G ∴ R= = [ ML2T −3 I −2 ]
[I ]
force × (distance) 2 Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
=
mass × mass
[ MLT −2 ][ L2 ]
∴ Dimensions of G = = [ M −1 L3T −2 ]
[ M ][ M ]
Questions from NCERT Exemplar

1. The number of significant figures in 0.06900 is 3. The mass and volume of a body are 4.237 g and 2.5 cm3,
(a) 5 (b) 4 respectively. The density of the material of the body in
(c) 2 (d) 3 correct significant figures is
2. The sum of the numbers 436.32, 227.2 and 0.301 in (a) 1.6048 g/cm3
appropriate significant figures is (b) 1.69 g/cm3
(a) 663.821 (b) 664 (c) 1.7 g/cm3
(c) 663.8 (d) 663.82 (d) 1.695 g/cm3

4. The numbers 2.745 and 2.735 on rounding off to 3 sig- 8. You measure two quantities as A = 1.0 m ± 0.2 m,
nificant figures will give B = 2.0 m ± 0.2 m. We should report correct value for as
(a) 2.75 and 2.74 (b) 2.74 and 2.73 (a) 1.4 m ± 0.4 m
(c) 2.75 and 2.73 (d) 2.74 and 2.74 (b) 1.41 m ± 0.15 m
(c) 1.4 m ± 0.3 m
5. The length and breadth of a rectangular sheet are 16.2 (d) 1.4 m ± 0.2 m
cm and 10.1 cm, respectively. The area of the sheet in
9. Which of the following measurements is most precise?
appropriate significant figures and error is
(a) 5.00 mm (b) 5.00 cm
(a) (164 ± 3) cm2 (b) (163.62 ± 2.6) cm2
(c) 5.00 m (d) 5.00 km
(c) (163.6 ± 2.6) cm 2
(d) (163.62 ± 3) cm2
10. The mean length of an object is 5 cm. Which of the fol-
6. Which of the following pairs of physical quantities does lowing measurements is most accurate?
not have same dimensional formula?
(a) 4.9 cm (b) 4.805 cm
(a) Work and torque.
(c) 5.25 cm (d) 5.4 cm
(b) Angular momentum and Planck’s constant.
(c) Tension and surface tension. 11. Young’s modulus of steel is 1.9 × 1011 N/m2. When
(d) Impulse and linear momentum. expressed in CGS units of dynes/cm2, it will be equal to
(1 N = 105 dyne, 1 m2 = 104 cm2)
7. Measure of two quantities along with the precision of (a) 1.9 × 1010 (b) 1.9 × 1011
respective measuring instrument is (c) 1.9 × 1012
(d) 1.9 × 1013
A = 2.5 m/s ± 0.5 m/s
B = 0.10 s ± 0.01 s 12. If momentum (P), area (A) and time (T) are taken to
be fundamental quantities, then energy has the dimen-
The value of A B will be
sional formula
(a) (0.25 ± 0.08) m (a) (P1 A–1 T 1)
(b) (0.25 ± 0.5) m (b) (P2 A1 T 1)
(c) (0.25 ± 0.05) m (c) (P1 A–1/2 T 1)
(d) (0.25 ± 0.135) m (d) (P1 A1/2 T –1)
Answer Keys
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12. (d)
1. In decimals zeroes on left of decimal and before first 4. 2.745 on rounding off = 2.74
non-digit are not significant so number of significant
2.735 on rounding off = 2.74.
figures are four (6900).
2. On calculating sum of digits arithmetically we 5. A = l × b
obtain 663.821, since the number with least decimal
16.2 × 10.1 = 163.62 cm2
place is 227.2, so rounding off to one decimal place
therefore 664. Rounding off to three significant digits, area A = 164 cm2
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). DA = A × (2.63/163.62) = 3 cm2
3. Density is 4.237/2.5 = 1.6948, rounding off the number, Therefore Area A = A ± ΔA = (164 ± 3) cm2.
we get 1.7.

1.28 ■ Chapter 1
7. x = AB = (2.5)(0.10) = 0.25 m 9. Here 5.00 mm is least measurement upto two decimal

Δx/x = ΔA/A + ΔB/B places, so it is more precise.
= 0.075/0.25.
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). 10. l = 5 cm
Δl1 = 5 - 4.9 = 0.1 cm
8. Y =AB = 1.414 m
1 Δl2 = 5 - 4.805 = 0.195 cm
ΔY/Y = (ΔA/A + ΔB/B) = 0.212
Δl3 = 5.25 -5 = 0.25 cm
2
Rounding off ΔY = 0.2 m
Δl4 = 5 - 5 = 0.4 cm

Thus, 1.4 ± 0.2 m. Error Δl1 is least.

AIIMS-Essentials
Assertion and Reason

In the following questions, a statement of assertion is fol- 9. Assertion: The force acting on a body can be divided
lowed by a statement of reason. You are required to choose by the time, for which it acts; although force and time
the correct one out of the given five responses and mark it as have different dimensions.
(a) If both assertion and reason are true and reason is the Reason: Any vector quantity can be divided by a scalar
correct explanation of the assertion. irrespective of their dimensions.
(b) If both assertion and reason are true but reason is not
10. Assertion: Force on a body and the velocity, with which
correct explanation of the assertion.
it is moving, cannot be added.
(c) If assertion is true, but reason is false.
(d) If both assertion and reason are false. Reason: It is because, the dimensions of force and
(e) If reason is true but assertion is false. velocity are different.
1. Assertion: The measure of a physical quantity is inde- 11. Assertion: The physical quantities different in nature
pendent of the system of units. but having the same dimensions must possess the same
Reason: The smaller is unit, bigger is the measure of units.
the physical quantity and vice-versa. Reason: If the dimensions of two physical quantities
2. Assertion: The unit of force is written as newton and are same, their units must also be same.
not as Newton. 12. Assertion: Density (ratio of mass to volume) is differ-
Reason: The unit named to commemorate a scientist is ent from linear mass density.
not written with capital initial letter.
Reason: Linear mass density is mass per unit length
3. Assertion: It is wrong to write newton metre (the unit and is different from density, which usually means vol-
of moment of force) as Nm. ume density.
Reason: No full stop is put between the symbols for
units. 13. Assertion: Frequency has the dimensions of velocity
gradient.
4. Assertion: The unit of moment of force Nm, i.e.,
newton metre cannot be written as mN. Reason: The dimensional formula of both frequency
Reason: Since ‘m’ is symbol for both metre and milli, and velocity gradient is [M 0L0T –1].
the symbol for metre, i.e., m should never be written 14. Assertion: A given physical relation may not be cor-
before the symbol of another unit. rect, even when the dimensions of each and every term
5. Assertion: Nm and mN are the units of different physi- on its either side are the same.
cal quantities. Reason: Physical quantities, entirely different in nature,
Reason: Nm (newton metre) is the unit of moment of may possess the same dimensional formula.
force, while mN (millinewton) is the unit of force.
15. Assertion: Two students measure the length of a stick
6. Assertion: nm and mN are the units of different physi- as 1.3 m and 1.30 m. Both the measurements are equally
cal quantities. accurate.
Reason: nm (nano metre) is the unit of length, while
Reason: The zero at the end of a number is always
mN (millinewton) is the unit of force.
meaningless.
7. Assertion: The parallax method cannot be used to find
16. Assertion: The number of significant figures in 0.001
the distance of very distant star.
is 1.
Reason: The parallax angle of the star becomes too
Reason: All zeros to the right of a decimal point and to
small to be measured accurately.
the left of a non-zero digit are never significant.
8. Assertion: Mass of a body and the velocity, with which
17. Assertion: The number of significant figures in 0.100
it is moving, cannot be multiplied.
is 1.
Reason: It is because, mass is a scalar and velocity is
a vector quantity. In addition to this, the dimensions of Reason: The zeros at the end of a number are always
mass and velocity are different. meaningless.

1.30 ■ Chapter 1
Answer Keys
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (d)

1. The measure of the physical quantity is given by 10. Force and the velocity have different dimensions. Only
X = nu, the physical quantities having the same dimensions can
be added (or subtracted).
where u is the size of the unit and n is the numerical
Thus, both Assertion and Reason are true.
value of the physical quantity X for the selected unit. It
follows that if the size of the chosen unit is small, then
the numerical value of the quantity will be large and 11. The physical quantities different in nature but hav-
vice-versa. ing the same dimensions possess different units. For
Thus, both Assertion and Reason are true. example, the dimensions of force and energy density
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). are same, i.e., [MLT –2] but their units are N and J m–3
2. Both are true. respectively. It is a separate thing that these units turn
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). out to be equivalent to each other.
Thus, both Assertion and Reason are false.
3. Both are true.
4. Both are true. 12. Both are true.
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
b 15. A measurement made to the second decimal place is
7. The parallax angle is given by θ = ,
S more accurate.
where b is the base (distance between two points on the
All zeros to the right of the last non-zero digit after the
earth) and S is the distance of the star from the earth.
decimal point are significant.
For a very distant star, S is very large and hence the
Thus, both Assertion and Reason are false.
parallax angle θ becomes too small to be measured
accurately.
Thus, both Assertion and Reason are true. 16. Zeros at the beginning of a number are not significant.
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). They merely locate the decimal point. Therefore, the
8. Any physical quantity can be multiplied with any other number of significant figures in 0.001 is 1.
physical quantity irrespective of their dimensions. Thus, both Assertion and Reason are true.
Thus, both Assertion and Reason are false. Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). 17. All zeros to the right of the last non-zero digit after the
9. Any vector quantity can be divided with a scalar quan- decimal point are significant. Therefore, the number of
tity irrespective of their dimensions. significant figures in 0.100 is 3.
Both Assertion and Reason are true. Thus, both Assertion and Reason are false.

Section - I (Assertion-Reason Type) 5. Electron-volt (eV) is unit of

(a) energy (b) charge
In the following questions, a statement of assertion is fol- (c) current (d) potential
lowed by a statement of reason. You are required to choose [1997]
the correct one out of the given five responses and mark it as 6. The dimension of Plank’s constant is
(a) If both assertion and reason are true and reason is the (a) [ML2T –1] (b) [ML3T –1]
correct explanation of the assertion. (c) [ML T ]
–2 –1
(d) [M 0L–1T –3]
7. The dimensions of angular velocity, is
(a) [M 0L0T –1] (b) [M 2L0T –1]
(c) [MLT ]–2
(d) [ML2T –2]
(d) If both assertion and reason are false.
[1998]
(e) If reason is true but assertion is false.
8. How many significant figures are there in 30.00?
1. Assertion: SI units are logical and coherent. (a) 2 (b) 4
Reason: SI system of units is a rationalised system. (c) 3 (d) 1
[AIIMS, 2002] [1999]
1 T 9. Dimensions [ML–1T –1] are related to
2. Assertion: In the relation f = , where symbols
2l µ (a) torque (b) work
have standard meaning, m represent linear mass density. (c) energy (d) coefficient of viscosity
Reason: The frequency has the dimensions of inverse [1999]
of time. 10. What is the dimensional formula of gravitational con-
[2008] stant G?
3. Assertion: The dimensional formula for product of (a) [M –1L3T –2] (b) [M –2L3T –2]
resistance and conductance is same as for dielectric (c) [M –1L2T –2] (d) [M –1L3T –1]
constant. [2000]
Reason: Both have dimensions of time constant. 11. A body of mass 20.00 g has volume 5.0 cm3. The
[2009] maximum possible error in the measurement of mass
and volume respectively are 0.01 and 0.1 cm3. The per-
Section - II (Multiple Choice centage error in the density will be nearest to
Questions Type) (a) 1% (b) 2%
(c) 11% (d) 25%
1. The dimension of the modulus of rigidity, is [2000]
(a) [ML –2T –2] (b) [MLT–2] 12. Speed in kilometre per hour in SI unit is represented by
(c) [ML T ]
–1 –1
(d) [ML–1T –2] (a) KMPH (b) Kmhr–1
[AIIMS, 1994] (c) Kmh –1
(d) kilometre/hour
2. One nanometre is equal to [2001]
(a) 10–7 cm (b) 109 cm 13. Dimension of resistivity is
(c) 10 cm
–9
(d) 10–6 cm (a) [ML2T –2I –1] (b) [ML3T –3I –2]
[1994] (c) [ML T I ]
3 –2 –1
(d) [ML2T –2I –2]
3. What is the dimensional formula for the gravitational [2001]
constant?
14. SI unit of velocity is
(a) [M –1L3T –2] (b) [M –1L3T –1]
(a) m/s (b) m sec–1
(c) [M –2L3T –2] (d) [M –2L–1T –3]
(c) mhr–1 (d) m/hr
[1995]
[2001]
4. Light year is the unit of
(a) velocity (b) time 15. The heat produced in a long wire is charactrised by
(c) intensity of light (d) distance resistance, current and time through which the current
[1996] passes. If the errors in measuring these quatities are

1.32 ■ Chapter 1
1
respectively 1%, 2% and 1%, then total error in calcu- (a) LC (b)
lating the energy produced is LC
(a) 4% (b) 6% 1 R
(c) (d)
(c) 4/3% (d) 8% RC L [2008]
[2001] 26. Lumen is the unit of
16. What is the dimensional formula for the gravitational (a) luminous flux (b) luminosity
constant? (c) illumination (d) quantity of light
(a) [M –1L3T –2] (b) [M –1L3T –1] [2008]
(c) [M L T ]
–2 3 –2
(d) [M –2L–1T 3] 27. Which of the following is matched wrongly?
[2001] (a) Oil drop experiment → Millikan
17. Length cannot be measure by (b) Dual nature of light → de Brogile
(a) fermi (b) micron (c) Uncertainty principle → Heisenberg
(c) debye (d) light year (d) None of these
[2002] [2008]
18. The dimension of torque is 28. The dimensions of specific resistance is
(a) [MT –2] (b) [ML–1T –1] (a) [ML2T –2A–1] (b) [ML3T –3A–2]
(c) [ML T ]
3 –2
(d) [ML3T –3] (c) [ML T A ]
3 –2 –1
(d) [ML2T –2A–2]
[2002] [2009]
29. The dimensional formula of Planck’s constant is
19. Using mass (M), length (L), time (T) and current (A) as
(a) [ML2T –1] (b) [ML2T –2]
fundamental quantities, the dimension of permeability is
(c) [ML T ]
0 –2
(d) [MLT 2]
(a) [M –1LT –2A] (b) [M–L2T –2A–1]
[2009]
(c) [MLT A ]
–2 –2
(d) [M–LT –1A–1]
30. If the energy, E = Gp hq cr, where G is the universal gravita-
[2003]
tional constant, h is the Planck’s constant and c is the veloc-
20. Using mass (M), length (L), time (T) and current (A) as ity of light, then the values of p, q and r are, respectively
fundamental quantities, the dimension of permittivity is (a) –1/2, 1/2 and 5/2 (b) 1/2, –1/2 and –5/2
(a) [ML–2T 2A] (b) [M –1L–3T 4A2] (c) –1/2, 1/2 and 3/2 (d) 1/2, –1/2 and –3/2
(c) [MLT A]
–2
(d) [ML2T –1A2] [2010]
[2004] 31. Which of the following pairs does not have same
21. “Parsec” is the unit of dimensions?
(a) time (b) distance (a) Impulse and momentum
(c) frequency (d) angular acceleration (b) Moment of inertia and moment of force
[2005] (c) Angular momentum and Planck’s constant
(d) Work and torque
22. Dimension of electrical resistance is
[2010]
(a) [ML2T –3A–1] (b) [ML2T –3A–2]
32. What is the dimensions of magnetic field B in terms of
(c) [ML T A ]
3 –3 –2
(d) [ML–1L3T 3A2]
C (= coulomb), M, L, T ?
[2005]
(a) [M 1L1T –2C] (b) [M 1L0T –1C–1]
23. The magnetic moment has dimensions of (c) [M L T C]
1 0 –2
(d) [M 1L0T –1C]
(a) [LA] (b) [L2A] [2011]
(c) [LT A]
–1
(d) [L2T –2A] 33. Dimensional formula of DQ, heat supplied to the sys-
[2006] tem is given by
24. Which of the following physical quantities do not have (a) [M 1L2T –2] (b) [M 1L1T –2]
same dimensions? (c) [M L T ]
1 2 –1
(d) [ML1T –1]
(a) Pressure and stress [2012]
(b) Tension and surface tension 34. Dimensional formula of angular momentum is
(c) Strain and angle (a) [ML2T –1] (b) [M 2L2T –2]
(d) Energy and work (c) [ML T ]
2 –3
(d) [MLT –1]
[2007] [2013]
35. The pressure on a square plate is measaured by measur-
25. In an electrical circuit containing L, C and R which of the
ing the force on the plate and the length of the sides of
following does not denote the dimensions of frequency?

F 36. In terms of basic units of mass (M), length (L), time (T )

the plate by using the formula p = . If the maximum
and charge (Q), the dimensions of magnetic permeabil-
l2
errors in the measurement of force and length are 4% ity of vacuum (µ0) would be
and 2% respectively, then the maximum error in the (a) [MLQ –2] (b) [LT –1Q –1]
measurement of pressure is (c) [ML T Q ]
2 –1 –2
(d) [LTQ –1]
(a) 1% (b) 2% [2015]
(c) 8% (d) 10%
[2014]
Answer Keys
Section - I (Assertion-Reason Type)

1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (c)
Section - II (Multiple Choice Questions Type)

1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (a)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (d) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (a) 34. (a) 35. (c) 36. (a)
Section - I (Assertion-Reason Type) Section - II (Multiple Choice Questions

Type)
1. A coherent system means a system based on a cer-
tain set of basic units from which all derived units are 1. The modulus of rigidity
obtained by multiplication or division without intro-
ducing numerical factors. In SI system of units, heat Shearing stress F / A [ MLT −2 ]
η= = = = [ ML−1T −2 ]
energy, electric energy and machanical energy are Shearing strain φ [ L2 ]
measured in joule (J). But in CGS system, they have Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
different units.
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). (Force)(Distance) 2
3. Gravitational constant (G ) =
(Mass)2
1 T 2 T
2. From f = ,f = 2
2l µ 4l µ [ MLT −2 ][ L2 ]
= [M −1 L3T −2 ]
T [ MLT −2 ] M Mass [ M ]2
or µ = = = = Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
4l f
2 2
[L2T −2 ] L Length
= Linear mass density. 6. Planck’s constant (h)
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Energy in each photon [ E ] [ ML2T −2 ]
3. Both the quatities are dimensionless. = = =
Frequency of radiation [ν ] [T −1 ]
Resistance × conductance = R × 1/R = (M 0 L0T 0)
= 1 and dielectric constant k is dimensionless. = [ML2T –1].

1.34 ■ Chapter 1

9. Torque is defined as τ = r × F 19. We know that the force per unit length of a wire carry-
∴ Dimensions of torque [t] = [r] × [F] ing current due to another parallel wire carrying current
= [L] × [MLT –2] = [ML2T –2] is given by,
Similarly for work and energy the dimensions are same dF µo i1i2 2π d dF
as that of torque, i.e., [ML2T –2] = ⇒ µo =
dI 2π d i1i2 dI
F
F = 6phrv ⇒ η = [ L] [ MLT −2 ]
6πη rν ∴ [ µo ] =
[ A2 ] [ L]
F [ MLT −2 ]
∴ [η ] = = [ ML−1T −1 ] or [µo] = [MLT –2] [A–2] = [MLT –2A–2].
[r ][ν ] [ L][ LT −1 ] Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
∴ The given dimensions are related to the coefficient
20. Force of attraction between two charges is given by,
of viscosity.
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). 1 q1q2 1 1 q1q2
F= ⇒ εo =
10. Gravitational constant comes in the formula 4πε 0 r 2 4π F r 2
Gm1m2 Fr 2 A2T 2
F= or G = = = M –1 L–3T 4 A2 .
r2 m1m2 MLT −2 L2
metre
kg ( metre) 2 21. Parsec (pc) is an astronomical unit of length equal to the
= sec 2
= kg −1 (metre)3 (sec) −2
kg 2 distance at which a baseline of one astronomical unit
subtends an angle of one second of arc.
= [M –1L3T –2].
1 parsec = 3.085677 × 1016 m = 3.26 light years.
∆ρ ∆M ∆V
11. r = M/V. Hence, = + Potential difference
ρ M V 22. Resistance =
current
0.01 0.1
= + = 0.0205 ≅ 2%. ML2T −3 A−1
20.00 5.0 = =ML2T –3 A–2
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). A
13. By definition
23. The SI unit of magnetic moment is Am2.
V
A Therefore its dimensions is [L2A].
l RA I
R=ρ ⇒ ρ= = Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
A l l
24. Pressure and stress both have the dimensions of force/area.
VA [V ][ A] Strain and angle are both dimensionsless. Energy and
= ∴ [ρ ] =
Il [ I ][l ] work have the same dimensions force × distance.
ML2T −2 L2 Tension and surface tension refer to two different
= = [ ML2T −2 I −1 ] physical quantities and their dimensions are different.
IL
Tension is a force and surface tension is force per unit
length.
15. The heat produced in a wire due to current flow is given by, Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
∆H 2∆I ∆R ∆t
H = I2Rt ∴ = + + 26. Lumen is the SI unit of luminous flux.
H I R t Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
= 2 × 0.02 + 0.01 + 0.01 = 0.06 = 6% RA
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). 28. Specific resistance, ρ =
l
17. Debye is the unit of electrie dipole moment. Therefore, = [ML2T –3A–2] [L]
length cannot be measured by debye. = [ML3T –3A–2]
18. Dimension of torque = dimensions of force × dimen- 30. E = Gp hq cr
sions of distance = [MLT -2] [L] = [ML2T -2]. [M1L2T –2] = [M–1L3T –2]p [ML2T –1]q [LT–1]r
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). = M–p +qL3p + 2q + rT –2p – q – r

Applying principle of homogeneity of dimensions, we get Therefore, moment of inertia and moment of force have
–p + q = 1 (1) different dimensions.
3p + 2q + r = 2 (2) Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
–2p – q = –2 (3) F [ MLT −2 ]
Add Eqs. (2) and (3), p + q = 0 (4) 32. B = = = [ ML0T −2 A−1 ]
qν [ AT ][ LT −1 ]
1
Add Eqs. (1) and (4), we get q = But [A] = [CT –1] ∴ [B] = [ML0T –1C –1]
2
1 1
From Eq. (1), we get p = q – 1 = − 1 = − . 33. Heat supplied to a system is in the form of energy.
2 2
∴ Dimensional formula is = [ML2T –2].
3 5 Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
Put in Eq. (2), we get − + 1 + r = 2, r = .
2 2 34. Angular momentum
= Moment of inertia × Angular velocity
m( v2 − v1 ) = [ML2] ×[T –1] = [ML2T –1].
31. Impulse = F × t = × t = m(v2 – v1)
t Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
= Change in momentum
35. Maximum percentage error in p,
∴ [Impulse] = [Momentum]
p = 4% + 2 × 2% = 8%
Angular momentum, L = mvr
Planck’s constant, [h] = [Energy] × [Time]
m(ν 2 −ν 1 ) 36. The force per unit length experienced due to two wires
⇒ [F × r × time] = ×r ×t in which current is flowing in the same direction is
t given by
⇒ m(v2 – v1) × r = (Change of momentum) × r
∴ [h] = [L] dF µ0 2 I1 I 2
    =
Work, W = F ⋅ d ; Torque, τ = r × F dl 4π d
∴ [W] = [t] [ MLT −2 ] [ A2 ]
Moment of inertia, I = mr2 = mass × (distance)2 ⇒ = [ µ0 ]
  [ L] [ L]
Moment of force, τ = r × F = h distance × force −2
[ MLT ] [Q 2 ]
⇒ = [ µ0 ] 2
Change of momentum [ L] [T L]
= Distance ×
Time ⇒ µ0 = [MLQ –2]
∴ [I] ≠ [t]. Hence, the correct answer is option (a).


CHAPTER
2 Vector and Scalar
Chapter Outline
■ Scalars and Vectors ■ Scalar and Vector Products or Dot and Cross Products
■ Vector Addition and Subtraction ■ Unit Vector
■ Zero Vector ■ Resolution of Vector in Two and Three Dimensions
Units and measUrement B R
1. Physical Quantities: The quantities which can be

measured are called physical quantities. θ
β
2. Scalar Quantity: A physical quantity which is com- α
A
pletely known by its magnitude only, i.e., a physical
quantity which has only magnitude and has no direc- 7. Vector Addition of More Than Two Vectors: The above
tion, is called a scalar quantity or simply a scalar. method can be applied for only two vectors, and the com-
For example: Mass, length, volume, density, time, ponent method or polygon law of vector addition can be
temperature, pressure, speed, work, etc. applied for resultant of two or more than two vectors.
3. Vector Quantity: A vector is that kind of physical 
a. Vector addition is commutative, i.e., if a and b be
quantity which is completely known only when its    
any two vectors, then a + b = b + a .
magnitude and direction are known and obeys the laws   
b. Vector addition is associative, i.e., if a , b and c be
for vectors.    
any three vectors, then a + (b + c ) = ( a + b ) + c .
For example: Force, acceleration, displacement,  
momentum, etc. c. Vector addition is distributive, i.e., if a and b be
  
4. Localized Vector: A vector is said to be a localized any two vectors, then m( a + b ) = ma + mb .
vector, if it passes through a fixed point in space. Thus, 8. Vector Subtraction: Vector subtraction is not a new
a localized vector cannot be shifted parallel to itself. kind of vector operation, but it is also the resultant of
5. Free Vector: A vector is said to be free vector, if it is not 1st vector and reverse of 2nd vector.
   
localized. Thus, a free vector can be taken anywhere in If S = A − B and S = |S | ,
space. all vectors will be considered as free vectors.   
6. Vector Addition of Two Vectors: Law of paral- then S = A + ( − B), S = A2 + B 2 − 2 AB cos θ .
lelogram of  vector
  addition or triangle law of vector 9. Null Vector: It is a vector which has zero magnitude
addition, R = A + B , and an arbitrary direction. It is represented by 0 and, is
also known as zero vector:
R= A2 + B 2 + 2 AB cos θ The concept of zero vector:
a. Makes vector algebra complete.
B sin θ A sin θ b. Represents physical quantities in a number of
tan α = and tanβ = situations.
A + B cos θ B + A cos θ

2.2 ■ Chapter 2
10. Physical Meaning of Zero Vector:

a. It represents the position vector of the origin. • A
vector can have only two rectangular components in
plane and only three rectangular components in space.
b. It represents the displacement vector of a stationary
particle. • A
vector can have any number, even infinite components.
c. It represents the acceleration vector of a particle (minimum two components)
moving with uniform velocity. • Scalars are added, subtracted or divided algebraically.
11. Rotation of a Vector: • Vectors are added and subtracted geometrically.
a. If the frame of reference is rotated or translated, the • D
ivision of vectors is not allowed as directions cannot be
given vector does not change. The components of divided.
the vector may, however, change. • Unit vector gives the direction of vector.
b. If a vector is rotated through an angle θ, which is not
• Unit vector has no unit.
an integral multiple of 2π, then the vector changes.

Dot Product of Two Vectors 14. Vector component of A perpendicular to
 
  A⋅ B 
It is the multiplication of two  vectors,
 such that the field is B = A−  2 B
a scalar quantity, and it is, A ⋅ B = AB cosθ, where θ is the | B|
 
angle between A and B.  A⋅ B 
  15. Angle between two vectors, θ = cos −1  .
A ⋅ B = AxBx + AyBy + AzBz  AB 
 
Condition for two vectors to be parallel: If a and b are
Properties of Dot Product ax a y az
    parallel, then = = .
1. It is commutative, i.e., A ⋅ B = B ⋅ A. bx by bz
2. It is distributive over addition, i.e.,
       Position Vector and Displacement Vector:
A ⋅ (B + C) = A ⋅ B + A ⋅ C 1. If coordinates of point A are (x1, y1, z1) and coor-
        
3. A ⋅ ( − B ) = − A ⋅ B , ( A + B) 2 = A2 + B 2 + 2 A ⋅ B dinates of point B are (x2, y2, z2). Then rA = Position
      
( A − B) 2 = | A − B|2 = A2 + B 2 − 2 A ⋅ B, vector of A = x1iˆ + y1 ˆj + z1kˆ , rB = Position vector of
      B = x2 iˆ + y2 ˆj + z2 kˆ
( A + B) ⋅ ( A − B) = A2 − B 2 = A2 − B 2   
4. Ordinary algebraic laws are true for a dot product.
r = rB - rA = ( x2 - x1 )iˆ + ( y2 - y1 ) ˆj + ( z2 - z1 )kˆ
= Displacement vector from A to B.
5. If θ is acute, dot product is positive. If θ is obtuse, dot
product is negative and; if θ is 90 °, dot product is zero. y
S
B
Hence, dot product of two perpendicular vectors is A
r
zero.   rA B
6. The scalar product of two identical vectors, A ⋅ A = A2
7. iˆ ⋅ iˆ = ˆj ⋅ ˆj = kˆ ⋅ kˆ = 1, iˆ ⋅ ˆj = ˆj ⋅ kˆ = iˆ ⋅ kˆ = 0
x
8. The scalar product of two non-zero orthogonal (i.e., O
perpendicular) vectors is zero.   2. Position vector of the middle point of the line segment
9. The scalar product of two vectors A and B varies from AB is given by,
AB to (–AB).  
   α +β
  A⋅ B r=
10. Scalar component of A along B = A cos θ = 2
B m W n
  A B
   A⋅ B 
11. Vector component of A along B =   Bˆ
 B 
 
  A⋅ B r
12. Scalar component of B along A = B cos θ = α
A β
 
   A⋅ B 
13. Vector component of B along A =   Aˆ
 A  O

Vector and Scalar ■ 2.3
Cross Product of Two Vectors iˆ ˆj kˆ

The cross product of two vectors is multiplication of two  
13. a × b = ax ay az
vectors, such that the yield is a vector quantity. bx by bz
   
Let C = A × B, then C = | C | = AB sin θ , where θ is the angle
  = ( a y bz - by az )iˆ + (bx az - bz ax ) ˆj + ( ax by - bx a y )kˆ

between A andB .  
Direction of C is perpendicular to both A and B given by
the Right Hand Law. We can Lami’s Theorem
 also say
 that C is perpendicu-
lar to the plane containing A and B. If a body is in equilibrium under three coplanar concurrent
Properties of Cross Product: forces, then each force is proportional to ‘sine’ of the angle
1. Vector product between remaining two forces. That is,
  is not  commutative.
 It is anticommuta-
F1 F2 F3
tive, i.e., A × B = − B × A. = = = k.
2. Cross product of two vectors of given magnitudes has sin α1 sin α 2 sin α 3
maximum value when they act at 90 °. F2 F1
3. Cross product of two parallel or antiparallel vectors is a α3
null vector. A vector whose magnitude is zero, and has
α1 α2
any arbitrary direction, is called as null vector or zero
vector.
4. iˆ × ˆj = kˆ, ˆj × kˆ = iˆ, kˆ × iˆ = ˆj , iˆ × kˆ = − ˆj , kˆ × ˆj = −iˆ,
F3
ˆj × iˆ = −kˆ, iˆ × iˆ = ˆj × ˆj = kˆ × kˆ =A null vector.
i
Unit Vector
A vector whose magnitude is unity is called a unit vector.

The unit vector in the direction of A, is denoted by Â and is

k j A 
by, Aˆ =
given = or A AAˆ .
A

5. The magnitude
 of the vector product of two vectors A Properties of Unit Vector
and B varies from 0 to AB.
    1. Unit vector has no unit, but magnitude of a vector has
6. If A and B are parallel, then A × B = 0.
      unit.
7. If A ≠ 0, B ≠ 0, then A × B = 0 ⇒ A || B. 2. If iˆ and ˆj be the vector along x and y-axes respectively,
8. Angle θ between  vectors A and B is given by, then unit vector along a line which makes an angle θ
| A × B| with the positive direction of x-axis in anti-clockwise
sin θ =   .
|A|| B| direction is cos θ iˆ + sinθ ˆj .
9. The geometrical meaning of vector product or cross If θ is made in clockwise direction then unit vector is
product of two vectors is the area of the parallelogram cos θ i − sin θ j .
formed  
 by the  two vectors as its adjacent sides. 3. If α and β be the unit vectors along any two lines, then
10. If d1 and d2 are the diagonals of the parallelogram,
   
then it can be easily shown that the area of the paral- α + β and α − β are the vectors along the lines which
1   bisect the angle between these lines.
lelogram = d1 × d2 .   
2 4. A unit vector perpendicular to both A and B is C
 
11. The diagonals  of aparallelogram make four triangles A× B
d1 d =±   .
with sides and 2 and area of each triangle | A× B |
2 2
  If vectors are given in terms of iˆ, ˆj and kˆ :
1 d1 d2 1    
= × = d1 × d2 . Let a = ax iˆ + a y ˆj + az kˆ and b = bx iˆ + by ˆj + bz kˆ, then
2 2 2 8
      

12. Lagrange’s Identity: | A × B |2 + ( A ⋅ B ) 2 = | A|2 | B |2 1. | a | = a = ax2 + a y2 + az2 and | b | = b = bx2 + by2 + bz2

2.4 ■ Chapter 2
  Vector Triple Product

2. a + b = ( ax + bx )iˆ + ( a y + by ) ˆj + ( az - bz )kˆ
            
 and C are three vectors, then A × ( B × C ), B × (C × A) and C × ( A × B )
3. a - b = ( ax - bx )iˆ + ( a y - by ) ˆj + ( az - bz )kˆ     If A, B   
A × ( B
 × C ), B × (C × A) and C × ( A × B ) are the examples of vector triple product.
  a ⋅b
4. Component of a along b = a cos θ =         
b A × ( B × C ) = ( A ⋅ C ) B − ( A ⋅ B )C
ax bx + a y by + az bz 1. Polar Vector: If the direction of a vector is indepen-
= dent of the co-ordinate system, it is called a polar vec-
bx2 + by2 + bz2
tor, e.g., displacement, velocity, acceleration, etc.
2. Axial or Pseudo Vector: If the direction of a vector
• Minimum number of collinear vectors whose resultant can changes with the change of reference frame from right-
be zero, is two. handed to left-handed frame, it is called axial or pseudo
• Minimum number of coplanar vectors whose resultant is vector, e.g., angular displacement, angular velocity, etc.
zero, is three.
Scalar and Vector Field: Gradient,
• M
inimum number of non-coplanar vectors whose resultant
is zero, is four.
Divergence, Curl
• T
he resultant of two vectors of unequal magnitude can 1. Scalar Field: If a scalar changes from point to point in
never be a null vector. space, we say that there is a scalar field. For example, if
we heat a rod at one end, the temperature of the rod in
• T
hree vectors not lying in a plane can never add up to give the steady state will vary from point-to-point and we say
a null vector.
that there is a scalar field and that scalar is temperature.
Vector Field: If a vector changes from point-to-point
Triple Product of Vectors in space, we say that there is a vector field. For exam-
ple, velocity of liquid flowing through a tube, magnetic
Scalar Triple Product field, electric field, etc.
2. The Vector Differential Operator (del Vector): The
Ax Ay Az
    ∂ ∂ ∂
A ⋅ ( B × C ) = Bx By Bz operator defined as ∇ = iˆ + ˆj + kˆ is called
∂x ∂y ∂z
Cx Cy Cz nabla or del vector. It is attributed to all the properties
of a vector, and, at the same time, it is supposed to act
1. If three vectors are coplanar, their scalar triple product as an operator. The most striking property of it is that it
  
is zero, i.e., A ⋅ ( B × C ) = 0. remains invariant under rotation  of coordinate system.
2. Value of a scalar triple product does not change when 3. Gradient: If we operate with ∇ on a scalar φ, we obtain
cyclic order of vectors is maintained. a vector which is called the gradient of the scalar. That is,
        
Thus, A ⋅ ( B × C ) = B ⋅ (C × A) = C ⋅ ( A × B )  ∂ϕ ˆ ∂ϕ ˆ ∂ϕ
     grad ϕ = ∆ϕ = iˆ +j +k .
=
That is, [ ABC ] [= BCA] [CAB ] ∂x ∂y ∂z
   The gradient of a scalar is the rate of space variation
Also, [ ABC ] = −[ BAC ]
along the normal to the surface on which it remains
3. If two of the vectors are equal, the scalar triple product constant, or say, it is the directional derivative of the
   
is zero, i.e., [ AAB ] = [ A × A] ⋅ B = 0. scalar along normal to the surface on which it remains
dϕ
4. If two vectors
 are parallel, the scalar triple product  is constant. That is, grad ϕ = n̂, where dϕ is the
zero. Let A and B are parallel, we can have B = kA , dn dn
    derivative of j along the normal and n̂ is the unit vector
where k is a scalar. Then, [ ABC ] = ( kA × A) B = 0.
along the normal.
5. The scalar triple product of the orthogonal vector triad
4. Divergence of a Vector: If we make ‘del dot opera-
is unity, i.e., [iˆ ˆjkˆ] = (iˆ ´ ˆj ) × kˆ = 1. tion’ on a vector, we obtain a scalar which is called the
   divergence of the vector. That is,
6. Scalar triple product A ⋅ ( B × C ) represents the volume
of parallelepiped, with the three vectors forming its    ∂A ∂Ay ∂Az
div A = ∇ ⋅ A = x + + .
three edges. ∂x ∂y ∂z

5. Curl or Rotation of a Vector: If we make ‘del cross Tensor

operation’ on a vector, we get a vector which is called
the curl of the vector. That is, 1. A physical quantity which has different values in differ-
ent directions at the same point is called a tensor.
iˆ ˆj kˆ 2. Pressure, stress, modulii of elasticity, moment of iner-
   ∂ ∂ ∂ tia, radius of gyration, refractive index, wave velocity,
curl A = ∆ × A =
∂x ∂y ∂z dielectric constant, conductivity, resistivity and density
are a few examples of tensor.
Ax Ay Az
3. Magnitude of tensor is not unique.

1. State for each of the following physical quantities, if it Solution:
is a scalar or a vector: (a) True. Magnitude of a vector is a scalar. For example,
Volume, mass, speed, acceleration, density, number of velocity of a car is 20 m/s. Here magnitude of the
moles, velocity, angular frequency, displacement, angu- velocity is 20 which is scalar.
lar velocity. (b) False. As each component of a vector is not always
Solution: Scalar are volume, mass, speed, density, scalar.
number of moles and angular frequency. (c) False. A body moves on a circular path of radius r
returns to its original position after some time. Here
Vector are acceleration, velocity, displacement and
magnitude of the total path is 2pr while magnitude
angular velocity.
of displacement is zero.
2. Pick out the two scalar quantities from the following (d) True. The total path length is either greater or equal
list: Force, angular momentum, work, current, linear to the magnitude of the displacement.
momentum, electric field, average velocity, magnetic (e) True. As to get a null vector, the third vector should
moment, reaction as per Newton’s third law, relative have the same magnitude and opposite direction to
velocity. the resultant of the two vectors.
Solution: Scalar quantities are work and current. 5. Establish the following vector inequalities geometri-
3. Pick out the only vector quantity from the following cally or otherwise:
list: Temperature, pressure, impulse, time, power, total (a) |a + b| ≤ |a| + |a| (b) |a + b| ≥ ||a| − |b||
path length, energy, gravitational potential, coefficient (c) | a − b| ≤ | a| + |b| (d) | a − b | ≥ ||a| − |b||
of friction, charge. When does the equality sign is applicable above?
Solution: Vector quantity is impulse. Solution:

4. Read each statement below carefully and state with rea- (a) | a + b | = | R | is given by
sons if it is true or false:
(a) The magnitude of a vector is always a scalar. | R | = a 2 + b 2 + 2ab cos θ

(b) Each component of a vector is always scalar. when cos θ =1, θ = 0°, | R | = | a + b | = a 2 + b 2 + 2ab
(c) The total path length is always equal to the magni-  
tude of the displacement vector of a particle. = a + b =| a | + | b |
   
(d) The average speed of a particle (defined as total when cos θ <1, |a + b|<|a| + | b |
path length divided by the time taken to cover the    
and, when cos θ =1, |a + b| = | a | + | b |
path) is either greater or equal to the magnitude of    
average velocity of the particle over the same inter- Combining the above results, | a + b | ≤ | a | + | b |
val of time. The equality sign applies when the two vectors
(e) Three vectors not lying in a plane can never add up make an angle of 0 ° with each other or the two vec-
to give a null vector. tors are parallel.

2.6 ■ Chapter 2
(b) Proceed as in (a) above.

6. Given a + b + c + d = 0, which of the following statements
The magnitude of the resultant vector, | R | = | a + b | are correct?
    
= a 2 + b 2 − 2ab = a − b = | a | − | b | (a) a , b , c and d must each be null vectors.
 
when cos θ =1, θ = 0°, | R| = |a + b| = a 2 + b 2 + 2ab The magnitude of ( a + c) equals the magnitude of
 
= a + b = | a | + | b | (b + d ) .

when cos θ = − 1 or θ = 180° (c) The magnitude of a can never be greater than the
 
For all angles other than θ <108°, cos θ > −1 sum of the magnitudes of a , c and d .
       
and | a + b | − | a | − | b | (d) b + c must lie in the plane of a and d if a and d
    are not collinear and in the line of a and d , if they
Thus | a + b | = || a | − | b || if θ =180° are collinear.
   
| a + b |>|| a | − | b || if θ <180°. Solution:
combining the above results, we get (a) Wrong (b) Correct
    (c) Correct (d) Correct
| a + b |≥|| a | − | b ||
7. iˆ and ĵ are units vectors along x-and y-axis respec-
The equality sign applies when the two vectors
tively. What is the magnitude and direction of the vec-
make an angle of 180 ° with each other or the two
vectors are anit-parallel. tors iˆ + ĵ and iˆ - ĵ ? What are the components of
 
(c) If instead of taking second vector as b, we take (b), vector A = 2iˆ + 3 ˆj along the direction of iˆ + ĵ and
iˆ - ĵ ?
The magnitude of the resultant vector | R| = |a + ( −b)|
  Solution: iˆ and ĵ a are unit vectors at right angles to
= a − b = a 2 + ( −b) 2 + 2a( −b) cos θ
each other represented by OA and OB. Their resultant
= a 2 + b 2 − 2ab cos θ
is given by OC is,
The minimum value of cos θ = − 1(θ = 180°) gives
Y
   
| a − b | = a 2 + b 2 + 2ab = a + b =| a | + | b |
    P
Thus we write | a − b | = | a | + | b | if θ =180°
   
| a − b | < || a | − | b || if θ <180° B C
Combining the above results, we get j
    θ
| a − b |≤| a | + | b | O X
  i A Q
The equality sign applies if the two vectors a and −b
  B′ C′
are antiparallel or a and b are parallel.
(d) Proceed as in (c) above. R = 12 + 12 + 2 × 1× 1× cos 90° = 2 and direction will
 
| a − b | = a 2 + ( −b) 2 + 2a( −b) cos θ B | ˆj |
be, tan a = = = 1 or α = 45°
A | iˆ |
= a 2 + b 2 − 2ab cos θ
  Thus magnitude and direction of the vector iˆ + ĵ is
= ( a − b) = | a | − | b | if cos θ =1 or θ = 0°
  2 along 45 ° with x-axis
> ( a − b) = | a | − | b | if cos θ <1 or θ >0° Now − ĵ can be represented by

Combining the above results, we get OB ′ Resultant iˆ and − ĵ
   
| a − b | ≥ || a | − | b || 12 + ( −1) 2 + 2 × 1× 1× cos 90° = 2 is OC
The equality sign will apply if θ = 0° or the two vectors and direction of the resultant is at -45 ° with x-axis.
   
a and −b are parallel or a and b are antiparallel. (ii) The vector 2iˆ + 3 ˆj can be represented by OP


which has x-component = 2 and y component = 3. It  
(c) Will two equal vectors a and b at different loca-
makes an angle θ with the x-axis such that
tions in space necessarily have identical physical
3 3 effects? Give examples in support of your answer.
tan θ = or θ = tan −1   . The angle between A and
2 2 Solution:
i + j [between OP and OC ] = ∠POC′ = θ -45 ° (a) The answer to this query is No, vectors do not have

The angle between A and î - j is ∠POC′ = θ + 45 °
a location in space as every thing is moving and thus
has no fixed frame of reference in space. For exam-
Now the magnitude of OP =| A | = 22 + 32 = 13
ple, Sun with its solar system is moving in the space.

The component of A along the direction of iˆ + ˆj =
(b) Yes, it can vary with time. For example, velocity
component of iˆ + ˆj along AC and acceleration vectors vary withtime.

(c) No, two identical vectors a and b at different lo-
= 13 cos ∠POC = 13 cos(θ − 45°) cations in space will not have identical physical ef-
= 13 [ cos θ cos 45° + sin θ sin 45°] fects. A good example is a ball thrown at moon and
at earth with same force will cover different maxi-
 2 1 3 1  1 mum heights due to the difference in gravitational
= 13  ⋅ + ⋅ =− .
 13 2 13 2  2 force at moon and earth.
10. A vector has both magnitude and direction. Does it
Note: In a right angled ΔOPQ, OP = 13, OQ = 2, mean that anything that has magnitude and direction
QP = 3. is necessarily a vector? The rotation of a body can be
3 2 specified by the direction of the axis of rotation, and
Hence, sin θ = and cos θ = .
13 13 the angle of rotation about the axis. Does that make any
 rotation a vector?
The component of A along the direction of iˆ - ĵ =
 Solution: A physical quantity that has both magnitude
The component of A along AC′
and direction does not mean that it is a vector quantity.
= 13 cos ∠POC ′ = 13 cos(θ − 45°) Finite rotation of a body about an axis is not a vector
quantity because finite rotation does not obey the com-
= 13[cos θ cos 45° + sin θ sin 45°]
mutative law of addition.
 2 1 3 1  1 11. Can you associate vectors with (a) the length of a
= 13  ⋅ + ⋅ =− .
 13 2 13 2  2 wire bent into a loop, (b) a plane area, (c) a sphere.
8. Which of the following quantities are independent of Explain.
the choice of orientation of the coordinate axes? Solution:
       
a + b , 3ax + 2by ,[a + b − c ] angle between a and c , λ a (a) We can associate a vector with the length of a wire
Solution: All the quantities except (3ax + 2by) are indepen- bent into a loop.
dent of the choice of orientation of the coordinate axis. (b) We can
  associate  a vector  with a plane area
A = l × b , where l and b are the length and
9. A vector has magnitude and direction.
breadth vectors.
(a) Does it have a location in space?
(c) We can associate a null vector with a sphere.
(b) Can it vary with time?

 
1. The (x, y, z) coordinates of two points A and B are given 2. Two vectors A1 and A2 each of magnitude A are
respectively as (0, 3, -1) and (-2, 6, 4). The displace- inclined to each other such that their resultant is equal
ment vector from A to B may be given by 
to 3 A. Then the resultant of 1 and - 2 is
A A
(a) -2 iˆ +6 ĵ +4 k̂ (b) -2 iˆ +3 ĵ + 3 k̂
(a) 2A (b) 3A
(c) -2 iˆ +3 ĵ +5 k̂ (d) 2 iˆ -3 ĵ -3 k̂ (c) 2 A (d) A

2.8 ■ Chapter 2
3. The maximum and minimum magnitude of the resul- 12. Which of the following operations make no sense in
tant of two given vectors are 17 units and 7 units respec- case of scalars and vectors?
tively. If these two vectors are at right angle to each (a) Multiplying any vector by a scalar
other, the magnitude of their resultant is (b) Adding a component of vector to the same vector
(a) 14 (b) 16 (c) Multiplying any two scalars
(c) 18 (d) 13 (d) Adding a scalar to a vector of the same dimensions

4. If vectors iˆ − 3 ˆj + 5kˆ and iˆ − 3 ˆj − akˆ are equal vectors, 13. Let A = iˆ Acos θ + ĵ Asin θ, be any vector. Another
then the value of a is vector B which is normal to A is.
(a) 5 (b) 2 (a) iˆ Bcos θ + ĵ Bsin θ (b) iˆ Bsin θ + ĵ Bcos θ
(c) -3 (d) -5 (c) iˆ Bsin θ - ĵ Bcos θ (d) iˆ Acos θ - ĵ Asin θ
   
5. Given A = iˆ + ˆj + kˆ and B = −iˆ − ˆj − kˆ. ( A − B) will 14. Which of the following is not essential for the three

make angle with A as vectors to produce zero resultant?
(a) 0 ° (b) 180 ° (a) The resultant of any two vectors should be equal
(c) 90 ° (d) 60 ° and opposite to the third vector.
     (b) They should lie in the same plane.
6. If A + B + C = 0, then A × B is
    (c) They should act along the sides of a parallelogram.
(a) B × C (b) C × B (d) It should be possible to represent them by the three
 
(c) A × C (d) None of these sides of triangle taken in order.

7. Two forces in the ratio 1: 2 act simultaneously on a par- 15. Given that A + B + C = 0. Which of the following
ticle. The resultant of these forces is three times the first options is correct?

force. The angle between them is (a) | A | + | B | = | C | (b) | A + B | = | C |
(a) 0 ° (b) 60 °
(c) 90 ° (d) 45 ° (c) | A | − | B | = | C | (d) | A − B | = | C |
 
8. Resultant
 of two vectors A and B is of magnitude P. If 16. Given
that C = A + B and C makes an angle α with
B is reversed, then resultant is of magnitude Q. What A and b with B . Which of the following options is
is the value of P2 + Q2? correct?
(a) 2(A2 + B2) (b) 2(A2 - B2) (a) a cannot be less than b
(c) A - B
2 2
(d) A2 + B2 (b) a < b, if A < B
9. The two vectors have magnitudes 3 and 5. If angle (c) a < b, if A > B
between them is 60 °, then the dot product of two vec- (d) a < b, if A = B
tors will be 17. Which of the following operations will not change a
(a) 7.5 (b) 6.5 vector?
(c) 8.4 (d) 7.9 (a) Rotation in its own plane
     
10. If A = B + C and the magnitudes of A, B and C are 5, 4 (b) Rotation perpendicular to its plane
  (c) Rotation about the tail
and 3 units respectively, the angle between A and C is
(d) None of these

3 4 18. A is directed along north and B is directed along
(a) cos −1   (b) cos −1  
5 5 south-west. If C = A + B , then which of the following
π 3 relations are correct?
(c) (d) sin −1  
(a) C must be equal to | A + B |
⋅
2 4
    
11. Two vectors A and B are such that A + B = C and (b) C must be greater than | A + B |

A2 + B2 = C 2. If θ is the angle between positive direc- (c) C must be greater than | A − B |
 
tions of A and B then mark the correct alternative
(d) C must be equal to | A − B |
π
(a) θ = 0 ° (b) θ = 19. What is the component of 3iˆ + 4 ˆj along iˆ + ˆj ?
2
2π 1 3
(c) θ = (d) θ = π (a) (iˆ + ˆj ) (b) (iˆ + ˆj )
3 2 2

(b)
5 ˆ ˆ
(i + j ) (d)
7 ˆ ˆ
(i + j ) 28. If the vector aiˆ + ˆj + kˆ iˆ + bjˆ + kˆ and iˆ + ˆj + ckˆ
2 2
( a ≠ b, c ≠ 1) are coplanar, then the value of
20. Component of 3iˆ + 4iˆ perpendicular to iˆ + ˆj and in 1 1 1
+ + is
the same plane as that of 3iˆ + 4 ˆj is 1− a 1− b 1− c
(a) -1 (b) 0
1 ˆ ˆ 3 ˆ ˆ (c) 1 (d) 3
(a) ( j -i) (b) ( j -i)
2 2    
29. If u = iˆ × ( a × iˆ) + ˆj × ( a × ˆj ) + kˆ × ( a × kˆ ) then
5 ˆ ˆ 7 ˆ ˆ   
(b) ( j -i) (d) ( j -i)
2 2 (a) u is a unit vector (b) u = a + iˆ + ˆj + kˆ
  
21. The resultant of A + B is R1. On reversing the vec- (c) u = 2 a (d) u = 8(iˆ + ˆj + kˆ )

tor B , the resultant becomes R 2 . What is the value of 30. The vector sum of two forces is perpendicular to their
R12 + R22 ? vector difference. In that case, the forces
(a) can not be predicted
(a) A2 + B2 (b) A2 - B2
(b) are perpendicular to each other
(b) 2(A + B )
2 2
(d) 2(A2 - B2)
(c) are equal to each other in magnitude
22. A vector of length l is turned through the angle θ (d) are not equal to each other in magnitude
about its tail. What is the change in the position vector
of its head? 31. A and B are two vectors given by A = 2iˆ + 3 ˆj and

(a) l cos (θ/2) (b) 2l sin (θ/2) B = iˆ + ˆj . The magnitude of the component of A
(b) 2l cos (θ/2) (d) l sin (θ/2)
along B is
23. The diagonals of a parallelogram are 2iˆ and 2 ĵ . What
is the area of the parallelogram? 5 3
(a) (b)
(a) 0.5 unit (b) 1 unit 2 2
(b) 2 units (d) 4 units
  7 1
24. A parallelogram
is formed with a and b as the sides. (c) (d)
2 2
Let d 1 and d 2 be the diagonals of the parallelogram.  
Then a2 + b2 = ____. 32. If a and b are two vectors, then the value of
(a) d12 + d22 (b) d12 - d22    
( a + b) × ( a − b) is
(c) ( d12 + d22 ) / 2 (d) ( d12 − d22 ) / 2    
  (a) a × b (b) b × a
25. Resultant
 of three non-coplanar non-zero vectors a ,b    
and c (c) −2(b × a) (d) 2(b × a)
 
(a) always lies in the plane containing a + b 33. What should be the angle between ∆ A and A so that
 
⋅
(b) always lies in the plane containing a − b | ∆ A | = ∆ | A |?

(c) can be zero
(a) 0 ° (b) 30 °
(d) cannot be zero
    (c) 60 ° (d) 90 °
26. [abc] is a scalar triple product of three vectros a, b
   34. The direction of a vector A is reversed. What are the
and c then [abc] is equal to
values of ∆ A and ∆ | A | ?
   
⋅ ⋅ ⋅
(a) [cba] (b) [cab]

   (a) +2 A, 0 (b) + A, 0
(c) [acb] (d) [bac]
(c) −2 A, 0 (d) − A, 0
27. The number  of vectors ofunit length perpendicular to
vectors a = (1, 1, 0) and b = (0, 1, 1) is 35. The vector projection of a vector 3iˆ + 4 kˆ on y-axis is
(a) one (b) two (a) 5 (b) 4
(c) three (d) infinite (c) 3 (d) 0

2.10 ■ Chapter 2
36. The
unit vector parallel to the resultant of the vectors (a) parallel vectors which have the original vector as
A = 4i + 3 j + 6 k and B = −iˆ + 3 ˆj − 8kˆ is
ˆ ˆ ˆ their resultant.
(b) mutually perpendicular vectors which have the
1 ˆ 1 ˆ
(a) (3i + 6 ˆj - 2kˆ ) (3i + 6 ˆj + 2kˆ )
(b) original vector as their resultant.
7 7 (c) arbitrary vectors which have the original vector as
1 ˆ 1 ˆ their resultant.
(c) (3i + 6 ˆj - 2kˆ ) (d) (3i - 6 ˆj + 2kˆ )
49 49 (d) It is not possible to resolve a vector

37. Two vectors are given by A = iˆ + 2 ˆj + 2kˆ and 39. Three concurrent forces of the same magnitude are in
equilibrium. What is the angle between the forces? Also
B = 3iˆ + 6 ˆj + 2kˆ. Another vector C has the same mag-
name the triangle formed by the forces as sides
nitude as B but has the same direction as A . Then (a) 60 °, equilateral triangle

which of the following vectors represent C (b) 120 °, equilateral triangle
(c) 120 °, 30 °, 30 °, an isosceles triangle
7 ˆ 3 ˆ
(a) (i + 2 ˆj + 2kˆ ) (b) (i - 2 ˆj + 2kˆ ) (d) 120 °, an obtuse angled triangle
3 7
40. Two forces 3 N and 2 N are at an angle θ such that the
7 ˆ 9 resultant is R. The first force is now increased to 6 N
(c) (i - 2 ˆj + 2kˆ ) (d) (iˆ + 2 ˆj + 2kˆ )
9 7 and the resultant become 2R. The value of θ is
38. Any vector in an arbitrary direction can always be (a) 30 ° (b) 60 °
replaced by two (or three) (c) 90 ° (d) 120 °
Answer Keys
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (d) 26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (c)
31. (a) 32. (d) 33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (d) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (d)

1. r A = 0i + 3 j − k , r B = −2i + 6 j + 4 k 3. Let P and Q be two vectors. Then according to ques-
tion, P + Q = 17(1)
Displacement vector from A to B is given by d
P - Q = 7 (2)
= r B − r A = ( −2i + 6 j + 4 k ) − (0i + 3 j − k ) = −2i + 3 j + 5k
On adding and subtracting the Eqs. (1) and (2)
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). we get, P = 12; Q = 5

2. Let θ be the angle between A1 and A2 . Resultant of A1 Magnitude of resultant is given by

and A2 is R 2 = A12 + A22 + 2 A1 A2 cos θ R = [P2 + Q2 + 2PQ cos θ]1/2
or 3A2 = A2 + A2 + 2AA cosq

Given, θ = 90 °, ∴ R = [P2 + Q2]1/2 = 13.
1 Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
or cos θ =
= cos 60° or θ = 60°  
2 4. Comparing vector, we get +5k = −ak ∴ a = −5 .

The angle between A1 and − A2 is (180 ° - 60 °) = 120 ° Hence, the correct answer is option (d).

R′ = [A12 + A22 + 2A1A2 cos(180 ° - 60 °)]1/2 5. A − B = 2i + 2 j + 2k = 2 A
= [A2 + A2 + 2A2 cos 120 °]1/2 = A.
i.e., A − B and A are parallel.

π
6. A + B + C = 0 or A + C = − B or 0 = 24 cos θ,
θ=
2
∴ ( A + C) × B = −B × B = 0 In the right angled triangle, let the angle between A and

or ( A × B) + (C × B) = 0 C be a.
C 3
or A × B = −C × B or A × B = B × C . ∴ cos α
= ⇒ α = cos −1 (3 / 5).
A 5

7. Let F 1 and F 2 be the two forces acting on a particle 11. C = A + B gives C2 = A2 + B2 + 2AB cos θ
simultaneously and θ be angle between them.
But C2 = A2 + B2
π
The resultant is R = F12 + F22 + 2 F1 F2 cos θ (1)
∴ 2 AB cos θ = 0 or cos θ = 0, θ = .
2
F1 1 Hence, the correct answer is option (b).

According to question, = or F2 = 2F1
F2 2 12. A scalar cannot be added to a vector.

and R = 3F1 Hence, the correct answer is option (d).

Substituting these values in Eq. (1), we get
13. For normal vectors, A ⋅ B = 0. This is the case with the
(3F1)2 = F12 + (2F1)2 + 4F12 cos θ
vector in option (c).
or 4cos θ = 4 or cos θ = 1
ˆ cos q + ˆjA sin q ) × (iB
ˆ sin q - ˆjB cos q )
(iA
θ = cos–1(1) = 0 °.

= AB sin q cos q - AB sin q cos q = 0.
14. A parallelogram has four sides. So, if three vectors act
F2
R
along the sides of the parallelogram, their resultant can-
θ not be zero.
F1       

15. Here, A + B = −C Hence, | A + B | = | −C | = | C |

8. Let θ be angle between A and B .
B sin θ sin θ
∴ Resultant of A and B is 16. tan α = =
A + B cos θ A
+ cos θ
P= A2 + B 2 + 2 AB cos θ (1) B

When B is reverse, then the angle between A and −B
A sin θ sin θ
and tan β =
=
is (180 ° - θ). B + A cos θ B
+ cos θ
∴ Resultant of A and −B is
A
Q= A2 + B 2 + 2 AB cos(180° − θ ) A B
∴ α < β when
> 1, this will make < 1.
B A
Q = A2 + B 2 − 2 AB cos θ (2) Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
Squaring and adding Eqs. (1) and (2), we get 17. Rotation always changes the vector, because its direc-
P2 + Q2 = 2(A2 + B2). tion changes.
 
1 18. Here angle between A and B is 135 °. C is equal to
9. A ⋅ B = AB cos θ = 3 × 5 × cos 60° = 3 × 5 × = 7.5.  
2 A− B .
 
10. Here A = B + C . Let angle between B and C be θ; 19. Component of A along B is
then A2 = B2 + C2 + 2BC cos θ   
 ( A × B) B
= ( A cos q ) Bˆ = ( A × Bˆ ) Bˆ =
(5)2 = 42 + 32 + 2(4)(3) cos θ B2

2.12 ■ Chapter 2
     
( A × B) = (3iˆ + 4 ˆj ) × (iˆ + ˆj ) = 7 or | F1 |2 − | F2 |2 = 0 or | F1 |2 =| F2 |2

  
B = iˆ + ˆj or B2 = 2. or | F1 | = | F2 | .

20. Vector perpendicular to iˆ + ˆj is iˆ − ˆj  
  A⋅ B
  31. (a) Magnitude of component of A along B = 
Here A = 3iˆ + 4 ˆj and B = iˆ − ˆj |B|

∵ A ⋅ B = 3 − 4 = −1
(2iˆ + 3 ˆj ) × (iˆ + ˆj ) 2+3 5
 =
= = .
B = iˆ − ˆj and B2 = 2. 2 2 2
    
21. A + B = R1 i.e., A2 + B 2 + 2 AB cos θ = R12 33. A = AAˆ \ DA = ( DA) Aˆ + ( DAˆ ) A
     
and A − B = R2 i.e., A2 + B 2 − 2 AB cos θ = R22 When ∆A = 0, then DA = ( DA) Aˆ = ( D | A |) Aˆ

∴ 2( A2 + B 2 ) = R12 + R22 . \| DA |= D | Aˆ |
  
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). As ∆A = 0, hence angle between ∆A and A is zero. ⋅
  
22. ∆r = r2 − r1 , where r2 = r1 = l Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
   
34. ∆A = − A − A = −2 A
Here ∆r = r22 + r12 − 2r2 r1 cos θ

  
= 2l sin θ / 2
Now as | A | = | − A | ∴ ∆ | A | = 0°
B Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
r2
35. As the multiple of ĵ in the given vector is zero there-
Δr
fore this vector lies in xz-plane and projection of this
θ
O A vector on y-axis zero.
r1
  36. Resultant of vectors A and B
23. Let the sides of the parallelogram be P and Q
    R = A + B = 4iˆ + 3 ˆj + 6 kˆ − iˆ + 3 ˆj − 8kˆ
Then P + Q = 2iˆ and P − Q = 2 ˆj
  R = 3iˆ + 6 ˆj − 2kˆ
Hence P = iˆ + ˆj , Q = iˆ − ˆj

Area of the parallelogram ˆ R 3iˆ + 6 ˆj − 2kˆ 3iˆ + 6 ˆj − 2kˆ
R = = = .
  |R| 32 + 6 2 + ( −2) 2 7
= | P ´ Q | = | iˆ + ˆj ´ (iˆ - ˆj ) |

= | -iˆ ´ ˆj + ˆj ´ iˆ | = | ( -kˆ - kˆ ) | = 2.
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). iˆ + 2 ˆj + 2kˆ
    37. C = × 32 + 6 2 + 22
  1+ 4 + 4
24. d1 = a + b , d2 = a − b
d12 = a 2 + b 2 + 2ab cos θ
iˆ + 2 ˆj + 2kˆ 7
=
49 = (iˆ + 2 ˆj + 2kˆ ).
3 3
d22 = a 2 + b 2 − 2ab cos θ

39. If N forces of equal magnitude act on a single point and
30. As two vectors are perpendicular to each other, hence
  their resultant is zero then angle between any two forces
S ⋅D = 0 is given by,
   
or ( F1 + F2 ) ⋅ ( F1 − F2 ) = 0 360 360
  θ=
= = 120°
or ( F1 ) 2 − ( F2 ) 2 = 0 N 3

F
40. (d) A = 3, B = 2 then R = A2 + B 2 + 2 AB cos θ
R = 9 + 4 + 24 cos θ (1)
120°
Now A = 6, B = 2 then
120° F
120° 2 R = 36 + 4 + 24 cos θ (2)

1
From Eqs. (1) and (2), we get cos θ = −
∴θ = 120°
F
2



1. If | A + B | = | A | + | B | then angle between A and B will 6. If a vector 2iˆ + 3 ˆj + 8kˆ is perpendicular to the vector
be
4 ˆj − 4iˆ + α kˆ , then the value of α is
(a) 90 ° (b) 120 °
(c) 0 ° (d) 60 ° (a) 1/2 (b) -1/2
[AIPMT 2001] (c) 1 (d) -1
2. Which one is a vector quantity? [AIPMT 2005]
(a) Flux density
7. If the angle between the vectors A and B is θ , the
(b) Magnetic field intensity
value of the product ( B × A) ⋅ A is equal to
(c) Temperature
(d) Time (a) BA2 sin θ (b) BA2 cos θ
[AFMC 2003] (c) BA2 sin θ cos θ (d) zero
3. A body goes 20 km north and then 10 km due east. The [AIPMT 2005]
displacement of body from its starting point is
8. Minimum number of unequal vectors which can give
(a) 30 km (b) 25.2 km
zero resultant are
(c) 22.36 km (d) 10 km
(a) two (b) three
[AFMC 2003]
(c) four (d) more than four
4. If A × B = 3 A ⋅ B then the value of | A + B | is [AFMC 2005]
12
 AB  9. The vectors A and B are such that | A + B | = | A − B | .
(a) (A + B + AB) /
2 2 1 2
(b)  A2 + B 2 + 
 3 The angle between the two vectors is
(a) 45 ° (b) 90 °
(c) A + B (d) ( A2 + B 2 + 3 AB)1 2 (c) 60 ° (d) 75 °
[AIPMT 2004] [AIPMT 2006]

5. An aeroplane flies 400 m due north and then 300 m due 10. A and B are two vectors and θ is the angle between
south and then flies 1200 m upwards. The net displace-
them, if | A × B | = 3 ( A ⋅ B) , the value of θ is
ment is
(a) greater than 1200 m (a) 45 ° (b) 30 °
(b) less than 1200 m (c) 90 ° (d) 60 °
(c) 1400 m [AIPMT 2007]
(d) 1500 m
[AFMC 2004]
Answer Keys
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (d)


1. | A + B | = | A | + | B | if A B ⋅ θ = 0° . If a dot product of this cross product and A is taken, as

Hence, the correct answer is option (c). the cross product is perpendicular to A, C × A = 0.

4. | A × B | = 3 A ⋅ B Therefore product of ( B × A) ⋅ A = 0.

⇒| A || B | sin θ = 3 | A || B | cos θ Hence, the correct answer is option (d).

⇒ tan θ = 3 ⇒ θ = 60° 9. Let θ be angle between A and B

| A + B | = | A |2
+ | B |2
+2 | A || B | cos θ | A + B | = | A − B |, then | A − B |2 = | A − B |2

= ( A2 + B 2 + AB )1 2 . or ( A + B) ⋅ ( A + B) = ( A − B) ⋅ ( A − B)
  or A ⋅ A + A ⋅ B + B ⋅ A + B ⋅ B = A ⋅ A − A ⋅ B − B ⋅ A + B ⋅B
6. a = 2iˆ + 3 ˆj + 8kˆ , b = 4 ˆj − 4iˆ + α kˆ
or 4 AB cos θ = 0 or cos θ = 0° or θ = 90°.
   
a ⋅ b = 0 if a ⊥ b Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
(2iˆ + 3 ˆj + 8kˆ ) × ( -4iˆ + 4 ˆj + a kˆ ) = 0
10. | A × B | = 3 ( A ⋅ B)
or, −8 + 12 + 8α = 0 ⇒ 4 + 8α = 0 ⇒ α = −1 2 .

∴ AB sin θ = 3 AB cos θ

or, tan θ = 3
or θ = tan −1 ( 3 ) = 60°.
7. Let A × B = C

The cross product of A and B perpendicular to the

plane containing A and B i.e., perpendicular to B .

1. Which one of the following statements is true? 3. Consider the quantities, pressure, power, energy,
(a) A scalar quantity is the one that is conserved in a impulse, gravitational potential, electrical charge, tem-
process. perature, area. Out of these, the only vector quantities
(b) A scalar quantity is the one that can never take neg- are
ative values. (a) Impulse, pressure and area
(c) A scalar quantity is the one that does not vary from (b) Impulse and area
one point to another in space. (c) Area and gravitational potential
(d) A scalar quantity has the same value for observers (d) Impulse and pressure
with different orientations of the axes. 4. Three vectors A, B and C add up to zero. Find which is
2. The component of a vector r along X-axis will have false.
maximum value if (a) (A × B) × C is not zero unless B, C are parallel
(a) r is along positive Y-axis (b) (A × B) · C is not zero unless B, C are parallel
(b) r is along positive X-axis (c) If A, B, C define a plane, (A × B) × C is in that plane
(c) r makes an angle of 45 ° with the X-axis (d) (A × B) · C = |A||B||C| → C2 = A2 + B2
(d) r is along negative Y-axis
Answer Keys
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (c)


1. A scalar quantity is independent of direction hence it Here Δp is a vector quantity hence impulse is also a
always has the same value for observer with different vector quantity.
orientations of axes. Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). 4. These type of questions are done with hit and trial
3. Since, impulse J = F Dt = Δp where F is force. method.

2.16 ■ Chapter 2
Aiims-Essentials

In the following questions, a statement of assertion is 4. Assertion: The magnitude of the resultant of two vec-
followed by a statement of reason. You are required to tors is always greater than magnitude of the individual
choose the correct one out of the given five responses and vectors.
mark it as Reason: It is in accordance with the laws of algebra.
(a) If both assertion and reason are true and reason is the 5. Assertion: The magnitude of the resultant of two vec-
tors P and Q is maximum (P + Q), when the two vec-
tors act in the same direction and minimum (P - Q),
when they act in opposite directions.
Reason: The resultant of two vectors can be found by
using the relation
(e) If reason is true but assertion is false.
R = P 2 + Q 2 + 2 PQ cos θ
1. Assertion: A physical quantity that has both magnitude

and direction is not necessarily a vector quantity. 6. Assertion: If | A + B | = | A − B | , then vectors A and B
Reason: For a physical quantity to be vector, the com- must be at right angles to each other.
mutative law must hold for the addition of such two
physical quantities. Reason: The vectors A + B and A − B are always at
right angles to each other.
2. Assertion: Any two vectors can be added.
Reason: The vectors are added by applying the laws of 7. Assertion: If A + B = A − B , then vector B must be a
algebra. zero vector.
3. Assertion: The resultant of any three vectors lying in Reason: It is because, by definition of null vector,
the same plane is zero.
A± 0 = A
Reason: Any three vectors lying in the same plane can be
represented by the three sides of a triangle taken in order.
Answer Keys
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (a)

1. Both are true. 5. When the two vectors act in the same direction, θ = 0°
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). and when they act in opposite directions, θ =180°. By
2. A vector can be added to another vector of same nature setting θ = 0° and θ =180°, from the relation
only. R = P 2 + Q 2 + 2 PQ cos θ ,
it can be obtained that the resultant is (P + Q) and
3. Both are false. (P - Q) in the respective cases.
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
4. Both are false. 6. The assertion is true but the reasoning is false.
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
7. Both are true.


Section - I (Assertion-Reason Type) 3. If | P ⋅ Q | = PQ, then the angles between P and Q is
(a) 45 ° (b) 30 °
In the following questions, a statement of assertion is
(c) 60 ° (d) 0 °
followed by a statement of reason. You are required to
[1999]
choose the correct one out of the given five responses and
mark it as
4. If vectors P = aiˆ + ajˆ + akˆ and Q = aiˆ − ajˆ − kˆ are per-
(a) If both assertion and reason are true and reason is the pendicular to each other, then the positive value of a is
correct explanation of the assertion. (a) 3 (b) 1
(b) If both assertion and reason are true but reason is not (c) 2 (d) 0
[2002]
(d) If both assertion and reason are false. 5. Two equal vectors have a resultant equal to either. The
(e) If reason is true but assertion is false. angle between them is
(a) 60 ° (b) 90 °
1. Assertion: Current and time both have direction as well
(c) 100 ° (d) 2 2
as magnitude but still are not considered vector.
[2009]
Reason: They do not follow laws of vector addition.
[AIIMS 2000] 6. If a vector 2iˆ + 3 ˆj + 8kˆ is perpendicular to the vector
4iˆ − 4 ˆj + α kˆ, then value of a is
Section - II (Multiple Choice 1
(a) -1
Questions Type) (b)
2
1
1. Angle between two vectors of magnitudes 12 and 18 (c) − (d) 1
units, when their resultant is 24 units, is 2 [2013]
(a) 82 °31′ (b) 63 °51′
(c) 89 °16′ (d) 75 °52′ 7. Two vectors A and B have equal magnitudes. If mag-

[1996] nitude of A + B is equal to n times the magnitude of

2. What happens, when we multiply a vector by -2? A − B , then the angle between A and B is
(a) Direction reverses and unit changes  n −1   n2 − 1 
(a) cos −1   (b) cos −1  2 
(b) Direction reverses and magnitude is doubled  n +1  n +1
(c) Direction remains unchanged but unit changes
(d) Neither direction reverses nor unit changes but the  n −1   n2 − 1 
(c) sin −1   (d) sin −1  2 
magnitude is doubled.  n +1  n +1
[1997] [2016]
Answer Keys

1. (a)

1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (b)

2.18 ■ Chapter 2

Section - I (Assertion-Reason Type) 4. Vector p = ai + a j + 3k and vector Q = ai − 2 j − k .
If two vectors are perpendicular to each other, them
1. A physical quantity to be treated as a vector, it is neces-
P ⋅Q = 0
sary for it to have both magnitude and direction. But
this is not sufficient condition for the physical quantity or ( ai + a j + 3k ) ⋅ ( ai − 2 j − k ) = 0

to be treated as a vector. A vector quantity has to fol- or a2 - 2a - 3 = 0.

low the laws of vector addition. That’s why, even though
Solving this quadratic equation, we get a = 3 or -1.

current and time have both magnitude and direction,
they are not considered as vectors.
Therefore positive value of a is 3.
6. For perpendicular vectors.

Section - II (Multiple Choice A ⋅ B = 0
Questions Type) ∴ ( 2i + 3 j + 8k ) ⋅ ( 4i − 4 j + α k ) = 0
1
8 - 12 + 8a = 0 - 4 + 8a = 0
. α=
1. Given: Magnitude of first vector ( A) = 12; Magnitude 2
of second vector ( B ) = 18 and resultant of the given
vectors ( R) = 24. We know that resultant
7. Let q the angle between A and B

vector | R | = 24 = A2 + B 2 + 2 AB cos θ | A + B | = n | A − B |
(12 ) + (18)
2 2
=
+ 2 × 12 × 18 cos θ ⇒ A2 + B 2 + 2 AB cos θ
108 = n A2 + B 2 + 2 AB cos(180 − θ )
or cos θ =
= 0.25 or θ = cos −1 0.25 = 75°52′.
432
| A | = | B | or A = B = x
2. Negative sign reverses the direction. Since magnitude ⇒ 2 x 2 (1 + cos θ ) = n2 ⋅ 2 x 2 (1 − cos θ )
of the number is 2, therefore magnitude of the vector is ⇒ 1 + cos θ = n2 − n2 cos θ
doubled.
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). ⇒ (1 + n2 ) cos θ = n2 − 1

3. | P ⋅ Q | = PQ ⇒ PQ cos θ = PQ n2 − 1  n2 − 1 
⇒ cos θ = ⇒ θ = cos −1  2 .
⇒ cos θ = 1 ⇒ θ = 0°.
n +1
2
 n +1
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). Hence, the correct answer is option (b).

CHAPTER Kinematics of 1-D,
3 2-D, 3-D
Chapter Outline
■ Motion in a Straight Line: Speed and Velocity, ■ Relations for Uniformly Accelerated Motion
Position-time Graph, Velocity-time Graph, ■ Relative Velocity as Rate of Change of Separation
Acceleration-time Graph ■ Closest Distance of Approach Between Two Moving
■ Uniform and Non-uniform Motion Bodies
■ Average Speed and Instantaneous Velocity ■ Motion in a Plane or Two-dimensional Motion: Pro-
■ Uniformly and Non-uniformly Accelerated Motion jectile Motion, Kinematics of Circular Motion
mOtiOn 5. sn = Displacement (not distance) in nth second. = u +

a
(2n − 1) 2
In One-Dimensional Motion While using the above equations, substitute all vector quan-
ds dx     
tities v , u , a , s and st with proper sign. st is the displace-
1. Instantaneous velocity = or (= slope of x − t graph)
dt dt ment between (t − 1) and t seconds.
dv
2. Instantaneous acceleration = (= slope of v − t graph)
dt Motion under Gravity
3. Area under v−t graph = Displacement; Area under a − t In the absence of air resistance, all object experience same
graph = Change in velocity acceleration due to gravity. The acceleration near the earth
4. In uniform motion along a straight line without change surface, g = 9.8 m/s2. For a freely falling body, we have:
in direction of motion, 1
  1. v = u + gt 2. h = ut + gt 2
d|v| dv 2
= 0= and 0
dt dt g
3. v = u + 2 gh
2 2
4. hn th = u + ( 2n − 1)
5. If body moves uniformly, but its direction of motion 2
changes, then When body is thrown vertically upward, we have:
  1
d|v | dv 1. v = u − gt 2. h = ut + gt 2
= 0, but ≠0
dt dt 2
g
One-Dimensional Motion with Uniform 3. v2 = u2 − 2gh 4. hn th = u + ( 2n − 1)
2
Acceleration
One-Dimensional Motion with Non-
1 2
1. v = u + at 2. s = ut + at uniform Acceleration
2
1 If motion is one-dimensional with variable acceleration,
3. s = s0 + ut + at 2 4. v2 = u2 + 2as
2 then the above equations are not valid and then:

3.2 ■ Chapter 3
1. s − t Differentiation y
 → v − t Differentiation
 → a − t;
ds dv dv
v= ,a= =v
dt dt ds u
2. a − t Integration
 → v − t Integration
 → s − t; θ
x
∫ds = ∫v dt , ∫dv = ∫a dt , ∫v dv = ∫a ds
5. For a given velocity of projection, a projectile has the
In many graphs, negative time has been seen. Negative
same range for angle of projection θ and (90 ° − θ). In
time indicates the past. As time interval never be negative,
2R
hence in any calculation the time interval is always placed this case, T1 ⋅ T2 = .
as positive. g
6. Equation of Trajectory:
Relative Motion gx 2 gx 2
y = x tan θ −
= x tan θ − (1 + tan 2 θ ).
   2 u 2 cos 2 θ 2u2
1. v A, B = Velocity of A with respect to B = v A − v B
The path of the projectile is parabolic.
  
2. aA, B = Acceleration of A with respect to B = aA − aB 7. Slope of the Path: The slope of the path can be given
by differentiating the locus equation, or trajectory
In One-Dimensional Motion equation with respect to x.
dy  x 
1. v A, B = v A − v B 2. aA, B = aA − aB Hence, slope = m = = tan θ  1 − 
dx  2R 
Two-or Three-Dimensional Motion with 8. Suppose, two particles are projected simultaneously
Uniform Acceleration: from the same point with initial velocities u1 and u2
at an angle θ1 and θ2 respectively, then the path of first
     1 projectile with respect to the second projectile is a ver-
1. v = u + at 2. s = ut + at 2
2 tical straight line.
      9. For a projectile motion (as shown in the above figure),
3. v ⋅ v = u ⋅ u + 2a ⋅ s
the speed of strike and the speed of projection are the
Two or Three-Dimensional Motion with same and, also radius of curvature at the point of pro-
jection and at the point of strike are the same.
Non-Uniform Acceleration
10. Finding the Point of Collision between Two Pro-
   jected Bodies: When two bodies projected from same
 ds dr  dv
1. v = or 2. a = point collide in air, the point of collision of the bod-
dt dt dt
ies can be found by solving two trajectory equations
    (parabolas). If (x, y) are the coordinates of the point of
3. ∫ dv = ∫ a ⋅ dt 4. ∫ ds = ∫ v ⋅ dt
collision, we can write:
Projectile Motion y  gx   gx 
= tan θ1 − 2 = tan θ 2 − 2
1. T =
2 u sin θ 2 u y
= x 
2 v1 cos θ1   2 v2 cos 2 θ 2 
g g
where, v1 and v2 are the velocities of projection and θ1,
u sin θ u
2 2 2 θ2 are the angles of projection, respectively. By solv-
y
2. H = = ing the above equation, first of all, we can find x. Then
2g 2g
substituting x in either locus equation, we can find y.
u 2 sin 2θ 2 ux u y 9. Projectile Motion Relative to a Moving Reference

3. R = = ux T = Frame: While observing the motion of a projectile
g g
     1
from a moving frame, we can use v = u + at , s = ut +
u2 2
4. Rmax = at θ = 45°      
g at 2, and v 2 − u 2 = 2 a ⋅ s ;where s , u and a are the

Kinematics of 1-D, 2-D, 3-D ■ 3.3
u2 π α
1. Displacement s = r − r
→ → → 3. Rmax = , when θ = +
f i g (1 − sin α ) 4 2
∧ ∧ ∧
= ( x f − xi ) i + ( y f − yi ) j + ( z f − zi ) k y
2. Distance = actual path length u θ


total displacement  ∆r  O
3. Average velocity = = 
total time  ∆t 
B
α
total distance  ∆s  x
4. Average speed = = 
total time  ∆t  N particles A, B, C, D, E, ..., are situated at the corners of N-
change in velocity sided regular polygon of side L. Each of the particles moves
5. Average acceleration = with constant speed v. A always has its velocity along AB, B
time
   along BC and C along CD and so on.
∆v v f − vi
=   = OB 
 ∆t  t ∴ Time of approach = 
  v cos θ 
dr
6. Instantaneous velocity =
dt L L
⇒t = =
7. Instantaneous acceleration = rate of change of velocity 2 cos θ × v cos θ 2v cos 2 θ
 
= =
dv d 2 r and distance travelled by each person = v ∙ t
dt dt 2 L L
8. The instantaneous velocity in magnitude is equal to =v =
2v cos θ 2 cos 2 θ
2
instantaneous speed.
and by symmetry, they will meet at the centroid O of the
average velocity polygon.
9. ⋅ ≤1
average speed E
O
displacement, velocity and acceleration of the projec- A D
tile relative to the moving frame.
θ
Projection upon an Inclined Plane B P C
2 u sin (θ − α )
1. T = Swimmer’s Problem or River-Boat problem
g cos α
Let, Vw = Velocity of water with respect to ground.
u2
2. R = [sin( 2θ − α ) − sin α ] Vs,w = Velocity of swimmer with respect to water.
g cos 2 α Vs = Velocity of swimmer with respect to ground.
u2 π α      
3. Rmax = , when θ = − As, Vs , w = Vs − Vw ⇒ Vs = Vs , w + Vw (1)
g (1 + sin α ) 4 2
Y
y x B x C
u B
v s,w
θ stream
d θ vs vw
α
O
A X
Projection down the Inclined Plane
Now, AC = Vs ×Crossing time t
   
2 u sin(θ + α ) Þ ( AB + BC ) = (Vs,w + Vw )t
1. T =
g cos α
Þ ( d ˆj + xiˆ) = [( -Vs,w sin q )iˆ + (Vs,w cos q ) ˆj + Vw iˆ]t
u2
2. R = [sin( 2θ + α ) + sin α ] Þ ( xiˆ + d ˆj ) = (Vw - Vs,w sin q )tiˆ + (Vs,w cos q )t ˆj )
g cos 2 α

3.4 ■ Chapter 3
i.e., x = (Vw − Vs , w sin θ ) t 2. If crossing time be minimum, then, for t min, cos θ = +1
⇒ θ = 0 °, and
d  d   d   Vw 
and d = (Vs , w cos θ ) t ⇒ t =
(Vs , w cos θ ) t min =   , and drift = (Vw )   =   d
 Vs , w   Vs , w   Vs , w 
d
Case I: If θ is given, then crossing time = and  d 
drift = (Vw − Vs , w sin θ )t (Vs , w cos θ ) 3. If θ is given, then crossing time =  and
 Vs , w cos θ 
Case II: For minimum crossing time, For tmin, cosθ is  d 
 d 
drift = (Vw − Vs , w sin θ ) 
maximum ⇒ cosθ = +1 ⇒ θ = 0 ° and, hence t min =   Vs , w cos θ 
 V  .
 s,w 
Case III: The swimmer just reaches the opposite point B on Circular Motion
the other bank, 1. Circular motion is a two-dimensional motion (motion
 d  in a plane).
i.e., drift x = 0 ⇒ (Vw − Vs , w sin θ )  = 0, either
 V cos θ  s,w 2. Linear velocity vector and linear acceleration vector lie
d in the plane of circle.
(Vw − Vs , w sin θ ) = 0 or = 0 (It is not possible) 3. Angular velocity vector and angular acceleration vector are
Vs , w cos θ
perpendicular to the plane of the circle given by the law.
V  v = Rω (R = radius of circular path)
⇒ (Vw − Vs , w sin θ ) = 0 ⇒ sin θ =  w 
 Vs , w  4. Acceleration of particle in circular motion may have
V  two components: (a) tangential component (at); and
∴θ = sin −1  w  and crossing time (b) centripetal or radial component (ac).
V  s,w 
dv d | v |
d d d at = Rate of change of speed = = = R α , where
= = = dt dt
Vs , w cos θ Vs , w 1 − sin 2 θ Vs ,2w − Vw2 α = Angular acceleration = Rate of change of angular
Vw dω
and as sin θ ≤ 1 ⇒ ≤ 1, i.e., Vs , w ≥ Vw . velocity = centripetal acceleration is towards cen-
Vs , w dt
v2
Case IV: If Vs, w < Vw then drift cannot be zero, rather it may tre and is given by ac = Rω 2 = Net acceleration of
R
be minimum. particle is resultant of two perpendicular components
1. If drift be minimum, then θ = ?, t = ? ac and at. Hence, a = ac2 + at2 .
dx
For xmin , =0 a. Tangential acceleration at is responsible for change of
dθ speed of the particle in circular motion. It can be posi-
d   d  tive, negative or zero, depending whether the speed of
⇒
(Vw − Vs , w sin θ )  =0 particle is increasing, decreasing or constant.
dθ   Vs , w cos θ  
b. Centripetal acceleration is responsible for change
Vs , w V  in direction of velocity. It can never be equal to
∴ sin θ =
or θ = sin −1  s , w  zero in circular motion.
Vw  Vw 
c. In general, in any curved line motion, direction of
and Crossing time instantaneous velocity is tangential to the path, but
d d Vw ⋅ d acceleration may have any direction. If we resolve
= = = the acceleration, one parallel to velocity and another
Vs , w cos θ V 2
Vs , w Vw2 − Vs2, w
Vs , w 1 − s,w
perpendicular to velocity, the first component is at ,
Vw2 
while the other is ac. Thus,
 at = component of a
and xmin. = (Vw− Vs, w sin θ)t  a ⋅ v dv
along v = a cosθ = = = rate of change of
v dt
 Vs w  Vw d 
=  Vw − Vs , w × ,  × speed and ac = Component of a perpendicular to
 V  Vs , w Vw − Vs , w
2 2
w
 v2
v = a 2 − at2 = .
Vw2 − Vs2, w Vw d d Vw2 − Vs2, w R
= × = Here v is the speed of particle at that instant, and R is called
Vw Vs , w Vw2 − Vs2, w Vs , w
the radius of curvature to the curved line path at that point.

d. If the equation of trajectory is given, then the radius e. Any particle cannot have uniform acceleration,
of curvature is given as: while moving in a curve with constant speed.
f. Motion is characterized by velocity and accelera-
 d2 y tion is characterized by rate of change of velocity.
1  2 
dx A particle can have a non-zero acceleration, while
= .
R   dy  2  3/ 2 its velocity is zero.
1 +  dx  
 
1. In which of the following examples of motion, can the (e) (A or B) overtakes (B or A) on the road (once or
body be considered approximately a point object: twice).
(a) A railway carriage moving without jerk between Solution:
two stations. (a) A lives closer to the school than B as P is close to O
(b) A monkey sitting on top of a man cycling smoothly than Q.
on a circular track. (b) A starts from the school earlier than B as A starts
(c) A spinning cricket ball that turns sharply on hitting while t = 0.
the ground. (c) B walks faster than A so the graph for B is steeper
(d) A tumbling beaker that has slipped off the edge of a than the graph of A.
table. (d) A and B reaches home at the same time t1 as shown
Solution: by dotted lines on the graph.
(a) As the distance between two stations is much more (e) B overtakes A on the road once as is shown in the
than the length of the carriage, so it can be consid- graph.
ered as a point object. 3. A woman starts from her home at 9.00 am, walks at a
(b) Since the size of monkey is very small as compared speed of 5 km/h on a straight road till her office 2.5 km
to the distance covered by the cyclist, so it can be away, stays at the office till 5.00 pm, and returns home
considered as a point object. by an auto at a speed of 25 km/h. Choose suitable scales
(c) Since the ball is turning sharply due to spin, it cannot and plot the x-t graph of her motion.
be considered as a point object.
Solution: The x-t graph of the woman’s motion is as
(d) Here, the height of the table is not much large than
shown in the following figure:
the size of the beaker, so it cannot be considered as
a point object. Office
A B
2. The position-time graph (x-t) for two children A and B 2.5
returning from their school O to their homes P and Q
2.0
respectively are shown in the figure. Choose the correct
entries in the brackets below: 1.5
x (km)
x
1.0
Q
0.5 5.06 pm
P Home 9 am C
A 0
B 11 am 1 pm 3 pm 5 pm
O t
t (hours)
(a) (A or B) lives closer to the school than (B or A).
(b) (A or B) starts from the school earlier than (B or A).
Here, 9.00 am is chosen as the origin of the time axis,
(c) (A or B) walks faster than (B or A). i.e., y-axis and woman’s home is chosen as the orig-
(d) A and B reaches home at the (same or different) ing of distance axis, axis while her office is along
time. y-axis.

3.6 ■ Chapter 3
Distance of office = 2.5 km, speed of woman = 5 km/h.

6. Read each statements below carefully and state with rea-
D sons and example, if it is true or false.
Time taken by the woman to reach the office, t =
= (a) An object having zero speed at an instant may have
V
2.5/5 = 1/2 hour. non-zero acceleration at that instant.
That is, the woman will reach office at 9.30 am. Time (b) An object having zero speed may have non-zero
journey is shown in the figure by line OA in the graph. velocity.
As she stays in the office till 5.00 pm, here x co-ordinate (c) An object having constant speed may have zero
will not change. Her stay in the office is shown by a acceleration.
straight line AB. Now, she returns home barrelling in an (d) An object having positive value of acceleration
auto at a speed of 25 km/h. must be speeding up.
Time taken by the auto to reach home = 2.5/25 = 1/10 Solution:
hour = 6 minutes. The woman will reach her home at (a) True. A ball thrown vertically upward will have
5.06 pm. Her return journey is shown by line BC in the zero speed at its highest point and an acceleration
graph. of 9.8 m/s2 downward.
(b) False. Since the speed is the magnitude of velocity.
4. A drunkard walking in a narrow lane takes 5 steps for- (c) True. As acceleration is the rate of change of veloc-
ward and 3 steps backward, followed by 5 steps forward ity. Hence, whenever speed does not change, accel-
and 3 steps backward, and so on. Each step is 1 m long eration may be zero.
and requires 1 second. Plot x-t graph of his motion. (d) False. If we choose the positive direction of ac-
Determine graphically and, otherwise how long the celeration due to gravity downward, a ball thrown
drunkard takes to fall in a pit 13 m away from the start. vertically upward will have its speed decreasing.
Solution: The x-t graph of the drunkard’s motion is as However, the statement is true, if the positive direc-
shown in the followiing figure: tion of acceleration is along the direction of motion.
15 (13 steps, 37 seconds)
7. A ball is dropped from a height of 90 m on a floor. At
13 each collision with the floor, the ball loses one-tenth
11
9
of its speed. Plot the speed-time graph of its motion
7 (5 steps, between t = 0 to 12 seconds.
5 seconds)
5
3 Solution: Let us choose the time t = 0 when the ball is
(3 steps, 3 seconds)
1 just dropped (u = 0). Its speed on reaching the floor can
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 37 be calculated using the relation,
From the graph, it is clear that he takes 37 seconds to v 2 − u 2 = 2 as
fall in a pit 13 m away from the starting point. v 2 − 0 = 2 × 9.8 × 90 = 1764 ⇒ v = 42 m/s

5. A car is moving along a straight highway with a speed

Now, the time t1 taken by the ball in reaching the ground
of 126 km/h is brought to a stop within a distance of
is calculated by using the relation, v = u + at
200 m. What is the retardation of the car (assumed uni-
form), and how long does it take to stop? 42 = 0 + 9.8 t1 ⇒ t1 = 4.28 s
(i) Thus, the speed of the ball will go on increasing
Solution: Initial speed of the car, u =126 km/h = 35 m/s.
at constant rate from the value 0 m/s to 40 m/s for
Final speed of the car, v = 0. 4.28 seconds.
Distance covered, s = 200 m.
45 A Floor
Using relation, v2 = u2 + 2as, we have: D
40 Bouncing Bouncing
y
y
rne
35 B E
rne
−(35)2
Up
0 = 352 + 2 × a × 200 ⇒ a = = −3.06 m/s 2

Jou
30
Jou
Speed (m/s)
wa
2 × 200 25
ard
rd
ard
20
Jou
nw

The retardation of the car is 3.06 m/s2.
nw
15
Dow
rne
Dow

Time taken by the car to stop can be determined by 10
y
using the relation, 5 C

35 0
v = u + at ⇒ 0 = 35 − 3.06 × t ⇒ t =
= 11.4 seconds. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
3.06 Time (s)

This is represented by the line OA. At A, the ball strikes represented by x(t) − x(0). For example, a bus travel-
the floor and its speed is decreased from 42 m/s to ling on a circular path covers 50 km path in 2 hours
42 − 4.2 = 37 m/s. This is shown by the line AB. and comes back to the same stop from where it
(ii) Now, the ball goes up vertically at a speed u = 37.8 m/s started. In this case, the magnitude of displacement
and at the highest point its speed v becomes zero. It is zero while total length is path is 50 km. The total
reaches the highest point in time t2 which can be cal- length of path covered by a body is the length of the
culated by using the relation, v = u + at2. After putting actual path travelled by it.
values for v = 0, u = 37.8 and a = 9.8, and solving, we (b) The average velocity of particle is defined as the
get t2 = 3.85 seconds. displacement of particle per unit time.
So, the speed of the ball goes on decreasing at con- Displacement
Average Velocity =
stant rate from 37.8 m/s to the value 0 for 3.85 sec- Time
onds, when it reaches the maximum height s.
The average velocity does not tell us anything about
From the relation, the actual path traced by the body in the above ex-
v 2 − u 2 = 2 as ⇒ 0 − (37.8)2 = 2 × 9.8 × s ample of bus, the average velocity is zero.
s = 72.9 m Average speed is the ratio of the total distance trav-
Thus the ball rises to the height of 72.9 m this time. The elled by a particle along its actual path to the time
decrease in speed in the upward motion is represented taken, i.e.,
by the line BC. Average Speed
(iii) After reaching the highest point, the ball will take the Total distance travelled along its actual path
=
same time as in (ii), i.e., 3.85 seconds to come down Time taken
and strike the floor. Its speed will increase from the
value 0 to 37.8 m/s, the speed at which it bounced back. 50
The average speed in the above example is:
This is shown by the line CD. = 25 km/h 2
(iv) On hitting the floor, its speed will decrease from 37.8
9. A man walks on a straight road from his home to a mar-
m/s to 37.8 − 3.78 = 34.02 m/s.
ket 2.5 km away at a speed of 5 km/h. Finding the mar-
This is represented by the line DE. ket closed, he instantly turns and walks back home at a
Now, the total time since the ball was dropped speed of 7.5 km/h. What is the
= 4.28 + 3.85 + 3.85 (a) magnitude of average velocity, and
(b) average speed of the man over the interval of time
= 11.98 or 12 seconds
(i) 0 to 30 minutes; (ii) 0 to 50 minutes; (iii) 0 to 40
Neglecting the time of collision between the ball and minutes?
the floor.
Solution:
8. Explain clearly, with examples, the distinction between: (a) The magnitude of average velocity of the man is
(a) Magnitude of displacement (sometimes called dis- zero as there is no net displacement of his position.
tance) over an interval of time, and the total length (He started from his home and returned back to his
of path covered by a particle over the same interval. home).
(b) Magnitude of average velocity over an interval of (b) Time taken to reach the market = 2.5/2 = 0.5 hours
time, and the average speed over the same interval. = 30 minutes.
[Average speed of the particle over an interval of
Time taken to come back = 2.5/7.5 = 1/3 hours
time is defined as the total path length divided by
= 20 minutes
the time interval]. Show in both (a) and (b) that the
second quantity is either greater than or equal to the (i) In the interval 0 to 30 minutes, his average speed is
first. When is the equality sign true? [For simplicity, 5 km/h.
consider one-dimensional motion only]. (ii) During the interval 0 to 50 minutes, his average
Solution: speed is:
(a) The magnitude of displacement or distance trav-
elled by body in a given time t, is the difference Total distance covered 5 5 × 60
= = = 6 km/h.
between the initial and final position of a body. It is Total time taken
50 50

3.8 ■ Chapter 3

(iii) During the interval 0 to 40 minutes, he has travelled x v a
7.5
a distance of 2.5 km (in 30 seconds) = × 10 km
60 A
t
(= 1.25 km in 10 minutes at the rate of 7.5 km/h) = B t t
3.75 km.
3.75 60 (a) (b) (c)
∴ His average speed =
× = 5.625 km/h. Solution:
40 1
(a) A ball resting on a smooth floor is kicked which
10. Look at the graphs (a) to (d) carefully and state, with rebounds from a wall getting its speed reduced. It
reasons, which of these cannot possibly represent one- then moves to the opposite wall which stops it.
dimensional motion of a particle. (b) The graph represents a ball thrown up with some
initial velocity and rebounding from the floor with
Total path
x x x
length
reduced speed after every hit on the floor.
(c) This graph plotted between acceleration and time
t t t represents uniformly moving ball after it has been
hit by a bat for a very short interval of time.
t
13. The figure gives the x-t plot of a particle in one-
(a) (b) (c) (d) dimensional motion. Three different equal intervals of
time are shown. In which interval is the average speed
Solution: greatest, and in which is it the least? Give the sign of
(a) In the figure, vertical line cut the graph at two posi- average velocity for each interval.
tions at the same time, which is impossible.
Solution: The average velocity is greatest in the inter-
(b) In this case also, if we draw a vertical line parallel
val 3 as x is more for same interval of time and average
to the y-axis at any instant of time, it will cut the
speed is least during the interval 2 as x is least during
circle at two different points, this means that par-
this interval.
ticle has two velocities in opposite directions at the
x
same time, which is not possible.
(c) This graph is also impossible as it shows that the
speed is negative for certain time, but speed is
3
always non-negative. t
1 2
(d) This graph is also impossible because total length
of a particle can never decrease with time.
11. The given figure shows the x-t plot of one-dimensional
motion of a particle. Is it correct to say from the graph The average velocity is positive during interval 1 and 2,
that the particle moves in a straight line for t < 0 and on a i.e., v > 0, the average velocity is negative in interval 3,
parabolic path for t > 0? If not, suggest a suitable physical i.e., v < 0.
context for this graph. 14. The figure gives a speed-time graph of a particle in motion
x along a constant direction. Three equal intervals of time
are shown. In which interval is the average acceleration
greatest in magnitude? In which interval is the average
speed greatest? Choosing the positive direction as constant
t
O direction of motion, give the signs of v and a in the three
Solution: No, we cannot say that particle moves on a intervals. What are the accelerations at the points A, B, C
parabolic path because this a graph of the condition in and D?
which velocity is changing, i.e., an acceleration is there
Speed
D
in motion. This graph can be of a particle dropped from B
a high building or tower.
12. Suggest a suitable physical situation for each of the fol- A C
lowing graphs: t
1 2 3

Solution: The magnitude of average acceleration is the ball, u = 49 + 5 = 54 m/s. Again, at the highest
greatest in the interval 2. points its speed v = 0.
The average speed is greatest in the interval 3. The time taken to reach the maximum height can be
The velocity is positive in all the three intervals. calculated using relation
The acceleration is positive in the intervals 1 and 3 and v = u + at ⇒ 0 = 54 − 9.8 × t
negative in the interval 2. 54
At all the points A, B, C and D, acceleration is zero. ∴t = = 5.51 seconds.
9.8
15. A three wheeler starts from rest, accelerates uniformly at
Now, the ball should have taken the same time, i.e.,
1 m/s2 on a straight road for 10 seconds, and then moves
5.51 seconds to come down, had then lift being sta-
at uniform velocity. Plot the distance covered by the vehi-
tionary. Since the lift is moving up with a constant
cle during the nth second (n = 1, 2, 3, ...) versus n. What
speed of 5 m/s, the ball would take less than that
do you expect this plot to be during acceleration motion:
calculated above (5.51 + 5.51 = 11.02) to come into
A straight line or a parabola?
the hands of the boy. So, the total time after which
ball comes back to his hand is again 10 seconds.
12
A B 17. The speed-time graph of a particle moving along a fixed
10
8 direction is shown in the figure. Obtain the distance tra-
6 versed by the particle between (a) t = 0 to 10 seconds,
4
2 (b) t = 2 seconds to 6 seconds. What is the average
speed of the particle over the interval in (a) and (b).
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Solution: The figure gives the required graph. For P
Speed (m/s)
12
uniform accelerated motion, we get a straight line OA
inclined to the time-axis, whereas for uniform motion,
we get a straight line AB parallel to the time axis. O R Q
16. A boy standing on a stationary lift (open from above) 0 5 10 t (s)
throws a ball upwards with the maximum initial speed he
can, equal to 49 m/s. How much time does the ball take to Solution:
return to his hand? If the lift starts moving up with a uni- (a) Distance travelled s by a particle between t = 0 to t
form speed of 5 m/s and the boy again throws the ball up = 10 seconds can be obtained by finding the area of
with the maximum speed he can, how long does the ball DOPQ.
take to return to his hand? s = area of DOPQ
Solution: 1 1
(a) When the lift is stationary, the initial speed of the = × OQ × PR = × 10 × 12 = 60 m
2 2
ball, u = 49 m/s. It reaches the maximum height
where the final speed v = 0. The time taken to reach Total distance covered
Average speed =
the maximum height can be calculated using rela- Time taken
tion 60
= = 6 m/s
v = u + at ⇒ 0 = 49 − 9.8 × t 10
49 (b) Acceleration produced during journey OP is given
∴t = = 5seconds
9.8 by v = u + at ⇒ 12 = 0 + a × 5.
The time taken by the ball to come down is the Acceleration produced during journey PQ is given
same, i.e., 5 seconds. by:
Hence the total time after which ball comes back to v = u + at ⇒ 0 = 12 + a × 5a = −2.4 m/s 2
his hand = 5 + 5 = 10 seconds. The speed at t = 2 seconds is given by:
(b) When the lift starts moving up, the ball thrown
vertically up with speed of 49 m/s will share the v = u + at ⇒ v = 0 + 2.4 × 2
speed of the lift. Therefore, now the initial speed of ⇒ v = −4.8 m/s 2

3.10 ■ Chapter 3
The distance s1 covered by the body during its jour- different paths as shown in figure. What is the magni-
ney from t1 = 2 seconds to t2 = 5 seconds, i.e., t = tude of the displacement vector for each? For which girl
5 − 2 = 3 seconds is given by: is this equal to the actual length of path skate?
1 1 Q
s1 = ut + at 2 = 4.8 × 3 + × 2.4 × 32 = 25.2 m
2 2
The distance s2 covered by the body during its jour- B
A C
ney from t2 = 5 seconds to t3 = 6 seconds, i.e, t = 6
− 5 = 1 second is given by:
P
1 1
s2 = ut + at 2 = 12 × 1 + × ( −2.4) × 12 = 10.8 m.
2 2 Solution: Let the three girls A, B and C take the paths
PAQ, PBQ and PCQ respectively. Since the radius of the
Total distance covered = 25.2 + 10.8 = 36 m. circular track is 200 m, the points P and Q are 2 × 200
The average speed during the interval 2 to 6 sec- = 400 m apart.
onds = 36/4 = 9 m/s.
18. The velocity-time graph of a particle in one-dimensional The magnitude of the displacement for all of them is the
motion is as shown in the given figure. same, i.e., 400 m. Only for girl B, the magnitude of the
displacement vector is equal to actual length of the path
v skate.
20. A cyclist starts from the centre O of a circular park of
radius 1 km, reaches the edge P of the park, then cycles
along the circumference and returns to the centre along
0 t1 t2 t QO as shown. If the round trip takes 10 minutes, what

Which of the following formulae are correct for describ- is the (a) net displacement, (b) average velocity and
ing the motion of the particle over the time interval t1 to t2. (c) average speed of the cyclist?
Q
(a) x (t2 ) = x (t1 ) + v (t1 )(t2 − t1 ) + 1 a(t2 − t1 )2
2 O P
(b) v (t2 ) = v (t1 ) + a(t2 − t1 )
Solution:
(c) vaverage = [ x(t2 ) − x (t1 )] / (t2 − t1 ) (a) New displacement is zero, since the cyclist returns
to his starting point.
(d) vaverage = [ v (t2 ) − v (t1 )] / (t2 − t1 )
Displacement
(b) Average speed =
1 Time
(e) x(t2 ) = x(t1 ) + vaverage (t2 − t1 ) + aaverage (t2 − t1 )2
2 0
= = 0
(f) x(t2) − x(t1) = Area under the v-t curve bounded by the 10
t-axis and the dotted line shown. Actual path travelled
Solution: (c) Average speed =
Time
(a) Not correct because the time interval between t1 and
Actual path travelled = OP + PQ + QO
t2 is not constant.
(b) Not correct because the time interval between t1 and 1
= 1 km + (2π r ) + 1 km
t2 is not constant. 4
(c) Correct 1
(d) Correct = 2 + (2 × 3.14 × 1) = 3.57 km
4
(e) Not correct as average acceleration cannot be used
in this relation. 10 1
= =
Time 10 minutes = hours
(f) Correct 60 6
19. Three girls skating on a circular ice ground of radius 3.57
∴ Average speed = km/h = 21.42 km/h.
200 m start from a point P on the edge of the ground and 1
reach a point Q diametrically opposite to P following 6

21. On an open ground, a motorist follows a track that 28 min. What is (a) the average speed of the taxi; (b) the
turns to his left by an angle of 60 ° after every 500 m. magnitude of average velocity, Are the two equal?
Starting from a given turn, specify the displacement of
Solution: Actual straight distance between the station
the motorist at the third, sixth and eighth turn. Compare and hotel (i.e., displacement) = 10 km
the magnitude of the displacement with the total path
Actual path travelled by taxi = 28 minutes = 0.466 hour

length covered by the motorist in each case.
(a) Average speed of the taxi:
D α C Actual path travelled 23
α = = = 49.3 km/h
α Time 0.466
α =60º
E B (b) Magnitude of the average velocity
α
α
α Displacement 10
F A = = = 21.4 km/h
|500 m|
Time 0.466
No, two are not equal. Average speed equals average
Solution: We observe that at third turn, the motorist is
velocity magnitude, only on a straight path.
at D. So, the displacement is equal to AD and the direc-
tion is given by angle BAD. So, it is clear from the fig- 23. The ceiling of a long hall is 25 m high. What is the
ure that ∠BAC = 30 ° and ∠CAD = 30 °, so that angle maximum horizontal distance that a ball thrown with a
BAD = 60 °. speed of 40 m/s can go without hitting the ceiling of the
hall?
1
Now, AC = 2 × AB sin  ABC 
Solution: Height of the ceiling, H = 25 m
2 
Initial speed of the ball, u = 40 m/s.
or AC = 2 × 500 × sin 60° = 500 3 m
We know that maximum height obtained by the projec-
tile is given by:

Now, ACD is a right angled triangle. So,
u 2 sin 2 θ ( 40) 2 sin 2 θ
AD = ( AC )2 + (CD )2 = (500 3)2 + (500)2 h0 = ⇒ 25 =
2g 2 × 9.8
= 750000 + 250000 = 1000 m
25 × 2 × 9.8 5
or sin 2 θ = =
So, the actual displacement = 1000 m or 1 km in a 40 × 40 16
direction 60 ° with the initial direction. 5 5 11
Total path length = AB + BC + CD ⇒
sin θ = = and cos θ =
16 4 4
= 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5
Range of the ball is given by
= 1.5 km at third turn
u 2 × 2 sin 2θ u 2 × 2 sin θ cos θ
At the sixth turn the motorist is again at A. So, the total R= =
g g
displacement is zero, and again the direction is AB.
Total path length = 500 × 6 = 3000 m 200 × 5 × 11 1483.23
=
= = 151.3 m
= 3.0 km at sixth turn 9.8 9.8
At the eighth turn the motorist is at C. His displacement 24. A cricketer can throw a ball to a maximum horizontal
is AC and the direction is angle BAC. distance of 100 m. How much high above the ground
We know that = AC 500 = 3 m 866 m and ∠BAC can the cricketer throw the same ball?
= 30 °. Solution: Since, maximum distance = maximum hori-
Total path length = 3 km + AB + BC = 3 + 0.5 + 0.5 zontal range.
= 4.0 km at eighth turn. u 2 sin 2θ
We have, R max = at θ = 45°
22. A passenger arriving in a new town wishes to go from g
the station to a hotel located 10 km away on a straight
road from the station. A dishonest carman takes him u 2 sin 90
or 100 = or u 2 = 100 × 9.8 = 980
along a circuitous path 23 km long and reaches hotel in g

3.12 ■ Chapter 3
=or u = 980 31.3 m/s At t = 2 s, v = (10 + 2.0 × 2) ˆj + (8.0 × 2)iˆ

Now, at maximum height, velocity = 0, second so from
= 14 ˆj + 16iˆ

equation.
H = u2/2g = 20 m.
Speed, v = (14)2 + (16)2 = 196 + 256
25. The position of a particle is given by
= =
452 21.26 m/s.

r = 3.0tiˆ - 2.0t 2 + 4.0 kˆ m 27. For any arbitrary motion in space, which of the follow-
where t is in seconds and the coefficients have the ing relations are true:
proper units for r to be in metres. (a) vaverage = (1 / 2) [ v (t1 ) + v (t2 )]
 
(a) Find the v and a of the particle?
(b) What is the magnitude and direction of velocity of (b) vaverage = [ r (t2 ) − r (t1 )] / (t2 − t1 )
the particle at t = 2 seconds.
(c) v (t ) = v (0) + at
Solution:

 dr d (d) r (t ) = r (0) + v (0) t + (1 / 2) at 2
(a) v = = (3.0tiˆ − 2.0t 2 ˆj + 4.0kˆ )
dt dt
(e) aaverage = [ v (t2 ) − v (t1 ) − v (t1 )]/(t2 − t1 )
= (3.0iˆ − 4.0t ˆj )
 dv (The average stands for the average of quantity over the
a= = −4.0 ˆj
dt time interval t1 to t2).

(b) At t = 2 s, v = 3.0iˆ − 8.0 ˆj Solution: Relations (b) and (e) are true. Other relations
are false. It is so because the motion is arbitrary, the
Its magnitude is 32 + 82 = 73 = 8.54 m/s
acceleration may not be uniform. So, relations (c) and
v  8
and direction is θ = tan −1  y  = tan −1   (d) are false and for an arbitrary motion, average veloc-
 vx   3 ity can not be defined as in relation (a).
= 70 ° with x-axis 28. A bullet fired at an angle of 30 ° with the horizontal hits
26. A particle starts from the origin at t = 0 seconds with a the ground 3 km away. By adjusting its angle of projec-
velocity of 100 ˆj m/s and moves in the x-y-plane with a tion, can one hope to hit a target 5 km away? Assume the
constant acceleration of (8.0iˆ + 2.0 ˆj ) m/s 2 . muzzle speed to be fixed, and neglect the air resistance.
(a) At what time is the x-coordinate of the particle is 16 Solution: Here, R = 3 km = 3000 m, θ = 30 °.
m? What is the y-coordinate of the particle at that
time? Suppose, θ is the angle which the bullet makes with
(b) What is the speed of the particle at the time? the horizontal at the time of firing, then range will be
expressed as,
Solution: The position of the particle is given by
1 u 2 sin 2θ u 2 sin ( 2 × 30°)
s(t ) = vo t + at 2 R= ⇒ 3000 =
2 g g
1 3000 × g
= 10 ˆjt + (8.0iˆ + 2.0 ˆj )t 2 u2 =
= 3464.1 g (1)
2 sin 60°
= (10t + 1.0t 2 ) ˆj (4.0t 2 )
Suppose, θ′ is the angle of projection, so that range

x(t) = 4.0 t and y(t) = 10t + 1.0 t
2 2 become R′ = 5 km = 5000 m.
u 2 sin 2θ ′ 3464.1 × g
=
Given
=
x (t ) 16 m, t ? R′ = ⇒ 5000 = sin 2θ ′
g g
=
=
16 4.0t 2 or t 2 4 or t = 2 seconds
5000
y(2) = 10 × 2 + 1.0 × 2 2 = 24 m sin 2θ ′ =
= 1.4434.
3464.1

Now, the velocity:
Because sine of an angle cannot be greater than 1, there-
dr fore, there is no angle which can increase the range to
v=
= (10 + 2.0t ) ˆj + (8.0t )iˆ
dt 5 km.

29. A machine gun is mounted on the top of a tower 100 m Range

high. At what angle should the gun be inclined to cover
the maximum range of firing on the ground below? The 2348
muzzle speed of the bullet is 150 m/s (take g = 10 m/s2). 2346
Solution: Let us consider the top of the tower to be the 2344
origin and all vectors (displacement, velocity, accelera- 2342
tion) direction upward to be +ve and direction down-
2340
ward to be −ve.
2338
The horizontal component of velocity = 150 cos θ.
2336
The velocity component of velocity = 150 seconds in θ.
0 43 44 45 46 47 θ
Using the relation:
30. A fighter plane flying horizontally at an altitude of 1.5
150 cos θ
km with speed 720 km/h passes directly overhead an

anti-aircraft gun. At what angle from the vertical should
θ the gun be fired for the shell its muzzle speed 600 m/s
150 sin θ
to hit the plane? At what minimum altitude should the
100 m
pilot fly the plane to avoid being hit? Take g = 10 m/s2.

Solution: In the figure, let G be the gun and P be the plane.
Range The speed of the plane = 720 km/h = 200 m/s.
The speed of the shell = 600 m/s.
1 2 The gun should be inclined at an angle θ given by
s = ut + at
2 200 m/s
P
1
−100 = 150 sin θ × t − × 10 × t 2
/s
1.5 km
0m
2
60
[ g = −10]

G
⇒ −20 = 30 sin θ × t − t 2

200 1
⇒ t 2 − sin θ × t − 20 = 0 sin θ = =
600 3

Solving this quadratic equation for t and ignoring nega-
1
tive sign since t cannot be negative, we get: or, θ = sin −1   = 19.5° (from tables).

 3
t = 150sin θ + 225sin 2 θ + 20
Thus, the gun should incline at an angle 19.5 ° with the

Range = Horizontal velocity × time
vertical for a hit.

We can calculate the maximum altitude of the plane by
R = 150cos θ × 150sin θ + 225sin 2 θ + 20 
using the relation v2 − u2 = 2gh.
We have to find the value of θ for which x is maximum.

Here, u = 600 cos θ , v = 0, g = 10 m/s 2.

The horizontal range is maximum, if θ is 45 °. In the 1 8
present case the machine gun is mounted at a height of Since, sin θ = , cos θ =
.
3 3
100 m. So, R will not be maximum for θ = 45 °, but will
have value nearer to 45 °. To get the value of θ let us plot 8
Now, u = 600cos θ = 600 × = 200 8 m/s.
a range-angle graph by taking value of θ = 43 °, 43.5 °, 3
44 °, 44.5 °, 45 °, 46 °, 47 ° and get values of x = 2347,
Putting values in relation, we get,
2347.7, 2348, 2346, 2341, 2334 m, respectively. As it is 0 − (200 8)2 = 2 × 10 × h

clear from the graph, the maximum value of range lies
for θ between 43.5 ° to 44 °. So, we take θ = 43.75 ° or (200 8)2 40000 × 8
h= = = 16000 m = 16 km
43.8 ° for the maximum value of range. 2 × 10 20

3.14 ■ Chapter 3
31. A stone tied to the end of a string 80 cm long is whirled (b) True. On a circular motion, when a particle is re-
in a horizontal circle with a constant speed. If the stone leased, it will move along the tangent to the path at
makes 14 revolution in 25 seconds, what is the magni- that point.
tude and direction of acceleration of the stone? (c) True. Over a complete cycle, for an acceleration
Solution: Radius of the circular path, r = 80 cm = at any point of circular path, there is an equal and
0.80 m. opposite acceleration vector at a point diametrically
opposite to the first point, resulting in a null net ac-
Number of revolutions made by stone in 25 seconds = 14
celeration vector.
14
frequency, ν = rev/second. 34. A jet airplane travelling at the speed of 500 km/h ejects
25 its products of combustion at the speed of 1500 km/h
relative to the jet plane. What is the speed of the latter
14
Angular velocity, ω = 2πν = 2π   .
with respect to an observer on the ground?
 25 

Acceleration experienced by the stone Solution: Let us assume that the direction of the plane
to be negative for velocity. So, if we call the velocity of
a = rω 2 plane to be VP and that of combustion to be VC, the VP =
22 14
2 2 − 500 km/h and relative velocity of combustion = 1500
= 0.8 ×  2 ×  ×   = 9.91 m/s 2 . km/h.
 7   25 
But, relative velocity of combustion = VC − VP
This acceleration of 9.91 m/s2 is directed towards the
centre of the circle. ⇒ VC − ( −500) = 1500
32. An aircraft executes a horizontal loop of radius 1 km ⇒ VC + 500 = 1500

with a steady speed of 900 km/h. Compare its centrip-
etal acceleration with the acceleration due to gravity. ⇒ VC = 1500 − 500 = 1000 km/h
Solution: Speed of the aircraft = 900 km/h = 250 m/s 35. Two trains A and B of length 400 m each are moving on
two parallel tracks with a uniform speed of 72 km/h in
Radius of the loop, r = 1 km = 1000 m.
the same direction, with A ahead of B. The driver of B
2
v decides to overtake A and accelerates by 1 m/s2. If after
Centripetal acceleration, a = rω 2 = r   .

 r 50 seconds, the guard of B just brushes past the driver
of A, what was the original distance between them?
 v 2  (250)2
or, a =   = = 62.5 m/s 2 Solution: Let s be the distance by which B is behind
 r  1000 A initially. Since both the trains are moving with same
Acceleration due to gravity, g = 9.8 m/s2
speed, the initial speed (u) of B relative to A is 0. Now,
acceleration of B is 1 m/s2 and time it takes to overtake
a 62.5
= = 6.4
Hence, or a = 6.4 g A is 50 seconds.
g 9.8 1
Using the relation, s = ut + at 2 for train B, we get
33. Read the each statement below carefully and state with 2
reasons, if it is true or false: 1
(a) The net acceleration of a particle in circular motion s = 0 × 50 + × 1× (50) 2 = 1250 m.
2
is always along the radius of the circle towards the
centre. 36. On a two-lane road, car A is travelling with a speed of
(b) The velocity vector of a particle at a point is always 36 km/h. Two cars B and C approach car A in opposite
along the tangent to the path of the particle at that directions with a speed of 54 km/h each. At a certain
point. instant, when the distance AB is equal to AC, both being
(c) The acceleration vector of a particle in uniform 1 km, B decides to overtake A before C does. What
circular motion averaged over one cycle is a null minimum acceleration of car B is required to avoid
vector. accident?
Solution: Solution: Speed of car A = 36 km/h = 10 m/s.
(a) False. The net acceleration of particle in circular Speed of car B and C = 54 km/h = 15 m/s.
motion is directed towards the centre only in case Relative speed of the car B with respect to car A = 15
of uniform circular motion. −10 = 5 m/s.


Similarly, relative speed of car C with respect to A. The relative speed of the bus going from A to B with

Time taken by car C to cover 1000 m distance respect to the cyclist (in the same direction in which the
1000 cyclist is moving) = v − 20 km/h. And the relative speed
=
= 40 seconds. of the bus coming from B to A with respect to the cyclist
25
= v + 20 km/h.

To avoid accident between cars B and C, car B must In the direction A to B: In time T minutes, the buses
overtake car A in time less than 40 seconds. Thus, B will travel a distance d = vT .
accelerates. Taking t = 40 and using relation s = ut +
1 2 Also, relative speed of the cyclist = v − 20
at , we get
2 Also, d = ( v − 20) × 18[T = 18 minutes (given)]

1
1000 = 5 × 40 + × a × (40)2
or, vT = 18( v − 20) (1)

2
1000 = 200 + 800 a
In the direction B to A: Similarly,
a = 1 m/s 2
vT = 18( v − 20)
(2)
37. Two towns, A and B, are connected by a regular bus
From Eqs. (1) and (2), we get:
service with a bus leaving in either direction in every
T minutes. A man cycling at a speed of 20 km/h from 18( v − 20) = 18( v − 20)

direction A to B notices that a bus goes past him in every
or, 18v − 6 v = 120 + 360

18 minutes in the direction of his motion and in every 6
minutes in the opposite direction. What is the period T =
=
or, 12 v 480, or v 40 km/h
of the bus service and with what speed (assumed con-
stant) do the buses ply on the road?
Putting the value of v in Eq. (1), we get:
40 × T = 18(40 − 20)

Solution: Let, v km/h be the constant speed with
which the buses are plying between the towns A and B.
T = 9 minutes.
1. A particle moves in a straight line covers half the dis-

u2 + v 2 u2 − v 2
tance with speed of 3 m/s. The other half of the distance (c) (d)
is covered in two equal time intervals with speed of 4.5 2 2
m/s and 7.5 m/s, respectively. The average speed of the 4. A drunkard takes a step of 1 m in 1 second. He takes 5
particle during this motion is seconds steps forward and 3 seconds steps backwards,
(a) 4.0 m/s (b) 5.0 m/s and so on. The time taken by him to fall in a pit 13 m
(c) 5.5 m/s (d) 4.8 m/s away from the starts is
2. A car travelling at a constant speed of 20 m/s overtaked (a) 26 seconds (b) 31 seconds
another car which is moving at a constant acceleration (c) 37 seconds (d) 41 seconds
of 2 m/s2, and it is initially at rest. Assume the length 5. A point moves with uniform acceleration and v1, v2 and
of each car to be 5 m. The total road distance used in v3 denote the average velocities in the three successive
overtaking is intervals of time t1, t2 and t3. Which of the following rela-
(a) 394.74 m (b) 15.26 m tions is correct?
(c) 200.00 m (d) 186.04 m (a) ( v1 − v2 ) : ( v2 − v3 ) = (t1 − t2 ) : (t2 + t3 )
3. An engine of a train moving with uniform acceleration (b) ( v1 − v2 ) : ( v2 − v3 ) = (t1 + t2 ) : (t2 + t3 )
passes an electric pole with velocity u, and the last com-
(c) ( v1 − v2 ) : ( v2 − v3 ) = (t1 − t2 ) : (t1 − t3 )
partment with velocity v. The middle point of the train
passes past the same pole with a velocity of (d) ( v1 − v2 ) : ( v2 − v3 ) = (t1 − t2 ) : (t2 − t3 )
u+v u2 + v 2 6. A particle moving with a uniform acceleration along
(a) (b)
2 2 a straight line covers distances a and b in successive

3.16 ■ Chapter 3
intervals of p and q second. The acceleration of the par- 12. A body starts from rest with uniform acceleration. If its
ticle is velocity after n seconds is v, then its displacement in the
pq( p + q) 2( aq − bp ) last two seconds is
(a) (b)
2(bp − aq) pq( p − q) (a) 2 v ( n + 1) (b) v ( n + 1)
n n
2(bp − aq)
(c) (bp − aq) (d)
pq( p − q) pq( p + q) v ( n − 1) 2 v ( n + 1)
(c) (d)
7. A body is moving from rest under constant acceleration, n n
and let S1 be the displacement in the first ( p − 1) seconds, 13. A point starts moving in a straight line with a certain
and S2 be the displacement in the first p seconds. The acceleration. At a time t after beginning of motion, the
displacement in ( p2 − p + 1)th sec will be acceleration suddenly becomes retardation of the same
(a) S1 + S2 (b) S1S2 value. The time in which the point returns to the initial
point is
S1 (a) 2t
(c) S1 − S2 (d)
S2
8. A bogey of an uniformly moving train is suddenly (b) (2 + 2 )t
detached from the train and stops after covering some 1
distance. The distance covered by the bogey and dis- (c)
2
tance covered by the train in the same time has in the (d) Cannot be predicted unless acceleration is given.
following relation:
(a) Both will be equal. 14. A particle is moving in a straight line and passes
(b) First will be half of second. through a point O with a velocity of 6 m/s. The particle
(c) First will be 1/4 of second. moves with a constant retardation of 2 m/s2 for 4s and
(d) No definite relation. thereafter moves with constant velocity. How long after
leaving O does the particle return to O?
9. Check up the only correct statement from the following: (a) 3 seconds (b) 8 seconds
(a) A body has a constant velocity and still it can have (c) Never (d) 4 seconds
a varying speed.
(b) A body has a constant speed, but it can have a vary- 15. A parachutist drops freely from an aeroplane for 10 sec-
ing velocity. onds before the parachute opens out. Then he descends
(c) A body having constant speed cannot have any with a net retardation of 25 m/s2. If he bails out of the
acceleration. plane at a height of 2,495 m and g = 10 m/s2, his veloc-
(d) A body in motion under a force acting upon it must ity on reaching the ground will be
always have work done upon it. (a) 5 m/s (b) 10 m/s
(c) 15 m/s (d) 20 m/s
10. A target is made of two plates, one of wood and the other
of iron. The thickness of the wooden plate is 4 cm and 16. Two particles start moving from the same point along
that of iron plates is 2 cm. A bullet fired goes through the the same straight line. The first moves with constant
wood first and then penetrates 1 cm into the iron. A simi- velocity v and the second with constant acceleration a.
lar bullet fired with the same velocity from the opposite During the time that elapses before the second catches
direction goes through the iron first and then penetrates 2 the first, the greatest distance between the particles is
cm into the wood. If a1 and a2 be the retardation offered to v2 v2
the bullet by the wood and iron plates respectively, then (a) (b) 2 a
a
(a) a1 = 2a2 (b) a2 = 2a1
(c) a1 = a2 (d) Data insufficient 2v 2 v2
(c) (d)
11. A bus moves over a straight level road with a constant a 4a
acceleration a. A body in the bus drops a ball outside. The 17. A bullet emerges from a barrel of length 1.2 m with a
acceleration of the ball with respect to the bus and the speed of 640 m/s. Assuming cosntant acceleration, the
earth are respectively approximate time that it spends in the barrel after the
(a) a and g (b) a + g and g − a gun is fired is
(c) a 2 + g 2 and g (d) a 2 + g 2 and a (a) 4 ms (b) 40 ms
(c) 400 µs (d) 1 second

18. The distance travelled by a particle starting from rest 24. A ball falls from height h. After 1 second, another ball
4 falls freely from a point 20 m below the point from
and moving with an acceleration m/s 2 , in the third
3 where the first ball falls. Both of them reach the ground
second is
at the same time. What is the value of h?
10 19
(a) m (b) m (a) 11.2 m (b) 21.2 m
3 3
(c) 6 m (d) 4 m (c) 31.2 m (d) 41.2 m
19. A ball is thrown up with a certain velocity so that is
25. A man throws balls with the same speed vertically
reaches a height h. Find the ratio of the times in which
upwards one after the other at an interval of 2 seconds.
it is at h/3.
What should be the speed of the throw, so that more
2 −1 3− 2 than two balls are in the sky at any time? (Given g =
(a) (b)
2 +1 3+ 2 9.8 m/s2)
(a) At least 0.8 m/s.
3 −1 1 (b) Any speed less than 19.6 m/s.
(c) (d)
3 +1 3 (c) Only with speed 19.6 m/s.
20. A ball is released from the top of a tower of height h metre. (d) More than 19.6 m/s.
It takes T seconds to reach the ground. What is the position 26. A stone is thrown vertically upward with an initial
of the ball in T/3 second? velocity u from the top of a tower, reaches the ground
(a) h/9 metre from the ground. with a velocity 3u. The height of the tower is
(b) 7h/9 metre from the ground. 3u 2 4u2
(c) 8h/9 metre from the ground. (a) (b) g
g
(d) 17h/18 metre from the ground.
21. A body A moves with a uniform acceleration a and zero 6u2 9u 2
(c) (d)
initial velocity. Another body B, starts from the same point g g
moves in the same direction with a constant velocity v. The
27. Four marbles are dropped from the top of a tower, one
two bodies meet after a time t. The value of t is
after the other, with an interval of one second. The
2v v first one reaches the ground after 4 seconds. When
(a) (b)
a a the first one reaches the ground, the distances between
the first and the second, the second and third and the
v v third and fourth will be respectively
(c) (d)
2a 2a (a) 35, 25 and 15 m (b) 30, 20 and 10 m
(c) 20, 10 and 5 m (d) 40, 30 and 20 m
22. A body is thrown vertically upwards. If air resistance is
to be taken into account, then the time during which the 28. From a height, 3 balls are thrown with speed u, one
body rises is vertically upward, second horizontally, third downward
(a) equal to the time of fall. with times of fall be t1, t2 and t3 respectively, then
(b) less than the time of fall. t1 + t3
(c) greater than the time of fall. (a) t2 = (b) t2 = t1t3
2
(d) twice the time of fall.
23. A body is thrown vertically upwards from the top A of a 2t1t3
(c) t2 = (d) None of these.
tower. It reaches the ground in t1 second. If it is thrown ver- t1 + t3
tically downwards from A with the same speed it reaches
the ground in t2 second. If it is allowed to fall freely from 29. Water drops fall from a tap on the floor 5 m below at
A, then the time it takes to reach the ground is given by regular intervals of time, the first drop striking the floor
when the fifth drop begins to fall. The height at which
t1 + t2 t1 − t2 the third drop will be from ground, at the instant when
(a) t = (b) t =
2 2 the first drop strikes the ground, is (g = 10 m/s2)
t1 (a) 1.25 m (b) 2.15 m
(c) t = t1t2 (d) (c) 2.75 m (d) 3.75 m
t2

3.18 ■ Chapter 3
30. A ball is dropped on a floor and bounces back to a (a) uniform acceleration and constant velocity.
height somewhat less than the original height. Which of (b) uniform velocity.
the following curves depicts its motion correctly? (c) uniform velocity and retardation.
(a) y (b) y (d) non-uniform velocity.
35. Figure would be the
t t
(c) y (d) y
t t (a) distance-time graph of a ball dropped from a height.

(b) velocity-time graph of a body dropped from a
31. An object is dropped from rest. Its v-t graph is height.
(a) v (b) v (c) acceleration-time graph of a ball dropped from a
height.
(d) speed-time graph of a body dropped from a height.
36. For displacement-time graph of a body, the ratio
t t of speed at the first two seconds to the next four
(c) v (d) seconds is s
v
20
15
10
t t 5
t
32. A cat wants to catch a rat. The cat follows the path O
whose equation is x + y = 0, but the rat follows the path
whose equation is x2 + y2 = 4. The coordinates of pos- (a) 1 : 1 (b) 2 : 1
sible points of catching the rat are (c) 1 : 2 (d) 3 : 2
37. The speed-time graph of a body is shown in the given
(a) ( 2, 2 ) (b) ( − 2, 2 )
figure. The body has maximum acceleration during the
(c) ( 2, 3) (d) (0, 0) interval
v C
33. A particle starts from rest. Its acceleration (a) versus E
time (t) is as shown in the figure. The maximum speed A
of the particle will be B D
a ( m/s 2 ) t
O
10
(a) OA (b) BC
t(s) (c) CD (d) DE
(a) 110 m/s (b) 55 m/s 38. For three particles A, B and C moving along x-axis, x − t
(c) 550 m/s (d) 660 m/s graphs are as shown in the figure. Mark out the correct
relationship between their average velocities between
34. Figure shows the graph of distance s and time t. The the points P and Q.
motion of the body is with
x
s C Q
A
P
B
t t

(a) vav, A > vav, B = vav, C (b) vav, A = vav, B = vav, C 44. Which of the following graphs show the v-t graph of a
(c) vav, A > vav, B > vav, C (d) vav, A< vav, B < vav, C ball thrown upwards?
(i) v (ii) v
39. The velocity displacement curve for an object moving
along a straight line is shown in the given figure. At
which of the marked point, the object is speeding up?
v 2
t t
1 3
s
(iii) v (iv) v
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 1 and 3 (d) 1, 2 and 3
40. A particle moves according to the law a = −ky. Find the
velocity as a function of distance y, where v0 is initial t t
velocity (a) (i) (b) (ii)
(a) v 2 = v02 − ky 2 (b) v 2 = v02 − 2 ky (c) (iii) (d) (iv)
(c) v 2 = v02 − 2 ky 2 (d) None of these. 45. In the given figure, x-axis is time of projectile motion
with air resistance. y-axis would be
41. A particle moves in a straight line with retardation pro-
portional to its displacement. Its loss of kinetic energy
for and displacement x is proportional to
(a) x2 (b) e2 t
(c) x (d) loge x
(a) potential energy of the projectile.
42. The velocity-time graph of a body is shown in the adjoin-
(b) total energy of the projectile.
ing figure. It implies that at the point B
(c) horizontal component of the velocity of projectile.
v
A (d) None of these.
C
46. A particle starts from rest and undergoes an accelera-
B
t
tion as shown in the figure. The velocity-time graph
from the figure will have a shape
(a) the force is zero.
(b) there is a force towards motion. a
(c) there is a force which opposes motion.
(d) there is only gravitational force. t
O1 23 4
43. What is the ratio of the speeds of the particles A and
B, whose displacement-time graphs are shown in the
adjoining figure?
s
A (a) v (b) v
B t
60º t
30º
t
(a) 3 (b) 3
(c) v (d) v
(c) 1/3 (d) 1/ 3
t t

3.20 ■ Chapter 3
47. The adjoining figure shows the displacement-time graph. (b) moving with uniform retardation.
From this graph, we conclude that the body is (c) moving with uniform acceleration.
s (d) having same initial and final velocity.
53. The adjoining figure shows the velocity-time graph. This
t graph tells us that the body is
v
(a) at rest.
(b) moving with uniform acceleration.
(c) having some initial displacement and is moving
with uniform acceleration.
t
(d) having some initial displacement and, is moving
with uniform velocity. (a) starting from rest and moving with increasing ac-
dv celeration.
48. A particle moves according to the equation = α − β v,
dt (b) moving with uniform speed.
where α and β are constants. Find velocity as a function (c) moving with uniform acceleration.
of time. Assume, body starts from rest (d) moving with decreasing acceleration.
(a) v = (β/α) (1 − e−βt) 54. The variation of velocity of a particle moving along a
(b) v = (α/β) (1 − e−βt) straight line is shown in the given figure. The distance cov-
(c) v = (β/α) e−βt ered by the particle in four seconds is
(d) v = (α/β) e−βt v
49. A particle is moving along x-axis whose acceleration
is given by a = 3x − 4, where x is the location of the 20 ms−1
particle. At t = 0, the particle is at rest at x = 4/3. The 10 ms −1
distance travelled by the particle in 5 seconds is t
(a) zero (b) ≈ 42 m 0 1 2 3 4
(c) infinite (d) None of these. (a) 25 m (b) 55 m
50. Particle A moves uniformly with velocity v, so that (c) 35 m (d) 45 m
vector v is continually aimed at point B which moves 55. The velocity-time graph of a linear motion is shown in
rectilinearly with a velocity u < v. At t = 0, v and u the given figure. The distance from the origin after eight
are perpendicular. Find the time when they converge. seconds is
Assume A and B are separated by l at t = 0. v in m/s
4
lu lv 2
(a) (b)
(v − u2 )
2 (v − u2 )
2
t
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
−2
l l −2
(c) (d)
u v
(a) 18 m (b) 16 m
51. The relation between time t and distance x is,
(c) 8 m (d) 6 m
t = α x2 + βx
56. s-t graph is shown in the adjoining figure is a parabola.
where α and β are constants. The retardation is From this graph, we find that
(a) 2αv3 (b) 2βv3 s
(c) 2αβv 3
(d) 2β2v3
52. The adjoining figures gives the velocity-time graph. This
shows that the body is
v t
(a) the body is moving with uniform velocity.
(b) the body is moving with uniform speed.
t (c) the body is starting from rest and moving with uni-
form acceleration.
(a) starting from rest and moving with uniform velocity.
(d) the body is not moving at all.

57. Adjoining figure shows a velocity-time graph. This 62. The adjoining figure shows the frictional force ver-
shows that sus displacement for a particle in motion. The loss of
kinetic energy in travelling from s = 0 to 20 m will be
v
15
10
t 5
o t
10 20
(a) the body is at rest.
(b) the body starts from rest and moves with uniform
(a) 250 J (b) 180 J
velocity.
(c) 200 J (d) 220 J
(c) the body has some initial velocity and moves with
uniform acceleration. 63. The velocity-time graph of a particle is shown in the
(d) the motion is retarded. adjoining figure. What is the displacement of the particle
from t = 2 seconds to t = 10 s?
58. The acceleration of a particle is increase linearly with
time t as βt. If the particle starts from origin with ini- Y
tial velocity u, the distance travelled by it in t second is 40
30
1 20
(a) ut + βt2 (b) ut + βt2
2 10
O (sec)
1 1 2 4 6 8 10
(c) ut + βt2 (d) ut + βt2
3 6
59. Two particles start form the same point with different (a) 160 m (b) 210 m
speeds, but one moves along y = a sin ωx and the other (c) 270 m (d) 260 m
moves along curve y = a cos ω x then 64. A particle moves in a straight line, so that after t second
(a) they must collide after some time. the distance x from a fixed point O on the line is given
(b) they never collide with each other. by x = (t − 2)2 (t − 5). Then
 π a  (a) after 2s, the velocity of particle is zero.
(c) they may collide at a point P  ,
 4ω 2 
.
(b) after 2s the particle reaches at O.
(d) they must collide at the point P. (c) the acceleration is negative when t < 3s.
(d) All of these.
60. A body moves along x-axis with velocity v. If the plot
v-x is an ellipse with major axis 2A and minor axis 2vo, 65. When acceleration be function of velocity as a = f (v),
the maximum acceleration has a modulus then
vdv
vo2 A (a) the displacement ( x ) = ∫ .
(a) (b) v 2 f (v )
A o
(b) the acceleration may be constant.
(c) voA (d) None of these (c) the slope of acceleration versus velocity graph may
61. The adjoining figure shows the displacement-time be constant.
graph of a particle. Which part shows the motion when (d) (a) and (c) are correct.
no force acts on the particle? 66. A particle moves as such whose acceleration is given by
x a = 3 sin 4t, then
c
(a) the initial velocity of the particle must be zero.
a d
b (b) the acceleration of the particle becomes zero after
π
each interval of ⋅ second.
t 4
o (c) the particle does not come at its initial position after
(a) oa (b) ab some time.
(c) bc (d) cd (d) the particle must move on a circular path.

3.22 ■ Chapter 3
67. The velocity-time graphs of the two particles P1 and P2 1

are shown in the adjoining figure. Their relative velocity (a) kut (b) log kut
k
at time t is
Y 1
P2 (c) log (1 + kut) (d) k log kut
k
ν 72. A particle is projected with velocity vo along x-axis. The
P1
60º deceleration on the particle is proportional to the square
of the distance from the origin, i.e., a = αx2. The dis-
30º
X tance at which the particle stops is
t
1/ 3
(a) (b) (2/ 3 )t 3vo  3vo 
3t (a) (b) 
2α 2α 
(c) (1/ 3 )t (d) ( 3/2)t 1/ 3
3vo2  3vo2 
(c) (d) 
68. The velocity-time graphs of the two particles P1 and P2
2α  2α 
are shown in the adjoining figure. The ratio of the dis-
x 73. v-t graph for a particle is as shown. The distance trav-
tance covered by them at any instant is, 2 =
x1 elled in the first 4 seconds is
Y
P2
v(m/s)
v P 8
60º 1
4
30º
X 0 t (sec)
t 2 4 6
(a) 3 (b) 3 (a) 12 m (b) 16 m
(c) 20 m (d) 24 m
(c) 2 2 (d)
74. A particle moves, along a straight line OX. At a time t (in
69. The distance-time graphs of the two particles P1 and P2
second), the distance x (in metre) of the particle from O is
are shown in the adjoining figure. The ratio of the dis-
given by x = 40 + 12t − t3.
tance covered at any instant is
Y
How long would the particle travel before coming to
P2 rest?
(a) 16 m (b) 24 m
x P1 (c) 40 m (d) 56 m
60º
75. A particle located at x = 0, at time t = 0, starts moving
30º
X along the positive x-direction with a velocity v that
t
varies as v = α x.The displacement of the particle
(a) 1 (b) 3
varies with time as
(c) 3 (d) 2 (a) t3 (b) t2
70. Which of the curves shown in the adjoining figure, (c) t (d) t1/2
is the velocity (v) versus time (t) graph for a football
76. The graph between the displacement x and time t for a
released from a stationary helicopter?
particle moving in a straight line is shown in the adjoin-
v
d ing figure. During the interval OA, AB, BC and CD the
c
acceleration of the particle is
b
a x
t
71. A point moves in a straight line under the retardation D
A B
kv2. If the initial velocity is u, the distance covered in t C
second is t
O

OA AB BC CD 80. Acceleration versus time graph of a particle moving in a

straight line is as shown in the adjoining figure. If initially
(a) + 0 + + the particle was at reat, then corresponding kinetic energy
(b) − 0 + 0 versus time graph will be
(c) + 0 − + a (m/s2 )
(d) − 0 − 0
77. The displacement-time graph of a particle is shown in
the adjoining figure. The instantaneous velocity of the
particle is negative at the point t ( s)
(a) KE (b) KE
D
x E F
C
t
O t t
(a) C (b) D
(c) E (d) F (c) KE (d) KE
78. Figures (i) and (ii) below show the displacement-time
graphs of two particles moving along the x-axis.We can
say that t t
x x
81. A ball falls freely from a height and after striking the
ground, rebounds to its starting point. Which of the fol-
lowing graphs shows the variation in its vertical accelera-
t t
tion a with time t?
(a) Both the particles are having a uniformly acceler- (a) (b)
ated motion. a a
(b) Both the particles are having a uniformly retarded
motion.
(c) Particle (i) is having a uniformly accelerated mo-
tion while particle (ii) is having a uniformly accel- t t
erated motion.
(d) Particle (i) is having a uniformly retarded motion (c) (d)
a a
while particle (ii) is having a uniformly accelerated
motion.
x
79. A particle is moving in XY-plane with y = and vx = 4 t t
2
− 2t. The displacement versus time graph of the particle
would be 82. The displacement of a particle is given by,
(a) s (b) s
a1t a2 t 2
x = ao + − .
2 3
t t

What is its acceleration?
(c) s (d) s 2 a2 2 a2
(a) (b) −
3 3
t t
(c) a2 (d) Zero

3.24 ■ Chapter 3
83. A particle starts from rest at t = 0 and moves in a (c) goes on decreasing with height.
straight line with an acceleration as shown in the fol- (d) first increases then decreases with height.
lowing figure. 88. If air resistance is not considered in projectiles, the hor-
Acceleration (m/s2) izontal motion takes place with
(a) constant velocity.
+4 (b) constant acceleration.
0 (c) constant retardation.
1 2 3 4 Time (s)
–4 (d) variable velocity.
89. A particle is fired with velocity u making an angle θ
with the horizontal. What is the change in velocity
The velocity of the particle at t = 3 seconds is when it is at the highest point?
(a) 2 m/s (b) 4 m/s (a) u cos θ (b) u
(c) 6 m/s (d) 8 m/s (c) u sin θ (d) (u cos θ − u)
84. The velocity of a particle is v = vo + gt + ft2. If its posi- 90. A particle is fired with velocity u making an angle θ
tion is x = 0 at t = 0, then its displacement after unit time with the horizontal. The change in speed, at the highest
(t = 1) is point, is
(a) u cos θ (b) u
g
(a) vo + + f (b) vo + 2g + 3f (c) u sin θ (d) (u cos θ − u)
2
91. A ball is thrown from a point with a speed vo at an angle
g f of projection θ. From the same point and at the same
(c) vo + + (d) vo + g + f
2 3 instant a person starts running with a constant speed
85. The graph of displacement-time is Its corresponding vo/2 to catch the ball. Will the person be able to catch
velocity-time graph will be the ball? If yes, what should be the angle of projection?
(a) Yes, 60 ° (b) Yes, 30 °
s (c) No (d) Yes, 45 °
92. A person can throw a stone to a maximum distance of
100 m. The greatest height to which he can throw the
t stone is
(a) (b) (a) 100 m (b) 75 m
v v
(c) 50 m (d) 25 m
93. A ball is projected vertically up with an initial velocity.
Which of the following graphs represent the KE of the
t t ball?
(c) v (d) v (a) KE (b) KE
t t
t t
(c) KE (d) KE
86. When a projectile is fired at an angle θ wrt. horizontal

h
with velocity u, then its vertical component
x
(a) remains same.
(b) goes on increasing with height. 94. A ball is thrown up with a certain velocity at an angle θ
(c) goes on decreasing with height. to the horizontal. The variation of its kinetic energy KE
(d) first increases, then decreases with height. varies as
(a) KE (b) KE
87. When a projectile is fired at an angle θ with respect to
horizontal with velocity u, the horizontal component,
ignoring air resistance
(a) remains same.
h h
(b) goes on increasing with height. O O

(c) KE (d) KE 103. From the top of a 19.6 m high tower, a ball is thrown
horizontally. If the line joining the point of projection
to the point where it hits the ground. makes an angle of
45 ° with the horizontal, then the initial velocity of the
x x ball is
O O (a) 9.8 m/s (b) 4.9 m/s
95. The maximum height attained by a projectile is (c) 14.7 m/s (d) 2.8 m/s
increased by 10%. Keeping the angle of projection con-
104. Neglecting the air resistance, the time of flight of a
stant, what is the percentage increase in the horizontal
projectile is determined by
range?
(a) uvertical
(a) 5% (b) 10%
(b) uhorizontal
(c) 15% (d) 20%
(c) u = uvertical+ uhorizontal
96. The maximum height attained by a projectile is
(d) u = ( u 2vertical + u 2horizontal )1/ 2
increased by 10%. Keeping the angle of projection
constant, what is the percentage increase in the time of 105. The path of one projectile as seen by an observer on
flight? another projectile is a/an
(a) 5% (b) 10% (a) straight line (b) parabola
(c) 20% (d) 40% (c) ellipse (d) circle
97. The velocity of projection of a body is increased by 2%. 106. A body is projected at 30 ° with the horizontal. The air
Keeping other factors as constant, what will be the per- offers resistance in proportion to the velocity of the
centage change in the maximum height attained? body. Which of the following statements is correct?
(a) 1% (b) 2% (a) The trajectory is a symmetrical parabola.
(c) 4% (d) 8% (b) The time of rise to the maximum height is equal to
the time of return to the ground.
98. The velocity of projection of a body is increased by 2%.
(c) The velocity at the highest point is directed along
Keeping other factors as constant, what will be the per-
the horizontal.
centage change in the time of flight?
(d) The sum of the kinetic and potential energies re-
(a) 1% (b) 2%
mains constant.
(c) 4% (d) 8%
107. A projectile can have the same range R for two angles
99. The velocity of projection of a body is increased by 2%.
of projection. If t1 ant t2 be the times of flight in the
Keeping other factors as constant, what will be the per-
two cases, then what is the product of two times of
centage change in the range of projectile?
flight?
(a) 1% (b) 2%
(a) t1t2 ∝ R2 (b) t1t2 ∝ R
(c) 4% (d) 8%
1 1
100. An artillery piece which consistently shoots its shells (c) t1t2 ∝ (d) t1t2 ∝ 2
with the same muzzle speed has a maximum range R. R R
R 108. A particle moves in a plane with uniform acceleration
To hit a target which is 2 from the gun and on the having direction different from that of the instanta-
same level, the elevation angle of the gun should be neous velocity. What is the nature of trajectory?
(a) 15 ° (b) 45 ° (a) Straight line (b) Parabola
(c) 30 ° (d) 60 ° (c) Circle (d) Ellipse
101. The ceiling of a hall is 40 m high. For maximum hori- 109. The equation of motion of a projectile is
zontal distance, the angle at which the ball may be 3
y = 12 x − x 2 .
thrown with a speed of 56 m/s without hitting the ceil- 4
ing of the hall is The horizontal component of velocity is 3 m/s. Given
(a) 25 ° (b) 30 ° that g = 10 m/s2, what is the range of the projectile?
(c) 45 ° (d) 60 ° (a) 12.4 m (b) 21.6 m
102. In Q.101, the maximum horizontal distance will be (c) 30.6 m (d) 36.0 m
(a) 160 3 m (b) 140 3 m 110. The point from where a ball is projected is taken as the
origin of the co-ordinate axes. The x and y components
(c) 120 3 m (d) 100 3 m

3.26 ■ Chapter 3
of its displacement are given by x = 6t and y = 8t − 5t2. 117. A ball rolls off the top of a staircase with a horizon-
What is the velocity of projection? tal velocity u m/s. If the steps are h metre high and b
(a) 6 m/s (b) 8 m/s metre wide, the ball will hit the edge of the nth step, if
(c) 10 m/s (d) 14 m/s 2 hu 2 hu 2
111. The point from where a ball is projected is taken as (a) n = (b) n =
gb 2 gb
the origin of the co-ordinate axes. The x and y compo-
nents of its displacement are given by x = 6t and y = 2 hu 2 hu 2
(c) n = (d) n =
8t − 5t2. What is the angle of projection? gb 2 gb 2
1
(a) tan −1  
4
(b) tan −1   118. A projectile is projected with a kinetic energy K. Its
 4  3 range is R. It will have the minimum kinetic energy,
after covering a horizontal distance equal to
1  1
(c) tan −1   (d) tan −1 (a) 0.25R (b) 0.5R
 8  6
(c) 0.75R (d) 1.0R
112. The friction of the air causes a vertical retardation 119. A particle reaches its highest point when it has cov-
equal to 10% of the acceleration due to gravity (take g ered exactly one half of its horizontal range. The cor-
= 10 m/s2). The maximum height will be decreased by responding point on the displacement-time graph is
(a) 8% (b) 9% characterised by
(c) 10% (d) 11% (a) negative slope and zero curvature.
113. In Q.112, the time taken to reach the maximum height (b) zero slope and negative curvature.
will be decreased by (c) zero slope and positive curvature.
(a) 8% (b) 9% (d) positive slope and zero curvature.
(c) 10% (d) 11% 120. The trajectory of a projectile in a vertical plane is y =
114. In the Q.111, the time taken to return to the ground ax − bx2, where a and b are constants and x and y are
from the maximum height respectively horizontal and vertical distances of the
(a) is almost same as in the absence of friction. projectile from the point of projection. The maximum
(b) decreases by 1%. height attained by the particle and the angle of projec-
(c) increases by 1%. tion from the horizontal are
(d) increases by 11%. b2 a2
115. A body of mass m is projected horizontally with a (a) , tan −1 (b ) (b) , tan −1 (2 a )
2a b
velocity v from the top of a tower of height h, and it
reaches the ground at a distance x from the foot of the a2 2a2
(c) , tan −1 ( a ) (d) , tan −1 ( a )
tower. If a second body of mass 2m is projected hori- 4b b
zontally from the top of a tower of height 2h, it reaches
the ground at a distance 2x from the foot of the tower. 121. A projectile is given an initial velocity of iˆ + 2 ˆj . The
The horizontal velocity of the second body is Cartesian equation of its path is (g = 10 m/s2)
(a) v (b) 2v (a) y = 2x − 5x2 (b) y = x − 5x2
(c) 4y = 2x − 5x 2
(d) y = 2x − 25x2
(c)2v (d) v/2
122. A ball is projected from the ground at angle θ with the
116. A heavy particle is projected with a velocity at an angle horizontal. After 1 second, it is moving at angle 45 °
with the horizontal into a uniform gravitational field. with the horizontal, and after 2 seconds it is moving
The slope of the trajectory of the particle varies as horizontally. What is the velocity of projection of the
(a) (b) ball?
(a) 10 3 m/s (b) 20 3 m/s
Slope
Slope
O t O t
(c) 10 5 m/s (d) 20 2 m/s

(c) (d) 123. A ball is thrown up at an angle with the horizontal.
Then, the total change of momentum by the instant it
Slope
Slope
O t O t
returns to the ground is
(a) acceleration due to gravity × total time of flight.

(b) weight of the ball × half the time of flight. (a) Linear velocity is uniform when angular velocity
(c) weight of the ball × total time of flight. is uniform.
(d) weight of the ball × horizontal range. (b) Magnitude of acceleration is constant.
124. A particle is projected at an angle of 45 °, then find (c) Acceleration is directed along the tangent to the
relation between range and maximum height attained circular path.
by the particle (d) None of the above statements is correct.
(a) R = 4H (b) 4R = H 132. If a particle moves in a circle, describing equal angle
(c) 2H = R (d) None of these. in equal times, its velocity vector
125. A projectile moves from the ground, such that its hori- (a) remains constant.
zontal displacement is x = kt and vertical displacement (b) changes in magnitude.
is y = kt(1 − αt), where k and α are constants and t is (c) changes in direction.
time. Find out total time of flight (T) and maximum (d) changes both in magnitude and direction.
height attained (Ymax) 133. A car is moving along a circular path of radius 500 m
with a speed of 30 m/s. If at some instant, its speed
k 1 2k
(a) T = α , ymax = (b) T =
α , ymax = α
increases at the rate of 2 m/s2, then at that instant the
2α magnitude of resultant acceleration will be
(a) 4.7 m/s2 (b) 3.8 m/s2
1 k 1 k
(c) T = ,y = (d) T = ,y = (c) 3 m/s2 (d) 2.7 m/s2
α max 6α α max 4α
134. A particle is moving along a circular path of radius
126. If ar and at represent radial and tangential accelera- 5 m with a uniform speed 5 m/s. What will be the
tions respectively, the motion of a particle will be uni- average acceleration when the particle completes half
formly circular, if revolution?
(a) ar = 0 and at = 0 (b) ar = 0, but at ≠ 0 (a) Zero (b) 10 m/s2
(c) ar ≠ 0 but at = 0 (d) ar ≠ 0, and at ≠ 0 10
(c) 10π m/s2 (d) m/s 2
π
⋅
127. A body revolving in a circle with uniform speed

possesses 135. A stone of mass m is tied to a string of length l and
(a) normal acceleration. rotated in a circle with a constant speed v, if the string
(b) uniform acceleration. is released, the stone flies
(c) tangential acceleration. (a) radially outward
(d) None of these. (b) radially inward
(c) tangentially mv 2
128. A particle is projected from the ground at an angle of (d) with an acceleration
60 ° with horizontal with speed u = 20 m/s. The radius l
of curvature of the path of the particle, when its veloc- 136. Which of the following statements is false for a par-
ity makes an angle 30 ° with horizontal is (g = 10 m/s2) ticle moving in a circle with a constant angular speed?
(a) 10.6 m (b) 12.8 m (a) The velocity is tangent to the circle.
(c) 15.4 m (d) 24.2 m (b) The acceleration vector is tangent to the circle.
129. A particle covers equal distances around a circular (c) The acceleration vector points to the centre of the
path in equal intervals of time. It has uniform non- circle.
zero rate of change of (d) The velocity and acceleration vectors are perpen-
(a) linear displacement. dicular to each other.
(b) angular displacement. 137. In uniform circular motion
(c) linear velocity. (a) both velocity and acceleration are constant.
(d) angular velocity. (b) acceleration and speed are constant, but velocity
changes.
130. A particle is moving in a circle with uniform speed. It
(c) both acceleration and velocity change.
has constant
(d) both acceleration and speed are constant.
(a) velocity (b) acceleration
(c) kinetic energy (d) displacement 138. The tangential component of acceleration of a particle
in circular motion is due to
131. Which of the following statements is/are true about (a) speed of particle.
the rotatory motion along a circular path? (b) change in the direction of velocity.

3.28 ■ Chapter 3
(c) change in the magnitude of velocity. angle of 45 ° with radius. Initial speed of particle is v0.
(d) rate of change of acceleration. The time taken to complete the first revolution is
139. The normal component of acceleration of a particle in R −2π R
circular motion is due to (a) e (b) (1 − e −2π )
v0 v 0
(a) speed of the particle.
(b) change in direction of velocity. R 2R
(c) (d)
(c) change in the magnitude of velocity. v0 v0
(d) rate of change of acceleration.
146. A train is moving towards north. At one place, it turns
140. The average acceleration vector (taken over a full-circle) towards north-east. Here, we observe that
for a particle having a uniform circular motion is (a) the radius of curvature of outer rail will be greater
V2 than that of the inner rail.
(a) a constant vector of magnitude . (b) the radius of curvature of the inner rail will be
r
(b) a null vector. greater than that of outer rail.
V2 (c) the radius of curvature of one of the rails will be
(c) a vector of magnitude directed normal to the
r greater.
plane of the given uniform circular motion. (d) the radius of curvature of the outer and inner rails
(d) equal to the instantaneous acceleration vector. will be the same.
141. A particle of mass M is moving in a horizontal circle 147. Two particles of equal masses are revolving in circu-
of radius R with uniform speed V. When it moves lar paths of radii r1 and r2 respectively with the same
from one point to a diametrically opposite point, its speed. The ratio of their centripetal forces is
(a) kinetic energy changes by MV2/4. r2 r2
(b) momentum does not change. (a) (b)
r1 r1
(c) momentum changes by 2MV.
2 2
(d) kinetic energy changes by MV 2. r  r 
(c)  1  (d)  2 
142. A wheel is subjected to uniform angular acceleration  r2   r1 
about its axis. Initially, its angular velocity is zero. In 148. What is the angular velocity of earth
the first 2 seconds, it rotates through an angle θ1; in the
2π 2π
next 2 seconds it rotates through an additional angle θ2. (a) ⋅ rad/s (b) ⋅ rad/s
The ratio of θ2/θ1 is 86400 3600
(a) 1 (b) 2 2π 2π
(c) rad/s (d) rad/s
(c) 3 (d) 5
⋅
6400
⋅
24
143. The magnitude of the displacement of a particle mov- 149. In 0.1 s, a particle goes from point A to point B, mov-
ing in a circle of radius a with constant angular speed ing in a semicircle of radius 1.0 m (see figure). The
ω varies with time t as magnitude of the average velocity is
ωt A
(a) 2a sin ω t (b) 2 a sin
2
1.0 m
ωt
(c) 2a cos ω t (d) 2 a cos
2
144. If the equation for the displacement of a particle mov- B
ing on a circular path is given by (a) 3.14 m/s (b) 2.0 m/s
(c) 1.0 m/s (d) Zero
θ = 2t3 + 0.5,
150. A particle of mass m moves with constant speed along
where θ is in radian and t in second, then the angular a circular path of radius r under the action of a force F.
velocity of the particle is Its speed is
(a) 8 rad/s (b) 12 rad/s rF F
(c) 24 rad/s (d) 36 rad/s (a) (b)
m r
145. A particle is moving in a circle of radius R in such a F
way that at any instant the total acceleration makes an (c) Fmr (d)
mr

Answer Keys
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (d) 26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (a) 36. (c) 37. (b) 38. (b) 39. (a) 40. (a)
41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (d) 45. (d) 46. (a) 47. (d) 48. (b) 49. (a) 50. (b)
51. (a) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (b) 55. (d) 56. (c) 57. (c) 58. (d) 59. (c) 60. (a)
61. (c) 62. (a) 63. (b) 64. (c) 65. (d) 66. (b) 67. (b) 68. (a) 69. (b) 70. (d)
71. (c) 72. (d) 73. (b) 74. (a) 75. (b) 76. (b) 77. (c) 78. (c) 79. (c) 80. (a)
81. (d) 82. (b) 83. (b) 84. (c) 85. (a) 86. (c) 87. (a) 88. (a) 89. (c) 90. (d)
91. (a) 92. (c) 93. (c) 94. (a) 95. (a) 96. (a) 97. (c) 98. (b) 99. (c) 100. (a)
101. (b) 102. (a) 103. (a) 104. (a) 105. (a) 106. (c) 107. (b) 108. (b) 109. (b) 110. (c)
111. (b) 112. (b) 113. (b) 114. (a) 115. (c) 116. (a) 117. (c) 118. (b) 119. (c) 120. (c)
121. (a) 122. (c) 123. (c) 124. (a) 125. (d) 126. (c) 127. (a) 128. (c) 129. (b) 130. (c)
131. (b) 132. (c) 133. (d) 134. (d) 135. (c) 136. (b) 137. (c) 138. (c) 139. (b) 140. (b)
141. (c) 142. (c) 143. (b) 144. (c) 145. (b) 146. (a) 147. (a) 148. (a) 149. (b) 150. (a)
x /2 x 1
1.=
t1 = 20t = 10 +
× 2 × t2
3 6 2
or t2 + 10 − 20t = 0
x1 = 4.5t2, x2 = 7.5t2
t = 0.513 second, 19.487 seconds
Also, x1 + x2 = x/2 = (4.5 + 7.5) t2
x Out of these two, t1 = 0.513 second corresponds to the
That is, t2 = situation when overtaking has been completed, and t2 =
24 19.487 seconds corresponds to the same situation as
x 2x x shown in the figure. But for t1 < t < t2 the separation
t = t1 + 2t 2 = + = .
6 24 4 between two cars first increases and then decreases and
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). then B overtaking A.
2. The situation is as shown in the figure below Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
From the diagram 3. v2 − u2 = 2as
20 t Suppose, velocity of the middle part = vm.
20 m/s 20 m/s 1
A A Then vm2 − u 2 = 2 as × = as
2
2 m/s2 2 m/s2
v 2 − u2 u2 + v 2
B B or vm2 − u 2 = as = u 2 + =
1 2
2 2
2 t
2 u2 + v 2
At t = 0, At , t ∴ um =
overtaking overtaking 2
starts finishes Hence, the correct answer is option (c).

3.30 ■ Chapter 3
4. When he takes 8 steps the displacement is a

From, Sn = u + (2 n − 1)
(5 − 3) = 2 m. 2
Time taken for 8 steps = 8 s a
S( p − p +1)th = [2 p 2 − p + 1) − 1]
2 1
2
2
∴ Average velocity= = m/s a
8 4 = [2 p 2 − 2 p + 1]
In the last 5 steps, the drunkard will not be able to come 2
backward because he would fall in the pit. It is clear that S(p − p + 1)th = S1 + S2.
2
∴ Total displacement required = 13 − 5 = 8 m. Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
1 8. Let a be the retardation of bogey distance covered by it
Time required= = 32 sec ond. be S. If u is the initial velocity of bogey after detaching
8
Total time required = 32 + 5 = 37 seconds. from the train (i.e., uniform speed of train).
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). u2
v 2 = u 2 + 2 as ⇒ 0 = u 2 − 2 as ⇒ Sb =
2a
5. Suppose, u be the initial velocity.
Time taken by bogey to stop.
∴ v′1 = u + at1 u
v′2 = u + a(t1 + t2) v = u + at ⇒ 0 = u − at ⇒ t =
a
and v3′ = u + a(t1 + t2 + t3 ) u2
In this time, distance travelled by train= S= t ut = .
2a
u + v1 u + u + at1 1 S 1
Now v1 = = = u + at1 Hence, ratio b = .
2 2 2 St 2
v1′ + v2′ 1 Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
v2 = = u + at1 + at1
2 2 9. When a body possesses constant velocity, then both
v2′ + v3′ 1 its magnitude (i.e., speed) and direction must remain
v3 = = u + at1 + at2 + at3
2 2 constant.
1 On the other hand, if the speed of a body is constant,
So, v1 − v2 = − a(t1 + t2 )
2 then its velocity may or may not remain constant. For
1 example, in circular motion, though the speed of body
v2 − v3 = − a(t2 + t3 ) remains constant but velocity changes from point to
2
point due to change in direction.
∴ (v1 − v2):(v2 − v3) = (t1 + t2):(t2 + t3) A body moving with a constant speed along a circular
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). path constantly experiences a centripetal acceleration.
6. According to the given problem, when Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
s = a, t = p 10. Let a1 and a2 be the retardations offered to the bullet by
1 wood and iron, respectively.
∴ s = ut + ft 2 (where f = acceleration)
2 a1 a2
fq2 u A B C
or a = up + (1) v1 0
2
For s = b, t = q C′ B′ A′
u
0 v2
fq2 (2)
b = uq + Wood Iron
2
Solving Eqs. (1) and (2), we get: 4 cm 2 cm
2 ( aq − bp )
f = For A → B → C
pq ( p − q)
v2 − u2 = 2a1(4)
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). and 02 − v2 = 2a2 (1)
a Adding, we get
7. From S = ut + (2 n − 1)
2 − u2 = (4a1 + a2)2(1)
1 1
S1 = a( p − 1)2 and S2 = ap 2 (as u = 0) For A′→ B′→ C′
2 2 v22 − u2 = 2a2(2) and 0 − v22 = 2a1 (2)

Adding, we get −u2 = 2(2a1 + 2a2)(2) and time required to cover this distance is also equal
From Eqs. (1) and (2), we get: a2 = 2a1 to t.
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). ∴ Total time taken for motion between A and C = 2t.
 Now, for the return journey from C to A (SAC = at2).
11. Let arel = acceleration of the ball with respect to ground.
Acceleration of bus with respect to ball. 1
S AC = ut1 + at12
= − gjˆ − aiˆ 2
 1 2
∴ arel = g 2 + a 2 ⇒ at 2 = 0 + at1 , ⇒ t1 = 2t
2
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). Hence, total time in which point returns to initial point
v
12.  v = 0 + na, a = T = 2t + 2t = (2 + 2 )t
n
Now, distance travelled in n second, Sn = an2,
2 14. Let the particle moves towards right with velocity 6
1 m/s. Due to retardation after time t, its velocity becomes
and distance travelled in ( n − 2) second, Sn − 2 = a( n − 2) 2 zero.
2
∴ Distance travelled in last two seconds: O t1 A
1 1 u = 6 m/s B
Sn − Sn − 2 = an2 − a( n − 2)2 1 sec
2 2 C
a 2 From v = u − at ⇒ 0 = 6 − 2 × t1 ⇒ t1 = 3 s.
= [ n − ( n − 2)2 ]
2 But, it retards for 4 s. It means, after reaching point A
a direction of motion get reversed and it accelerates for
= ( n + n − 2] [ n − n + 2] = a(2 n − 2)
2 next one second.
v 2 v ( n − 1) 1 1
= (2 n − 2) = SOA = ut1 − at12 = 6 × 3 − (2) × (3)2
n n 2 2
(d) Cannot be predicted, unless acceleration is given. = 18 − 9 = 9 m
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). 1
S AB = × (2) × (1)2 = 1 m
13. In this problem, point starts moving with uniform accel- 2
eration a and after time t (Position B) the direction of ∴ SBC = SOA − SAB = 9 − 1 = 8 m
acceleration gets reversed, i.e., the retardation of same Now, velocity of the particle at point B in return jour-
value works on the point. ney:
v = 0 + 2 × 1 = 1 m/s
A B C
In return journey from B to C particle moves with con-
Due to this velocity of point goes on decreasing and at stant velocity of 2 m/s to cover the distance 8 m.
position C, its velocity becomes zero. Now, the direc- Distance 8
Time= taken = = 4 seconds
tion of motion of point is reversed it moves from C to A Velocity 2
under the effect of acceleration a. Total time taken by particle to return at point O is
We have to calculate the total time in this motion.
Starting velocity at position A is equal to zero. T = tOA + tAB+ tBC = 3 + 1 + 4 = 8 seconds.
Velocity at position B ⇒ v = at ( u = 0) Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
Distance between A and B, 15. The velocity v acquired by the parachutist after 10 sec-
1 2 onds is:
S=BC S=AB at
2 v = u + gt = 0 + 10 × 10 = 100 m/s
As same amount of retardation works on a point and it
comes to rest at C, therefore Let s1 be height of fall for 10 seconds.
1 2 1
S= S= at Then, s1 = ut + gt 2
BC AB
2 2
1
∴ S AC = S AB + S BC = at 2 = 0 + × 10 × 100 = 500 m
2

3.32 ■ Chapter 3
The distance travelled by the parachutist under retarda- 2h

tion, s2 = 2495 − 500 = 1995 m. ⇒ gt 2 − 2 2 ght + =0
3
Let v′ be his velocity on reaching the ground.
(8 gh)
Then, v′2 − v2 = −2as2 2 2 gh ± 8 gh −
3
⇒ v′2 − (100)2 = − 2 × 25 × 1995 ∴t =
2g
Solving, we get, v′ = 5 m/s.
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). 2 gh
2 2 gh − 2 ( 3 − 1)
t 3
∴ 1 =
16. Let x be the distance between the particles after t t2 2 gh
2 2 gh + 2 ( 3 − 1)
1 3
second. Then, x = vt − at 2.
2
For x to be maximum 3 − ( 3 − 1) 3− 2
= =
dx 3 + ( 3 − 1) 3+ 2
= 0 or v − at = 0
dt Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
v 1
or t = 20. We have, h = gT 2.
a 2
Putting this value in Eq. (1), we get T 1 T h
2
v 1 v
2
v2 In sec, the distance fallen = g   =
x = v  − a  = 3 2  3 9
 a 2  a 2a
h 8h
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). ∴ Position of the ball from the ground = h − = m
9 9
17. s = 1.2 m, v = 640 m/s, a = ?; u = 0; t = ? Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
Using 2as = v2 − u2, we get 1 2 2v
21. at = vt ⇒ t=
8 × 64 × 103 2 a
⇒ 2 a × 1 ⋅ 2 = 640 × 640 ⇒ a = Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
3
22. Let, initial velocity of ball be u.
Using v = u + at, we get:
u
v 15 Time of rise t1 =
t= = × 10−3 = 3.75 × 10−3 g+a
a 4
u2
= 3.75 × 10−3 s ≈ 4ms and height reached =
2( g + a )
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). Time of fall t2 is given by
18. Distance travelled in the 3rd second 1 u2
= Distance travelled in 3 seconds − distance travelled ( g − a )t22 = .
2 2( g + a )
in 2 seconds.
As u = 0, u u g+a
∴ t2 = = .
1 1 1 ( g + a )( g − a ) ( g + a ) g−a
S( 3rd s ) = a ⋅ 32 − a ⋅ 22 = ⋅ a ⋅ 5
2 2 2
1 1
4 1 4 10 ∴ t2 > t1 , because < .
As a = m/s 2 , hence S( 3rd s ) = × × 5 = m g+a g−a
3 2 3 3 Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). 23. Suppose, the body be projected vertically upwards from
19. u 2 2=
= gh or u 2 gh A with a speed x.
Using equation s = ut + (1/2) at2,
h 1
∴ = 2 ght − gt 2 h = − xt1 + (1 / 2) gt12 (1)
3 2
2h For the second case, h = xt 2 + (1/ 2) gt 22 (2)
⇒ 2 2 ght − gt 2 − =0
3 Subtracting Eq. (1) from Eq. (2),

0 = x(t 2 + t1 ) + (1 / 2) g ( t 22 − t12 ) 27. For the first marble

1
⇒ x = (1 / 2) g (t1 − t2 ) h1 = g × 16 = 8 g .
2
Substituting for x in Eq. (2),
1
h = (1/2) g (t1 − t2 )t2 + (1/2) gt22 For the second marble, h2 = g × 9 = 4.5 g .
2
If the body falls freely for t second, u = 0
∴ h = 0 × t + (1/2) gt2 1
For the third marble, h3 = g × 4 = 2 g .
⇒ h = (1/2) gt2 2
Combining Eq. (4) and Eq. (5), we get For the fourth marble:
1 2 1 1
gt = gt1t2 ⇒ t = t1t2 h4 = × g × 1 = 0.5g
2 2 2
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). ∴ h1 − h2 = 8g − 4.5g = 2.5g = 35 m
1 ∴ h2 − h3 = 4.5g − 2g = 2.5g = 25 m
24. For first ball h = gt 2 (1)
2 ∴ h3 − h4 = 2g − 0.5g = 1.5g = 15 m
A Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
20 m 1 2
28. − s = ut1 − gt1 (1)
h B 2
( h −20)m 1
− s = − ut3 − gt32 (2)
2
For second ball 1
− s = − gt22 (3)
1 2
( h − 20) = g (t − 1)2 (2)
2 Multiplying Eq. (1) by t3, we get
Subtracting Eqs. (2) from (1) 1
− st3 = ut1t3 − gt32 t3 (4)
20 = −5 + 10t ⇒ ∴ t = 2.5 seconds. 2
1 Multiplying Eq. (2) by t1, we get
Hence, height h = × 10 × (2.5)2 = 31.2 m
2 1 2
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). − st3 = ut1t3 − gt3 t1 (5)
2
25. Interval of ball throw = 2 seconds Adding Eqs. (4) and (5), we get
If we want that minimum three (more than two) ball 1
− s(t1 + t3 ) = − gt3t1 (t3 + t1 )
remain in air then time of flight of first ball must be 2
greater than 4 seconds, i.e., 1
T > 4 seconds ⇒ s = + gt3t1 (6)
2
2u From Eqs. (3) and (6)
or > 4 second or u > 19.6 m/s
g 1 1
gt3t1 = gt22 ∴ t2 = t3t1
For u = 19.6, the first ball will just strike the ground (in 2 2
sky) the second ball will be at highest point (in sky). Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
The third ball will be at the point of projection or at
ground (not in sky). 29. By the time the 5th water drop starts falling, the first
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). water drop reaches the ground.
26. Let h be the height of the tower. 1 1
As u = 0, h = at 2 = × 10 × t 2
Using v2 − u2 = 2as, we get: 2 2
(−3u)2 − u2 = 2(−g)(−h) 1
⇒ 5 = × 10 × t2 ⇒ t = 1 second
Here, u = u, a = − g, s = −h and v = −3u (upward direc- 2
tion +ve). Hence, the interval between each water drop
∴ 9u2 − u2 = 2gh or h = 4u2/g 1
= = 0.25 second.

3.34 ■ Chapter 3

When the 5th drop starts its journey towards the third 34. During the first portion of the graph, the body has uni-
drop travels in air, for form velocity. When the graph becomes a straight line
0.25 + 0.25 = 0.5 second
parallel to the time axis, distance remains constant, i.e.,
the body is at rest. So, the body has a uniform velocity
∴ Height (distance) covered by the 3rd drop in air is

and then retardation.
1 2 1 Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
h1 =
gt = × 10 × (0.5)2 = 5 × 0.25 = 1.25 m
2 2 35. Since, the graph is a parabola it should be a distance-
∴ The third water drop will be at a height of = 5 −1.25 time graph (s = 1/2 gt2). The velocity-time graph and
= 3.75 m. acceleration-time graph for a body dropped from a
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). height will be straight lines.
30. When a ball is dropped on a floor then Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
1 2 36. For the same distance 15 m, the body takes 2 seconds
y=gt (1) and 4 seconds, respectively. Hence, the ratio of speeds
2
is equal to 2/4.
So, the graph between y and t is a parabola. Here, y Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
decreases as time increases and when the ball bounces
37. The acceleration of the body is the slope of the velocity-
back then
time graph. This slope is maximum when the graph is
1 steep upwards. That portion in the Figure is BC.
y = ut − gt 2 (2)
Eq. (2) is also the form of a general equation of parab- displacement
38. We have, the vav =
ola. So, the graph between y and t be a parabola. Here, time interval
y increases when time increases. Hence, the required = slope of chord on x-t graph
graph between y and t is given as Here, slope of chord between P and Q for all three par-
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). ticles is same.
31. From first equation of motion Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
v = u + at dv
as object starts from rest, so u = 0 39. From a = v , we can find the sign of acceleration at
ds
∴ v = at or v ∝ t, i.e., a it is a straight line passing various points. v is +ve, for all three points 1, 2 and 3.
through the origin. dv
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). is +ve for point 1, zero for points 2 and −ve for point
ds
32. Let the catching point of rat by cat is P (x1, y1)
3. So, only for point 1, velocity and acceleration have
The co-ordinates of point P satisfy both the equations
same sign. So, the object is speeding up at point 1 only.
x1 + y1 = 0 or y1 = − x1 (1) Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
For rat x12 + y12 = 4 dv dv dy dv
40. a = = ⋅ = ⋅v
⇒ x12 + ( − x1 )2 = 4 dt dy dt dy
v y
⇒ x1 = ± 2 ⇒ ∫ v dv = ∫ − ky dy ⇒ v2 = v02 − ky 2
The corresponding values of y1 =  2. vo 0
So, the possible co-ordinates of point P are ( 2, − 2 ) x

v= = 4 m/s.
and ( − 2, 2 ). t
33. The area under the acceleration time graph gives change 41. According to the given question
in velocity. Since particle starts with u = 0, therefore dv dv dx
change in velocity = vf − vi = vmax − 0 = area under a − t ∝x ⇒ . ∝x
dt dx dt
1
graph = × 10 × 11 = 55 m/s. dv
2 ⇒ ⋅ v ∝ x ⇒ vdν ∝x dx
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). dx

∴ v2 ∝ x2 50. A approaches B with a velocity = v − u cos α

As KE is proportional to v2, hence loss of KE is propor- v – u cosα
tional to x2. B
v
v sinα v
v cosα
42. At the point B, the slope is negative, i.e., motion is l
retarded.
43. Speed = slope of s-t graph A
v A tan 60° 3 dx
∴ = = = 3. = v − u cos α
v B tan 30° 1 / 3 dt
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). l t
44. Velocity of a body projected upward under gravity

⇒ ∫ dx = ∫ (v − u cos α ) dt
0 0
decreases to reach zero when the body reaches the max-
imum height. After that velocity reverses its direction l − vt
⇒ = ∫ − cos α dt (1)
and then increases. u
From the given figure: ut = ∫ v cos α dt (2)
45. Due to air resistance, the energy of the projec-
tile will not remain constant. The horizontal com- From Eqs. (1) and (2)
ponent of velocity will also decrease due to air − v ( l − vt )
resistance. ut =
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). u
46. The acceleration of the body is constant during the first ⇒ u 2 t = − vl + v 2 t
two seconds. Then it changes direction (retardation) lv
and then remains constant. This means the velocity of ∴t =
(v − u2 )
2
the body first increases uniformly and then decreases
uniformly. Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). 51. t = αx2 + β x = x(α x + β)
47. As s-t graph is a straight line, hence the body is moving Differentiating wrt time,
with uniform velocity. Further, as s ≠ 0 at, t = 0. So the
dx dx
body has also got some initial displacement. 1 = 2α ⋅x+β
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). dt dt
dv dx 1
48. = α − βv ∴v = = ;
dt dt β + 2α x
− β dv
v t
dv
⇒
α − βv
= dt ⇒ ∫0 α − β v = − β ∫0 dt dv
=
−2α v
= −2α v 3
dt ( β + 2α x ) 2
(α − β v ) α Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
⇒ log e = −βt ⇒ v= (1 − e − β t )
α β
52. There occurs a decrease of velocity wrt time, i.e., body
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). undergoes retardation.
4 4×3 Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
49. At t = 0, v = 0, x = , a = −4=0
3 3 53. At t = 0, v = 0.
As velocity and acceleration both are zero at t = 0, so it  = dv 
As the slope of the graph continuously
will always remain at rest and, hence distance travelled  dt 
in any time interval would be zero. increases, hence the body has increasing acceleration.

3.36 ■ Chapter 3
54. Area gives the distance 2 v dv 2 x dx 2 v dv −2 x

= ( 20 × 1) / 2 + 1× 20 + (1×10) / 2 + 1×10 + 1×10 = 55 m =− 2 ⇒ = 2 v
v02 dt A dt v02 dt A
v02
⇒ a=− x
55. Distance A2
4 ×1 4 ×1 2 ×1 2 ×1 v02 v02 v02
+4×2+ − −2×2− =6m ∴ amax = − x max = − ⋅ A = −
2 2 2 2 A2 A2 A2
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). v02
Hence, amax = .
56. s = ut + 1/2 at2 A
57. As v-t graph is a straight line, hence its slope = dv/dt, 61. In the bc portion of the graph, x-t graph is a straight line
i.e., acceleration is constant or uniform. Further, v ≠ 0, which implies that velocity (= slope x-t graph) is constant
t = 0; so the body has some initial velocity. or acceleration = 0, or force = 0.
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
58. Using the relation 62. Work done = area under the F-x graph = 250 J.
k Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
s = ut + t n+ 2 63. Displacement = area under the curve = 260 m.
( n + 1)( n + 2)
For non-uniform acceleration motion, we get
64. x = (t − 2)2 (t − 5)
∴
β
s = ut + t 1+ 2 dx d d
(1 + 1)(1 + 2) ∴v = = (t − 5) (t − 2)2 + (t − 2)2 (t − 5)
dt dt dt
Here, a = β t ⇒ v = (t − 5)2(t − 2) + (t − 2)2
So, comparing it with a = ktn we get k = β and n = 1. = 2(t − 5) (t − 2) + (t − 2)2
1
∴ s = ut + βt3 At t = 2 seconds, v = 0 and x = 0.
6 dv d
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). a= = [2(t − 5)(t − 2) + (t − 2)2
dt dt
59. y = a sin ωx (1)
y = a cos ωx (2) = 2(t − 5) + 2(t − 2) + (t − 2) = 6t − 18
Equating Eqs. (1) and (2), we have
a + 18
sin ωx = cos ωx When t < 3, then < or a < 0.
π 6
⇒ sin ω x = sin  − ω x  Hence, at t < 3, acceleration a will be negative.
2 
π π
⇒ ωx = −ωx ⇒ x= 65. (a) a = f ( v )
2 4ω
x
From Eq. (1) dv v dv
⇒ v
dx
= f (v ) ⇒ ∫ dx = ∫ f (v )
π  π a
y = a sin ω 
0
= a sin =
 4ω  4 2 v dv
⇒ x=∫
f (v )
π a 
Thus, the particle may collide at P  , .
 4ω 2  (c) If acceleration is linear function of velocity, the a-v
graph will be a straight line, e.g., if a = 4v + 5, then
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). a-v graph will be straight line.
60. The corresponding equation is, Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
x2 v2 v2 x2 66. (a) a = 3sin 4t
+ =1 ⇒ = 1 −
A2 v02 v02 A2 dv
⇒ = 3sin 4t
Differentiating both sides with respect to t dt

∴ ∫ dv = ∫ 3sin 4t dt 1 1 1 1 + ukt
⇒ = + kt ⇒ =
1 v u v u
∴ v = − cos 4t + c
3 1 + ukt ds 1 + ukt
⇒ v= ⇒ =
where c is a constant of integration. 1 + ukt dt 1 + ukt
3 s t u u
At = 0, v0 = − + c
4
(initial velocity) ⇒ ∫
0
ds = ∫
0 1 + ukt
⇒ s = [log(1 + ukt )]t0
uk
The initial velocity depends upon the value of c.
⇒ ks = log (1 + ukt ) − log1 ⇒ ks = log(1 + ukt )
3
=
If c = , v0 0
4 1
∴s = log(1 + ukt )
Hence, initial velocity may or may not be zero. So, op- k
tion (a) is wrong. Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
(b) a = 3 sin 4t
∴ dv dv dx dv
72. a = = . = v = −α x 2 (given)
∴ 3sin 4t = 0 (for zero acceleration) dt dx dt dx
∴ sin 4t = 0 0 S
∴∫ v dv = − a ∫ x 2 dx
v 0
∴ 4t = nπ ( n = 0,1, 2,...)
0 S
nπ  v2   x3 
⇒ t= ( n = 0,1, 2,...) ⇒   = −α  
4  2 v0  3 0
Hence, the acceleration of the particle becomes zero 1/ 3
π v02 α s 3  3v 2 
after each interval of sec. Hence, option (b) is correct. = ⇒ s= 0 
2 3  2α 
⋅
4
(c) Since, acceleration is sine function of time, so par- Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
ticle repeats its path periodically. Due to this par- 73. Distance covered = Area enclosed by v-t graph
ticle comes at its initial position periodically. 1
= Area of triangle = × 4 × 8 = 16 m.
2
(d) The path of particle is straight line. Hence, options Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
(c) and (d) are incorrect.
74. x = 40 + 12t − t 3
67. v ∝ tan θ and relative velocity = v2 − v1. dx
∴ Velocity v = = 12 − 3t 2
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). dt
x2 tan 60° 3 When particle comes to rest,
68. x ∝ tan θ = = = 3. dx
x1 tan 30° 1/ 3 = v= 0
dt
∴12 − 3t 2 = 0 ⇒ 3t 2 = 12 ⇒ t = 2 seconds
69. x ∝ tan θ, or x2/x1 = 3.
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Distance travelled by the particle before coming to rest
is
70. The velocity first increases and then becomes constant
s 2
(= terminal velocity),
∫0
ds = ∫ v dt
0
2
71. Retardation is negative acceleration 2  3t 3 
∴ s = ∫ (12 − 3t 2 ) dt = 12t −
dv 0
 3 0
∴− = kv 2
dt = 12 × 2 − 8 = 16 m
v t Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
dv
⇒ −∫ = k ∫ dt
u
v2 0 75. Velocity v = dx = α x
dt
v
 v −2 +1  1 1 dx
⇒  −2 + 1  = − kt ⇒ − = − kt ⇒ = α dt
u u v x

3.38 ■ Chapter 3
Integrating on both sides, we get where C is the constant of integration.

dx Given, x = 0, t = 0 ∴ C = 0
∫ x
= α ∫ dt
gt 2 ft 3
⇒ x = v0 t + +
2 3
⇒ 2 x1/ 2 = α t ⇒ x ∝ t2 At t = 1 second
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). g f
∴ x = v0 + +
76. From O to A, it is negative slope; from A to B, slope 2 3
is zero (body moves at uniform velocity); from B to C Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
the body is accelerated and from C to D it has uniform 85. We know that the velocity of body is given by the slope
velocity. of displacement-time graph. So it is clear that initially
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). slope of the graph is positive and after some time it
77. At E, displacement of the body decreases with time. So, becomes zero (corresponding to the peak of graph) and
instantaneous velocity is −ve. then it will become negative.
86. The vertical component goes on decreasing and eventu-
79. y = x/2 implies that particle is moving in a straight line
ally becomes zero.
passing through origin.
v x = 4 − 2t
87. Because there is no acceleration or retardation along
which shows that ax is − 2 and ux is 4. horizontal direction, hence horizontal component of
Now since, y = x/2. velocity remains same.
Therefore, vy = vx/2 = 2 − t, Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
which gives ay = −1 and uy = 2.
88. In the absence of air resistance, the projectile moves
ax and ay are both negative while ux and uy are positive.
with constant horizontal velocity because acceleration
Hence, motion is first retarded, then accelerated.
due to gravity is totally vertical and its horizontal com-
ponent is zero.
80. Acceleration a ≥ 0, i.e., speed of particle will continu- Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
ously increase. Finally, a = 0, i.e., speed or kinetic energy 
89. Velocity at the highest point, vh = iˆ( u cos θ ).
will becomes constant. Velocity at the starting point
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). 
vs = iˆ( u cos θ ) + ˆj ( u cos θ )
dx a1 2 a2 t 
82. v = = −
dt 2 3 ∴ ∆v = {iˆ( u cos θ ) − iˆ ( u cos θ ) − ˆj ( u cos θ )} = u sin θ
dv 2a Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
∴ acceleration = =− 2
dt 3 90. Speed at the highest point:
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). vh = u cos θ
83. Velocity at 3 seconds = total algebraic sum of area (∴vertical component of speed becomes zero at the
under the curve. highest point.)
Or v = 4 × 2 − 4 × 1 Speed at the starting point, vs = u.
= 8 − 4 = 4 m/s Hence, change in speed = (u cos θ − u).
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
84. Given, velocity v = v0 + gt + ft2 91. For the person to be able to catch the ball, the horizontal
dx x t component of velocity of the ball should be same as the
∴v =
dt
⇒ ∫0
dx = ∫ v dt
0 speed of the person, i.e.,
v
t v0 cos θ = 0
⇒ x = ∫ ( v0 + gt + ft 2 ) dt 2
0
1
gt 2 ft 3 or cos θ = or θ = 60°
x = v0 t + + +C 2
2 3 Hence, the correct answer is option (a).

u2 u 2 100 R 2 sin θ cos θ

=
92. Rmax = 100 and H max
= = = 50 m = = 4 cos θ
g 2g 2 h (sin 2 θ )/2
Therefore, ∆R = ∆h
93. Since, the ball is projected vertically upward, therefore, R h
its velocity decreases linearly with time. According to ∴ Percentage increase in R = percentage increase in
the law, v = (u − gt) where u is velocity of projection. ym = 5%.
KE of the ball, K = 1/2 mv2 = m/2 (u − gt)2.
According to this relation, KE versus time graph must h u 2 sin 2 θ g2 g
96. = × =
be a parabola and at highest point, particle has zero ve- T 2
2g 4 u sin θ 8
2 2
locity. Therefore, at highest point, KE of the particle

will be zero. Hence, the graph between KE and time ∆h ∆T ∆T 1 ∆h
Hence, =2 , i.e., =
will be as shown in the figure. So, options (a) and (e) are h T T 2 h
wrong, but option (c) is correct. Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
When the particle moves vertically upwards, its total
mechanical energy remains constant. If, at an instant, u 2 sin 2 θ ∆h ∆u
the particle is at height h, then KE at this point will be 97. h = , hence = 2⋅
2g h u
given by:
∆u ∆h
KE = 1/2mu2 − mgh Since, = 2%, hence = 4%
u h
It implies that the graph between KE and height h is ∆T 1  ∆h 10
a straight line. So, option (b) is wrong. Since, KE can ⇒ 100 × =  × 100  = = 5%
h 2 h  2
never be negative, so option (d) is wrong.
94. Horizontal component of velocity = u cos θ. u 2 sin θ ∆T ∆u
Vertical component of velocity = u sin θ. 98. T = , hence = .
g T u
Horizontal component u cos θ remains constant during i.e., percentage increase in T
the flight, while the vertical component varies at the = percentage increase in u = 2%.
rate of g m/s2. Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
At highest point, vertical component of velocity = 0,
i.e., at highest point, the particle has only the horizon- u 2 sin θ ∆R ∆u
99. R = , hence =2
tal component of velocity (u cos θ). It implies that at g R u
highest point KE ≠ 0. As KE varies linearly with height
∆R ∆u 
ascended h. So, option (a) is correct, but (b) is wrong. ⇒ 100 × = 2 × 100 × = 2 × 2% = 4%
Since, horizontal component of velocity remains con- R  u 
stant, therefore, at time t, horizontal component of dis- Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
placement of the particle, x = (u cos θ)t. Hence,, the
graph of KE versus horizontal component of displace- u2
ment x will have same shape as the graph of KE ver- 100. Rmax = R = ⇒ u 2 = Rg
g
sus time t has. As KE versus time (t) graph will have
a parabolic shape and at highest point, KE will have u 2 sin 2θ
Now, as range =
minimum value; therefore option (c) is correct, but op- g
tion (d) is wrong.
R Rg sin 2θ 1
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). then = ⇒ sin 2θ = = sin 30°
2 g 2
95. If h be the maximum height attained by the projectile,
then ⇒ θ = 15°
u 2 sin 2 θ u 2 sin 2θ
h= and R = Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
2g g

3.40 ■ Chapter 3
u 2 sin 2 θ (56)2 sin 2 θ 107. The horizontal range is the same for the angles of pro-
101. h = = jection θ and (90 ° − θ).
2g 19.6
2 u sin θ
t1 =
40 × 19.6 1 g
⇒ sin 2 θ = = 2 u sin (90° − θ ) 2 u cos θ
(56)2 4 t2 = =
g g
1
⇒ sin θ = ⇒ θ = 30°
2 2u sin θ 2u cos θ 2  u 2 sin 2θ  2
∴ t1t 2 = × =  = gR
g g g g 
u 2 sin 2θ (56)2 sin 60° u 2 sin 2θ
102. R = = where R = g
g 9.8
56 × 56 × 3 Hence, t1t2 ∝ R (as g isconstant)

= = 160 3 Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
19.6
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). 108. It is only in case of parabolic motion that the direction
and magnitude of the acceleration remains same. In
103. Since, angle with the horizontal is 45 °, therefore, ver-
uniform circular motion, though magnitude of accel-
tical height = range
eration remains constant, but direction changes from
19.6 = u × 2 or u = 9.8 m/s moment to moment.
 2 × 19.6 
t = 2h / g = = 2 sec  3 2
9.8  109. y = 12 x − x
  4
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). dy dx 3 dx
105. We know that; ⇒ = 12 − x
dt dt 2 dt
1 2 dy dx
x = ( u cos θ )t and y = ( u sin θ )t − gt =
At x 0;= 12
2 dt dt
Let, x2 − x1 = ( u1 cos θ1 − u2 cos θ 2 )t = X If θ be the angle of projection, then
1 2 1 dy / dt
y2 − y1 = ( u1 sin θ1 )t − gt − ( u2 sin θ 2 )t + gt 2 = 12 = tan θ
2 2 dx / dt
Also, if u = initial velocity, then u cos θ = 3
= ( u1 sin θ1 − u2 cos θ 2 )t = Y
Hence, tan θ × u cos θ = 36, or u sin θ = 36
Y ( u sin θ1 − u2 sin θ 2 )t u 2 sin 2θ 2 u 2 sin θ cos θ
∴ = 1 Range, R = =
X ( u1 cos θ1 − u2 cos θ 2 )t g g
u1 sin θ1 − u2 sin θ 2 2(u sin θ ) (u cos θ ) 2 × 36 × 3

= = constant, m (say) = = = 21.6 m
u1 cos θ1 − u2 cos θ 2 10 10
∴ Y = mX
dx dy
It is the equation of a straight line passing through the 110. v x = 6 and v y = = 8 − 10 × 0 = 8
origin. dt dt
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). ∴ v = 6 2 + 82 = 10 m/s
106. The upward motion is with higher retardation while Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
the downward motion is with lesser acceleration.
vy 8 4 4
Further, the time of rise is less than the time of return. 111. tan θ = = = or θ = tan −1  
A part of the kinetic energy is used against friction. vx 6 3  3
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). Hence, the correct answer is option (b).

g Dividing Eq. (2) by Eq. (4), we get

112. Retardation due to friction of air = . Hence, in
upward motion: 10 1 x2 v ′2
= × ⇒ v ′ = 2v
g 11g 2 v2 4 x2
Total retardation = g + =
10 10 Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
u 2 sin 2 θ gx 2
∴ Hm =
2g 116. Equation of trajectory is, y = x tan θ −
2 u cos 2 θ
2
u 2 sin 2 θ 10 u 2 sin 2 θ 10 dy gx
H m′ = = × = Hm Slope, m = = tan θ − 2
11g 11 2g 11 dx u cos 2 θ
2×
10 It implies that the graph between slope and x will be a
H m − H m' straight line having negative slope and a non-zero pos-
∴ % decrease in H m = × 100 itive intercept on y-axis. But x is directly proportional
Hm
to time t. Therefore shape of graph between slope and
10
=  1 −  × 100 = 9% time will be same as that of the graph between slope
 11  and x. So, only option (a) is correct.
u sin θ u sin θ u sin θ 10 117. If the ball hits the nth step, then horizontal distance
113. t = and t ′ = = = t
g g′ 11g 11 traversed = nb.
10 Vertical distance traversed = nh.
t − t′ 10 Here, velocity along horizontal direction = u.
% decrease in t = × 100 =  1 −  × 100 = 9% Velocity along vertical direction = 0.
t  11 
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). u
h 1
u 2 sin 2 θ 10u 2 sin 2 θ
114. Here, H m′ = = 2
11g 22 g
2× n th
10 step
1 H
Using, x = ut + at 2 , where x = H m′ =; u = 0
2 ∴ nb = ut (1)
g 9g 1 2
and a = g = = ; we find t = 2 H m′ / a nh = 0 + gt (2)
10 10 2
200 u sin θ nb
= × From Eq. (1), t = ,
198 g v
It is almost equal to the time of fall in the absence of 2
1 nb
friction. ∴ nh = g× 
2  u
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). 2 hu 2
1 ∴n =
115. For the first body: h = gt 2 (1) gb 2
2
and x = vt (2)
118. Kinetic energy is minimum at the highest point, and
From Eqs. (1) and (2) the highest point is attained after covering distance
1  x2  equal to 0.5R.
h= g ⋅ 
2  v 2  (3) Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
119. At the highest point of projectile motion, the tangent
For the second body, let v′ be the velocity of projec-
drawn is parallel to the x-axis. Hence, slope at this
tion, then
point is zero. Moreover, the curve is convex upwards,
1  (2 x)2  hence the curvature is positive at this point.
2h = g⋅ (4)
2  v ′2  Hence, the correct answer is option (c).

3.42 ■ Chapter 3
120. y = ax − bx 2 where v is the velocity of projection and θ is the angle

For height or y to be maximum, of projection with the horizontal and m is the mass of
the ball.
dy
= 0 ⇒ a − 2bx = 0 sin θ 2v sin θ
dx Dp = mgv × = mg ×
g g
a
⇒ x=
2b = weight of the ball × total time of flight
2
a a a2
(i) ymax = a   − b   = u 2 sin (2 × 45°) u 2
 2b   2b  4b 124. R = =
2 g
 dy 
(ii)   = a = tan θ 0 , u 2 sin 2 (45°) u 2
 dx  x =0 and H = =
2g 4g
where θ o = angle of projection
∴ R = 4H
∴θ 0 = tan −1 ( a )
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). 125. Given that at any instant t
u sin θ 2 x = kt and y = kt − k αt2
121. tan θ = =
u cos θ 1 If u be the initial velocity of projectile and α be the
The desired equation is, angle of projection, then
gx 2 x = (u cos α)t
y = x tan θ − 2
2 u cos 2 θ 1
and y = (u sin α)t = gt2
10 x 2 2
= x×2− 2 Comparing the above equations, with the given equa-
 1 
2( 2 2 + 12 )  tion, we get:
 5 
u sin α = k and g = 2 kα
⇒ y = 2 x − 5x2
If tm be time taken to reach maximum height, than at
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). max. height, vy = 0
122. Suppose, the angle made by the instantaneous velocity dy
with the horizontal be α. i.e., v y = = y − 2 k α tm = 0
dt
Then,
v y u sin θ − gt 1
tan α = = ∴ tm =
vx u cos θ 2α
Hence, time of flight,
Given: α = 45°, when t = 1second
 1  1
α = 0°, when t = 2 second T = 2 tm = 2  =
 2 α  α
This gives: u cos θ = u sin θ − g Now, maximum height attained,
and u sin θ − 2 g = 0 ( u sin a )2 k2 k
H= = =
On solving, we have: 2g 4 kα 4 α
u sin θ = 2 g and u cos θ = g Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
=
On solving, we get: u = 5 g 10 5 m/s. 127. Because the body is revolving in a circle with con-
stant speed, hence acceleration acting on it is exactly
perpendicular to direction of its motion, i.e., the body
123. Change in momentum of the ball, possesses normal acceleration.
∆p = mv sin θ − (−mv sin θ ) = 2 mv sin θ Hence, the correct answer is option (a).

128. Let v be the velocity of particle when it makes 30 ° Tangential acceleration, at = 2 m/s2
with horizontal.
Then, ∴ resultant acceleration a = at2 + ac2
v cos 30° = u cos60°
= (1.8)2 + (2)2 = 2.7 m/s 2
v
30º Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
v cos 30º 134. Change in velocity when the particle completes half
30º g cos 30º revolution is ∆v = 5 m/s − ( −5 m/s) = 10 m/s.
g Time taken to complete the half revolution is:
u cos60° πr π ×5
t= = = π second.
⇒ v= v 5
cos 30°
(20)(1 / 2) 20 ∆v 10
= = m/s Average acceleration = = m/s 2
( 3 / 2) 3 t π
v2
Now, g cos 30° =
R 135. When the string is released, tension in the string
becomes zero and the stone flies along the tangent
v2 (20 / 3)2 to the circle because its velocity is directed along the
⇒ R= = = 15.4 m
g cos 30° 10( 3 / 2) tangent.
129. Angular speed of the particle, i.e., rate of change of 136. The acceleration vector is actually along the radius of
angular displacement of the particle remains constant. the circle. Therefore, option (b) is a false statement.
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
130. Because the particle is moving in a circle with uni- 140. In case of uniform circular motion of a particle, direc-
tion of acceleration vector changes from point to
form speed, hence kinetic energy  = 1 mv 2  will
 2  point, but magnitude remains same. Now, vector sum
remain constant. of vectors having same magnitude and distributed
Acceleration, velocity and displacement will change in all possible directions is zero. Hence, the average
from point to point due to change in direction. acceleration vector taken over a full circle is a null
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). vector.
131. Linear velocity is not uniform because velocity Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
changes from point to point due to change of direc- 141. On the diametrically opposite points, the velocities have
tion. Acceleration is never directed along the tangent same magnitude, but opposite directions. Therefore,
to circular path because a = ar2 + at2 as ar is never change in momentum is MV − (−MV) = 2MV.
zero. Further, for a uniform circular motion, magni- Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
tude of acceleration ( = v 2 /r ) remains constant.
1
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). 142. θ = ω0 t + α t 2
2
132. Because the particle moving in a circle describes
equal angles in equal times, hence both ω and r are 1
Here, ω0 = 0, θ1 = α ( 2) 2 = 2α
constant. Thus, magnitude of velocity vector remains 2
constant but the direction changes from point to point. 1
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). θ 2 = α (4)2 − θ1 = 8α − 2α = 6α
2
v2
133. Centripetal acceleration, ac =
r θ 2 6α
∴ = =3
(30) 2 θ1 2α
= = 1.8 m/s 2
500 Hence, the correct answer is option (c).

3.44 ■ Chapter 3
143. In time t, particle has rotated an angle, 145. Total acceleration makes an angle of 45 ° with radius,
Q (t =t ) i.e., tangential acceleration = radial acceleration.
a
Rα = Rω 2 ⇒ α =ω2
θ
P (t = 0)
O R dω dω
⇒ =ω2 ⇒ = dt
dt ω2
θ = ωt ω dω t ω0
⇒ ∫ ω0 ω 2
= ∫ dt ⇒ ω =
0 1 − ω0 t
s = PQ = QR 2 + PR 2
dθ ω0 2π t ω0 dt
⇒ s = ( a sin ω t )2 + ( a − a cos ω t )2 ⇒ =
dt 1 − ω0 t
⇒ ∫0
dθ = ∫
0 1 − ω0 t
ωt 1 R
⇒ s = 2 a sin ⇒ t= (1 − e −2π ) = (1 − e −2π )
2 ω0 v0
144. Given that; θ = 2t 3 + 0.5 146. Because the train turns towards north-east, hence the
dθ radius of curvature of outer rail will be greater that
∴ = 6t 2 = 6 × ( 2) 2 = 24 rad/s that of inner rail.
dt
1-D Motion What should be the speed of the throw, so that more
than two balls are in the sky at any time? (Given, g = 9.8
1. Motion of a particle is given by equation m/s2)
s = (3t 3 + 7t 2 + 14t + 8) m. (a) More than 19.6 m/s.
The value of acceleration of the particle at t = 1 second (b) At least 9.8 m/s.
is (c) Any speed less than 19.6 m/s.
(a) 10 m/s2 (b) 32 m/s2 (d) Only with speed 19.6 m/s.
(c) 23 m/s 2
(d) 16 m/s2 [AIPMT 2003]
[AIPMT 2000] 5. The displacement x of a particle varies with time t as
2. A particle is thrown vertically upward. Its velocity at half x = ae − at + be β t , where a, b, α and β are positive con-
of the height is 10 m/s, then the maximum height attained stants. The velocity of the particle will
by it (g = 10 m/s2) (a) be independent of β.
(a) 8 m (b) 20 cm (b) drop to zero when α = β.
(c) 10 m (d) 16 m (c) go on decreasing with time.
[AIPMT 2001] (d) go on increasing with time.
[AIPMT 2005]
3. If a ball is thrown vertically upwards with speed u, the
distance covered during the last t seconds of its ascent is 6. A ball is thrown vertically upward. It has a speed of 10 m/s
when it has reached one half of its maximum height. How
1
(a) ut (b) gt 2 high does the ball rise? (Take g = 10 m/s2)
2 (a) 10 m (b) 5 m
1 2
(c) ut − gt (d) (u + gt) t (c) 15 m (d) 20 m
2 [AIPMT 2003] [AIPMT 2005]
4. A man throws balls at the same speed vertically 7. A particle moves along a straight line OX. At a time t
upwards one after the other at an interval of 2 seconds. (in seconds), the distance x (in metres) of the particle

from O is given by x = 40 + 12t − t3. How long would 2-D Motion

the particle travel before coming to rest?
(a) 16 m (b) 24 m 13. A man is slipping on a frictionless inclined plane and a
(c) 40 m (d) 56 m bag falls down from the same height. Then the velocity
[AIPMT 2006] of both is related as
(a) vB > vm (b) vB < vm
8. A car runs at a constant speed on a circular track of
(c) vB = vm
radius 100 m, taking 62.8 seconds for every circular
(d) vB and vm cannot be related.
lap. The average velocity and average speed for each
[AIPMT 2000]
circular lap respectively is
(a) 10 m/s, 0 (b) 0, 0 14. Two projectiles of same mass and with same velocity
(c) 0, 10 m/s (d) 10 m/s, 10 m/s are thrown at an angle 60 ° and 30 ° with the horizontal,
[AIPMT 2006] then which will remain same
(a) time of flight.
9. Two bodies A (of mass 1 kg) and B (of mass 3 kg)
(b) range of projectile.
are dropped from heights of 16 m and 25 m, respec-
(c) maximum height acquired.
tively. The ratio of the time taken by them to reach
(d) all of them.
the ground is
[AIPMT 2000]
(a) 4/5 (b) 5/4
(c) 12/5 (d) 5/12 15. The width of a river is 1 km. The velocity of a boat is
[AIPMT 2006] 5 km/h. The boat covered the width of river in shortest
time 15 minute. Then the velocity of river stream is
10. The position x of a particle with respect to time t along
(a) 3 km/h (b) 4 km/h
x-axis is given by x = 9t 2 − t 3, where x is in metres
and t in seconds. What will be the position of this par- (c) 29 km/h (d) 41 km/h
ticle when it achieves maximum speed along the +x [AIPMT 2000]
direction?
16. An
 object of mass 3 kg is at rest. Now, a force of
(a) 54 m (b) 81 m F = 6t 2 iˆ + 4t ˆj is applied on the object, then velocity of
(c) 24 m (d) 32 m
object at t = 3 seconds is
[AIPMT 2007]
(a) 18iˆ + 3 ˆj (b) 18iˆ + 6 ˆj
11. A car moves from X to Y with a uniform speed vu and
returns to Y with a uniform speed vd. The average speed (c) 3iˆ + 18 ˆj (d) 18iˆ + 4 ˆj
for this round trip is [AIPMT 2002]
vd vu 17. A particle A is dropped from a height and another par-
(a) vu vd (b)
vd + vu ticle B is projected in horizontal direction with speed
of 5 m/s from the same height, then correct statements
vu + vd 2 vd vu is
(c) (d)
2 vd + vu (a) particle A will reach at ground first with respect to
[AIPMT 2007] particle B.
(b) particle B will reach at ground first with respect to
12. A particle moving along x-axis has acceleration f, at particle A.
 t  (c) both particles will reach at ground simultaneously.
time t, given by f = f 0 1 −  , where f0 and T are con-
 T  (d) both particles will reach at ground with same speed.
stants. The particle at t = 0 has zero velocity. In the time [AIPMT 2002]
interval between t = 0 and the instant when f = 0, the 18. Two boys are standing at the ends A and B of a ground,
particle’s velocity (vx) is where AB = a. The boy at B starts running in a direction
1 perpendicular to AB with velocity v1. The boy at A starts
(a) f 0T 2 (b) f 0T 2 running simultaneously with velocity v and catches the
2
other in a time t, where t is
(c) 1 f 0T (d) f 0T a a
2 (a) (b)
[AIPMT 2007] v + v12
2 v + v1

3.46 ■ Chapter 3
25. A particle is thrown vertically upwards. Its velocity at

a a2
(c) (d) half of the height is 10 m/s. Then, the maximum height
v − v1 v − v12
2
attained by it is
[AIPMT 2005] (a) 16 m (b) 10 m
19. For angles of projection of a projectile at angle (45 °− θ) (c) 8 m (d) 18 m
and (45 ° + θ), the horizontal range described by the [AFMC 2001]
projectile are in the ratio of 26. A bus starts from rest with an acceleration of 1 m/s2. A
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 1 : 1 man, who is 48 m behind the bus, starts with a uniform
(c) 2 : 3 (d) 1 : 2 velocity of 10 m/s. Then, the minimum time after which
[AIPMT 2006] the man will catch the bus is
(a) 4 seconds (b) 10 seconds
20. A particle starting from the origin (0, 0) moves in a
(c) 12 seconds (d) 8 seconds
straight line in the (x, y) plane. Its coordinates at a later
[AFMC 2001]
time are ( 3, 3). The path of the particle makes with the
x-axis an angle of 27. An aeroplane moving horizontally with a speed of 720
(a) 45 ° (b) 60 ° km/h drops a food packet, while flying at a height of
(c) 0 ° (d) 30 ° 396.9 m. The time taken by the food packet to reach the
[AIPMT 2007] ground and its horizontal range is
(g = 9.8 m/s2)
(a) 9 s and 1800 m
(b) 8 s and 1500 m
Circular Motion (c) 3 s and 2000 m
(d) 5 s and 500 m
21. Find the total displacement of a body in 8 seconds start- [AFMC 2001]
ing from rest with an acceleration of 20 cm/s2.
(a) 64 m (b) 64 cm 28. The angle for which maximum height and horizontal
(c) 640 cm (d) 0.064 m range are same for a projectile is
(a) 32 ° (b) 48 °
[AFMC 2000]
(c) 76 ° (d) 84 °
22. A man fires a bullet standing between two cliffs. First [AFMC 2001]
echo is heard after 3 seconds and second echo is heard
29. The displacement of a particle moving in a straight line
after 5 seconds. If the velocity of sound is 3000 m/s,
depends on time as
then the distance between the cliffs is
x = at3 + βt2 + γt + δ
(a) 660 m (b) 990 m
(c) 1320 m (d) 1950 m The ratio of initial acceleration to its initial velocity
[AFMC 2000] depends
(a) only on α and γ
23. The angular velocity of second’s hand in a watch is (b) only on β and γ
(a) 0.82 rad/s (c) only on α and β
(b) 0.105 rad/s (d) only on α
(c) 0.21 rad/s [AFMC 2002]
(d) 0.052 rad/s
30. A bullet is dropped from the same height, when another
[AFMC 2000]
bullet is fired horizontally. They will hit the ground
24. Two particles having mass M and m are moving in a (a) depends upon mass of bullet.
circular path having radius R and r. If their time period (b) depends upon the observer.
are same then the ratio of angular velocity will be (c) one after another.
r R (d) simultaneously.
(a) (b)
R r [AFMC 2002]
20
(c) 1 (d)
R 31. A particle moves along a circle of radius   m with
r π 
[AIPMT 2001] constant tangential acceleration. If the velocity of the

particle is 80 m/s at the end of the second revolution of its ends with a uniform angular velocity ω. The force
after motion has begun, the tangential acceleration is exerted by the liquid at the other end is:
(a) 40 m/s2 (b) 640 π m/s2
ML2ω 2 MLω 2
(c) 160 π m/s 2
(d) 40 π m/s2 (a) (b)
[AIPMT 2003] 2 2
32. A particle covers 150 m in 8th second starting from ML2ω
(c) (d) MLω 2
rest. Its acceleration is 2
[AIPMT 2006]
(a) 15 m/s2 (b) 20 m/s2
(c) 10 m/s 2
(d) 8 m/s2 38. The displacement of particle is given by
[AFMC 2003] a1t a2 t
x=a+ −
33. A bullet loses 1/20 of its velocity after penetrating a 2 3
plank. How many planks are required to stop the bullet ?
What is its acceleration?
(a) 6 (b) 9
(a) 2a2/3 (b) –2a2/3
(c) 11 (d) 13
(c) a2 (d) zero
[AFMC 2004]
[AFMC 2006]
34. A stone tied to the end of a string of 1 m long is whirled
39. A particle moves along a straight line OX. At a time t (in
in a horizontal circle at a constant speed. If the stone
seconds), the distance x (in metres) of the particle from
makes 22 revolutions in 44 seconds, what is the magni-
O is given by
tude and direction of acceleration of the stone?
(a) π2 m/s2, and direction along the radius towards the x = 40 + 12t – t3
centre. How long would the particle travel before coming to
(b) π2 m/s2, and direction along the radius away from rest?
the centre. (a) 24 m (b) 40 m
(c) π2 m/s2, and direction along the tangent to the circle. (c) 56 m (d) 16 m
(d) π2/4 m/s2, and direction along the radius towards the [AFMC 2006]
centre. 40. The area of the acceleration-displacement curve of a
[AIPMT 2005] body gives
35. What determines the nature of the path followed by the (a) impulse
particle? (b) change in momentum per unit mass.
(a) Speed (b) Velocity (c) change in KE per unit mass.
(c) Acceleration (d) Both (b) and (c) (d) total change in energy.
[AFMC 2005] [AFMC 2006]
36. The horizontal range of a projectile is 400 m. The maxi- 41. A projectile is thrown in the upward direction mak-
mum height attained by it will be ing an angle of 60 ° with the horizontal direction with
(a) 100 m (b) 200 m a velocity of 147 m/s2. Then, the time after which its
(c) 400 m (d) 800 m inclination with the horizontal is 45 °, is
[AFMC 2005] (a) 15 seconds (b) 10.98 seconds
37. A tube of length L is filled completely with an incom- (c) 5.49 seconds (d) 2.745 seconds
pressible liquid of mass M and closed at both the ends. [AFMC 2006]
The tube is then rotated in a horizontal plane about one
Answer Keys
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (d)
31. (c) 32. (b) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (d) 36. (a) 37. (b) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (c)
41. (c)

3.48 ■ Chapter 3

1-D Motion T > 4 sec ⇒
2u
> 4 sec ⇒ u > 19.6 m/s
g
1. s = (3t3 + 7t2 + 14t + 8) Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
ds d2s 5. Given, x = ae−αt + beβt
= 9t 2 + 14t + 14 ⇒ = 18t + 14 = a
dt dt 2 dx
Velocity of the particle v = = − aα e −α t + bβ e β t
acceleration of the particle at t = 1 second dt
= 18 × 1 + 14 = 32 m/s 2 i.e., v = − aα e −α t + bβ e β t .
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). For certain value of t, velocity will increase.
h
2. For half height: 102 = u 2 − 2 g (1) 6. After reaching maximum height, velocity becomes
2 zero. Using v2 = u2 − 2gh, we get
For total height, 0 = u 2 − 2 gh (2) h 200
0 = (10)2 − 2 × 10 × ∴ h = = 10 m.
From Eqs. (1) and (2) 2 20
2 gh Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
⇒ 102 = ⇒ h = 10 m. 7. Given, x = 40 + 12t − t 3
2
v =0 dx
∴ Velocity v = = 12 − 3t 2
dt
h /2
10 m/s When the particle come to rest, dx/dt = v = 0.
h ∴12 − 3t 2 = 0 ⇒ 3t 2 = 12 ⇒ t = 2 seconds.
h /2
Distance travelled by the particle before coming to rest
s 2 2 2
 3t 3 
∫0 ∫0
ds = vdt , s = ∫0 (12 − 3t 2
) dt = 

12t −
3  0
3. Let total height = H. Time of ascent = T. s = 12 × 2 − 8 = 24 − 8 = 16 m.
h Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
H 8. Distance travelled in one lap (rotation) = 2πr.
y
distance 2π r
∴ Average speed = =
time t
1 2 2 × 3.14 × 100
So, H = uT − gT . = = 10 m.
2 62.8
Distance covered by the ball in time (T − t) second. Net displacement in one lap = 0
1 net displacement
y = u(T − t ) − g (T − t )2 =
Average velocity = 0.
2 time
So distance covered by the ball in last t second. Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
1 1
h = H − y =  uT − gT 2  −  u(T − t ) − g (T − t )2  9. Time taken by a body fall from a height h to reach the
 2   2  2h
ground is t = .
u 1 2 g
By solving and putting T = , we will get h = gt .
g 2 2 hA
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). tA g hA 16 4
4. Interval of balls thrown = 2 seconds. ∴ = = = =
tB 2 hB hB 25 5
If we want that minimum three (more than two) balls
g
remain in air, then time of flight of the first ball must be
greater than 4 seconds. Hence, the correct answer is option (a).

10. Given, x = 9t 2 − t 3, (1) v02 2 cos θ1 sin θ1

R2 = = R1
dx d g
Speed v = = (9t 2 − t 3 ) = 18 − 3t 2. Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
dt dt
dv 1 km
For maximum speed = 0 ⇒ 18 − 6t = 0 = = 4 km/h
15. vResultanty
dt 1/4 h
∴ t = 3s. ∴ vRiver = 52 − 4 2 = 3 km/h
∴ xmax = 81 m − 27 m = 54 m Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
16. Mass m = 3 kg,
(from x = 9t 2 − t 3 )
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). Force, F = 6t 2 iˆ + 4tjˆ
∴ acceleration, a = F/m
Total distance travelled
11. Average speed = 6t 2 iˆ + 4t ˆj 4
Total time taken = = 2t 2 iˆ + t ˆj
3 3
s+s 2s 2 vu vd
= = = . dv 4
t1 + t2 s s vd + vu
Now, a = = 2t 2 iˆ + t ˆj
+ dt 3
vu vd
4
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). ∴ dv =  2t 2 iˆ + t ˆj  dt
 3 
12. Given: At time t = 0, velocity v = 0. 3
3
4 2 4
 t  ∴ v = ∫  2t 2 iˆ + t ˆj  dt =  t 2 iˆ + t 2 ˆj 
Acceleration f = f 0 1 −   3   3 6 0
 T  0
= 18iˆ + 6 ˆj
 t 
At f = 0, 0 = f 0 1 −  Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
 T
t 17. Time required to reach the ground is dependent on
Since f0 is a constant ∴1 − = 0 ⇒ t = T . the vertical acceleration of the particle. Vertical accel-
T
eration of both the particles A and B are exactly same.
dv Although particle B has an initial velocity, but that is in
Also, acceleration f =
dt horizontal direction and it has no component in vertical
vx t =T T
 t  (component of a vector at a direction of 90 ° = 0) direc-
∴ ∫ dv = ∫ fdt = ∫ f 0 1 −  dt tion. Hence, they will reach the ground simultaneously.
0 t =0 0  T 
T
 f t2  f T2 1 relative distance
∴ v x =  f 0 t − 0  = f 0T − 0 = f 0T 18. t =
 2T  0 2T 2 relative speed of approach
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). v v1
A B
a
2-D Motion
a a
= =
13. Vertical acceleration in both the cases is g, whereas v′ v − v12
2
horizontal velocity is constant. Hence, the correct answer is option (d).

Hence, the correct answer is option (c). u 2 sin 2θ
19. Horizontal range R = .
14. As θ2 = (90 − θ1) g
So, range of projectile For angle of projection (45 ° − θ), the horizontal range
v02 sin 2θ v02 2 sin θ cos θ is
R1 = = u 2 sin[2( 45° + θ )] u 2 sin (90° + 2θ )
g g ∴ R2 = =
g g
v02 2 sin(90 − θ1 )cos(90 − θ1 )
R2 = u 2 cos 2θ
g =
g

3.50 ■ Chapter 3
For angle of projection (45 ° + θ), the horizontal range 31. Given:
is
u 2 sin[2( 45° + θ )] u 2 sin (90° + 2θ ) r = 20 m, v = 80 m/s, θ = 2 rev = 4π rad.
π
⋅
∴ R2 = =
g g
From equation ω 2 = ω02 + 2αθ (ω0 = 0)
u 2 cos 2θ
= v
g ⇒ ω 2 = 2αθ  ω = and a = rα 
 r 
R1 u 2 cos 2θ / g 1
∴ = = . v2
R2 u 2 cos 2θ / g 1 ⇒ a= = 40 m/s 2 .
2 rθ
φ1 = 45º − θ and φ2 = 45º + θ
As φ1 + φ2 = 90°, i.e., complementary to each other.
34. a = rω 2 ; ω = 2πν
∴ The range is the same.
22 revolution ≡ 44 s
1 revolution ≡ 44/22 = 2 seconds ∴ ν = 1/2 Hz
20. Let, θ be the angle which the particle makes with an
∴ a = rω2 = π2 m/s2.
x-axis.
From the given figure: Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
3 37. The centre of the tube will be at length L/2. So, radius r
tan θ = = 3 ⇒ θ = tan −1 3 = 60°.
3 = L/2.
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). The force exerted by the liquid at the other end =
centrifugal force
Circular Motion L MLω 2
Centrifugal force = Mrω 2 = M   ω 2 =
 2 2
2π  ω
24. ω =  t issame ∴ 1 = 1
 t  ω2 Hence, the correct answer is option (b).

1. The angle between A = iˆ + ˆj and B = iˆ − ˆj is 3. The horizontal range of a projectile fired at an angle of
(a) 45 ° (b) 90 ° 15 ° is 50 m.
(c) -45 ° (d) 180 ° If it is fired with the same speed at an angle of 45 °, its
2. As shows in below figure, the orientation of two vectors range will be
u and v in the XY plane. (a) 60 m (b) 71 m
Y (c) 100 m (d) 141 m
4. In a two dimensional motion, instantaneous speed v0
is a positive constant. Then which of the following are
v
u
necessarily true?
(a) The average velocity is not zero at any time.
O X
(b) Average acceleration must always vanish.
If u = a iˆ + bjˆ and v = p iˆ + qjˆ
(c) Displacements in equal time intervals are equal.

which of the following is correct? (d) Equal path lengths are traversed in equal
(a) a and p are positive while b and q are negative. intervals.
(b) a, p and b are positive while q is negative. 5. In a two dimensional motion, instantaneous speed v0
(c) a, q and b are positive while p is negative. is a positive constant. Then which of the following are
(d) a, b, p and q are all positive. necessarily true?

(a) The acceleration of the particle is zero. 6. It is found that |A + B| = |A|. This necessarily implies,
(b) The acceleration of the particle is bounded. (a) B = 0
(c) The acceleration of the particle is necessarily in the (b) A, B are antiparallel
plane of motion. (c) A, B are perpendicular
(d) The particle must be undergoing a uniform circular (d) A, B ≤ 0
motion
Answer Keys
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (b)
2. u = a iˆ + bjˆ and v = p iˆ − qjˆ 4. The magnitude of velocity is denoted by v which is also

so we can conclude that known as instantaneous speed which gives the speed of
a particle at a particular instant of time.
ux > 0; uy > 0; vx > 0; vy > 0
Hence total distance travelled = Path length = speed ×
hence a > 0, b > 0, p > 0, q > 0 time taken
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
3. In first case 5. |A + B| = |A|
R1 = (u2/g) sin 2q1 → 50 = (u2/g) × 1/2 Squaring both sides, we get
In second case |A|+|B| + 2 |A| |B| cosq
R2 = (u2/g) sin 2q2 → 50 = (u2/g)× sin (2 × 45) Where q is angle between A and B
By solving, we get So, cosq = -|B|/2|A|
Here q = 180
R2 = 100 m
So, |B| = 2|A|

3.52 ■ Chapter 3
AIIMS-Essentials

In the following questions, a statement of assertion is fol- 9. Assertion: For an object in uniform motion, the velocity-
lowed by a statement of reason. While answering a ques- time graph is a straight line parallel to time-axis.
tion, you are required to choose the correct one out of the Reason: In a uniform motion, velocity remains constant.
given five responses and mark it as 10. Assertion: The average and instantaneous velocity in a
(a) If both assertion and reason are true and reason is the uniform motion are always equal.
correct explanation of the assertion. Reason: In a uniform motion, velocity remains constant.
(b) If both assertion and reason are true, but reason is not 11. Assertion: The relative velocity of two photons travel-
correct explanation of the assertion. ling in opposite directions is the velocity of light.
(c) If assertion is true, but reason is false. Reason: The rest mass of photon is zero
(d) If both assertion and reason are false. 12. Assertion: If two balls are released simultaneously
(e) If reason is true but assertion is false. from a certain height; one is allowed to fall freely and
1. Assertion: For an object having uniformly accelerated other thrown with some horizontal velocity, then both
motion, the position-time graph is parabolic in nature. the balls hit the ground together.
Reason: In a uniformly accelerated motion, the accel- Reason: In both the cases, the velocity of the balls
eration is constant. along vertical is zero.
2. Assertion: From the top of the roof of a house, two balls 13. Assertion: When a projectile is thrown vertically
of different masses are thrown vertically upward with the upwards with velocity u, the time for which it remains
same speed. They attain the same height and during their in air is equal to 2u/g.
return journey, they come to the thrower at the same speed. Reason: The time of flight of such a projectile can be found
Reason: The maximum height to which a ball rises and by setting θ = 90 ° in the expression for time of flight.
the speed it attains on returning back do not depend on 14. Assertion: The horizontal range of a projectile for a
the mass of the ball. given velocity of projection is same, when it is fired at
3. Assertion: The actual distance covered by an object in an angle θ or at 90 °− θ.
a given time interval can be equal to or greater than the Reason: It is because, for angle of projection θ,
magnitude of the displacement. the horizontal range is determined by sin 2θ and sin
Reason: The distance covered is a scalar quantity, while (180 ° − 2θ) = sin 2θ.
the displacement is a vector quantity. 15. Assertion: Time of flight of a projectile is equal to
4. Assertion: The displacement of an object in a given twice the time taken to attain the maximum height.
time interval is always positive. Reason: At the highest point of the trajectory, the pro-
Reason: Displacement is a vector quantity and a vector jectile comes to rest and then begins to fall vertically
is always positive. downward under the effect of gravity.
16. Assertion: A finite angular displacement is not a vector.
5. Assertion: An object may possess a constant speed and
However, an infinitesimally small angular displacement
variable velocity.
is a vector.
Reason: The speed is a scalar quantity, while the veloc-
Reason: An infinitesimally small angular displacement
ity is a vector quantity.
is an axial vector
6. Assertion: The speed of an object can never be negative.
17. Assertion: When an object is in uniform circular
Reason: Speed is a scalar quantity.
motion, its acceleration has both radial (or centripetal)
7. Assertion: For an object in uniform motion, the position- and transverse components.
time graph is a straight line inclined to the time-axis. Reason: Acceleration in uniform circular motion is a
Reason: In a uniform motion, the acceleration is zero. pseudo vector
8. Assertion: The slope of the velocity-time graph for an 18. Assertion: Uniform circular motion is an accelerated
object in uniform motion is zero. motion.
Reason: The velocity-time graph for uniform motion is Reason: In uniform circular motion, a body possesses
parallel to velocity-axis. centripetal acceleration.

19. Assertion: When the velocity of projection of a body is 20. Assertion: In circular motion, the centripetal and centrif-
made n times, its time of flight becomes n time. ugal force acting in opposite direction balance each other.
Reason: Range of projectile does not depend on the ini- Reason: Centripetal and centrifugal force don’t act at the
tial velocity of a body. same time because centrifugal force is a pseudo force.
Answer Keys
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (b)

1. In a uniformly accelerated motion, the distance covered 9. In a uniform motion, velocity does not change with
1 time and hence velocity-time graph is a straight line
in a time t is given by x = ut + at 2 parallel to time-axis.
2
It represents a parabola. Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). 10. In a uniform motion, velocity remains constant and
2. Both are true. hence average and instantaneous velocities are equal.
3. The actual distance covered by an object in a given time 11. According to Einstein’s special theory of relativity, the
interval is equal to the magnitude of the displacement, speed of light is not affected by the relative motion of
when the object moves along a straight path in one fixed the observer.
direction. Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). 12. Both are true.
4. The displacement of an object in a given time interval
can be positive, zero or negative. 13. Both are true.
14. Both are true.
5. When an object is in uniform circular motion, it pos- Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
sesses a constant speed and a variable velocity (due to
continuous change in the direction of motion). 15. During its time of flight, a projectile covers the maxi-
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). mum height two times due to vertical component of
its velocity of projection. The horizontal component
6. If a body is at rest, its speed is zero and if it is in motion, of its velocity only takes it away from the point of
it has to be positive. projection.
7. In a uniform motion, the distance x covered in a time t 16. The addition of two infinitesimally small angular dis-
is given by x = vt placements obeys the commutative law and hence an
It represents a straight line having slope equal to uni- infinitesimally small angular displacement is a vector.
form velocity v of the motion. Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). 17. In a uniform circular motion, an object has only centrip-
8. The slope of the velocity-time graph for an object gives etal acceleration.
acceleration. The uniform motion means motion with Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
zero acceleration. Hence, the slope of the velocity- 18. In uniform circular motion, the magnitude of the velocity
time graph or an object in uniform motion is zero. remains constant but its direction changes continuously.

3.54 ■ Chapter 3
Section - I (Assertion-Reason Type) 6. Assertion: In javelin throw, the athlete throws the pro-
jectile at an angle slightly more than 45 °.
In the following questions, a statement of assertion is fol- Reason: The maximum range does not depend upon
lowed by a statement of reason. While answering a ques- angle of projection.
tion, you are required to choose the correct one out of the [2010]
given five responses and mark it as 7. Assertion: Displacement of a body may be zero, when
(a) If both assertion and reason are true and reason is the distance travelled byh it is not zero.
correct explanation of the assertion. Reason: The displacement is the longer distance be-
(b) If both assertion and reason are true, but reason is not tween intitial and final position.
correct explanation of the assertion. [2014]
(e) If reason is true but assertion is false. Section - II (Multiple Choice
1. Assertion: When a body is projected at an angle 45 °, Questions Type)
its range is maximum.
Reason: For maximum of range, the value of sin 20 ° 1. A body A is dropped vertically from the top of a tower.
should be equal to one. If another identical body B is projected thrown from the
[AIIMS 1997] same point at the same instant, then
(a) both A and B will reach the ground simultaneously
2. Assertion: A body can have acceleration even if its (b) A will reach the ground earlier than B
velocity is zero at a given instant of time. (c) B will reach the ground earlier than A
Reason: A body is momentarily at rest when it reverses (d) either A or B
its direction of motion. [AIIMS-1994]
[1998] 2. A particle revolves round a circular path. The accelera-
3. Assertion: The drover in a vehicle moving with a con- tion of the particle is inversely proportional to
stant speed on a straight road is in a non-inertial frame (a) mass of particle
of reference. (b) radius
Reason: A reference frame in which Newton’s laws of (c) velocity
motion are applicable is non-inertial. (d) both (a) and (b)
[2004] [1994]
4. Assertion: Generally the path of a projectile from the 3. Which of the following is constant in a projectile
earth is parabolic but it is elliptical for projectiles going motion?
to a very great height. (a) Velocity of projection
Reason: Up to ordinary height the projectile moves (b) Horizontal component of the velocity
under a uniform gravitational force, but for great (c) Vertical component of the velocity
heights, projectile moves under a variable force. (d) All of these
[2009] [1996]
5. Assertion: Two balls of different masses are thrown ver- 4. The displacement of a body is given to be proportional
tically upward with same speed. They will pass through to the cube of time elapsed. The magnitude of the accel-
their point of projection in the downward direction with eration of the body, is
the same speed. (a) constant but not zero
Reason: The maximum height and downward velocity (b) increasing with time
attained at the point of projection are independent of the (c) zero
mass of the ball. (d) decreasing with time
[2010] [1996]

5. The ratio of magnitudes of average velocity to average 12. A ball is thrown vertically upwards. Which of the
speed, is following plots represents the speed-time graph of
(a) always less than one the ball during its flight if the air resistance is not
(b) always equal to one ignored?
(c) always more than one (a) s (b) s
(d) equal to or more than one
[1997]
6. A body is projected at such an angle that the borizontal
t t
range is three times the greatest height. The angle of s
(c) s (d)
projection, is
(a) 42 °8′ (b) 33 °8′
(c) 25 °8′ (d) 53 °8′
[1998] t t
7. Velocity of a body on reaching the point, from which it [2003]

was projected upwards, is
13. Which of the following velocity-time graphs shows a
(a) v = 2u (b) v = 0
realistic situation for a body in motion?
(c) v = 0.5u (d) v = u
[1999] (a) v (b) v
8. A particle starts from rest and has an acceleration of 2
m/s2 for 10 seconds. After that, it travels for 30 seconds
with constant speed and then undergoes a retardation of
4 m/s2 and comes back to rest. The total distance cov- t t
ered by the particle is
(c) v (d) v
(a) 650 m (b) 750 m
(c) 700 m (d) 800 m
[2002]
9. At the uppermost point of a projectile, its velocity and
acceleration are at an angle of t t
(a) 0 ° (b) 90 ° [2004]
(c) 45 ° (d) 180 ° 14. When a ball is thrown up vertically with velocity v0, it
[2002] reaches a maximum height of h. If one wishes to triple
10. The kinetic energy of a body becomes four times its the maximum height then the ball should be thrown
initial value. The new linear momentum will be with velocity
(a) same as the initial value
(b) four times of the initial value (a) 3v0 (b) 3v0
(c) twice of the initial value (c) 9v0 (d) 3/2v0
(d) eight times of the initial value. [2005]
[2002]
15. Two spheres of same size, one of mass 2 kg and another
11. A body starting from rest moves along a straight line
of mass of 4 kg are dropped simultaneously from the
with a constant acceleration. The variation of speed (v)
top of Qutab Minar (height = 72 m). When they are 1 m
with distance (s) is represented by the graph
above the ground the two spheres have the same
(a) v (b) v
(a) momentum (b) kinetic energy
(c) potential energy (d) acceleration
[2006]
s s
(c) v (d) v 16. A body is projected horizontally with a velocity of 4 2
m/s. The velocity of the body after 0.7 seconds will be
nearly (Take g = 10 m/s2)
(a) 10 m/s (b) 9 m/s
s s (c) 19 m/s (d) 11 m/s
[2003] [2009]

3.56 ■ Chapter 3
17. Two projectiles of same mass have their maximum 21. What will be ratio of speed in first two seconds to the
kinetic energies in ratio 4 : 1 and ratio of their maximum speed in next 4 seconds?
heights is also 4 : 1 then what is the ratio of their ranges? (a) 2 :1 (b) 3 : 1
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 4 : 1 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 2
(c) 8 : 1 (d) 16 : 1 [2014]
[2010] 22. A particle is projected with an angle of projection θ to
18. The position of a particle moving in the x-y plane at the horizontal line passing through the points (P, Q) and
any time t is given by; x = (3t3 − 6t) metres; y = (t2 − 2t) (Q, P) referred to horizontal and vertical axes (can be
metres. Select the correct statement. treated as x-axis and y-axis respectively).
(a) acceleration is zero at t = 0
 P 2 + PQ + Q 2 
(b) velocity is zero at t = 0 (a) tan −1  
(c) velocity is zero at t = 1 second  PQ 
(d) velocity and acceleration of the particle are never
 P 2 + Q 2 − PQ 
zero. (b) tan −1  
[2010]  PQ 
19. A particle is projected from the ground with an ini-  P2 + Q2 
tial speed of v at angle θ with horizontal. The average (c) tan −1  
 2 PQ 
velocity of the particle between its point of projection
and height point of trajectory is  P 2 + Q 2 + PQ 
(d) sin −1  
v v  2 PQ 
(a) 1 + 2 cos 2 θ (b) 1 + cos 2 θ [2015]
2 2
23. A ball is dropped from a bridge 122.5 m above a river.
v After the ball has been falling for 2 seconds, a second
(c) 1 + 3cos 2 θ (d) v cos θ
2 [2013] ball is thrown straight down after it. What must the ini-
tial velocity of the second ball be so that both hit the
20. A ball is dropped from a high rise platform t = 0 starting
water at the same time?
from rest. After 6 seconds another ball is thrown down-
(a) 40 m/s (b) 55.5 m/s
wards from the same platform with a speed v. The two
(c) 26.1 m/s (d) 9.6 m/s
balls meet at t = 18 seconds. What is the value of v?
so [2015]
24. A boat is sent across a river with a velocity of 8 km/h. If
the resultant velocity of the boat is 10 km/h,the river is
flowing with a velocity of
t (s)
1 2 3 4 5 6 (a) 12.8 km/h (b) 6 km/h
(a) 74 m/s (b) 64 m/s (c) 8 km/h (d) 10 km/h
(c) 84 m/s (d) 94 m/s [2016]
[2014]
Answer Keys
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (c)

1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (b)

Section - I (Assertion-Reason Type) 5. h = ut − (1/2)gt2 and v2 = u2 − gh

1. At the topmost point vertical component of velocity = 0 6. If a body is projected from a place above the surface of
Let time taken to reach the topmost point = T, earth, then for the maximum range, the angle of projec-
u sin θ tion should be less than 45 °.
then vy = 0 = u sin θ − gT ⇒ T =
g Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
2 u sin θ 7. The displacement is the shorter distance between initial
∴ Total time of flight = 2T = and final positions. When final position of a body coin-
g
cides with its initial position displacement is zero, but
2 u sin θ u 2 sin 2 θ
∴ Range, R = u cos θ × = the distance travelled is non-zero
g g Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
∴ For R to be maximum, sin θ = 1
2
⇒ 2θ = 90 ° ⇒ θ = 45 ° Section - II (Multiple Choice Questions

Type)
2. A body can have acceleration even if its velocity is zero.
We can see it as follows 1. As the body A is dropped from rest
dv 1 2 2h
By definition, acceleration a = ∴ h= gt A ⇒ tA =
dt 2 g
⇒ dv = adt ⇒ ∫ dv = ∫ adt As the body B is given a horizontal velocity at the time
⇒ v = at + C where C is constant of release, it is going to follow the same trajectory as a
Now we can have a constant C in such a way that body on a projectile motion, projected with a velocity
C having the same horizontal component as the horizontal
at + C or a = − velocity of B given at H. So the time taken by B from H
t
to Y is same as that from X to H.
That is, we can have velocity v = 0 at an instant when
Now let the vertical component of velocity at X be v
the acceleration is non-zero.
then at H
0 = v2 − 2gh [ at H, v = 0] ⇒ v2 = 2gh
3. If one takes two frames with origin O1 and O2 and if a v
body P is at rest, both according to O1 as well as O2. v = 2 gh and 0 = v − gt ⇒ t =
g
The body is at rest. If the frame is moving with a con-
stant velocity, the same observation will not be made. 2 gh 2h 2h
= = ∴ tB = t= = tA
Therefore a frame moving with a constant velocity can- g g g
not be taken as an inertial frame. Assertion is right. Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
But the reason given is wrong because the frame on mv 2 1
which Newton’s laws of motion are applicable is an in- 2. The centripetal acceleration (a) = ∝ .
r r
ertial frame. Therefore acceleration of the particle is inversely pro-
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). portional to radius.
4. Upto ordinary heights the change in the distance of a pro- Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
jectile from the centre of the earth is negligible compared 3. If a body is in the projectile motion, then its velocity
to the radius of the earth. Hence projectile moves under a can be resolved into horizontal and vertical compo-
nearly uniform gravitational force and its path is parabolic. nents. And the body is subjected to the acceleration due
But for projectiles going to great heights, the gravitational to gravity (g), which is vertically downwards. Therefore
force decreases in inverse proportion to the square of the horizontal component remains constant, while verti-
distance of the projectile from the centre of the earth. Under cal component first decreases, becomes zero and then
such a variable force the path of projectile is elliptical. increases in the magnitude.

3.58 ■ Chapter 3
4. Given that displacement of the body, = 20 × 30 = 600 m (2)

dy Relation for the distance covered by the particle during
y ∝ t3 or y = kt3 ∴= v = 3kt 2
dy dt retardation (s3) is v2 = u2 + 2a2s3
or a = = 6 kt ∝ t
or (0)2 = (20)2 + 2 × (− 4) × s3 = 400 − 8s3
dt
∴ The magnitude of the acceleration of the body in- or s3 = 400/8 = 50 m (3)
creases with time. Therefore total distance covered by the particle
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). s = s1 + s2 + s3 = 100 + 600 + 50 = 750 m.
6. Let the body be projected at an angle θ with initial Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
speed u. 9. At the uppermost point of a projectile, the vertical com-
Then the maximum height attained by the body is given ponent of the velocity of projection becomes zero, while
by the horizontal component remains constant. And the
u 2 sin 2 θ acceleration (due to gravity) is always vertically down-
0 = u2sin2θ − 2gH ⇒ H =
2g wards. Therefore at the uppermost point of a projectile,
And the range of the projectile its velocity and acceleration are at an angle of 90 °.
u 2 sin 2 2θ 2 u 2 sin θ cos θ
R= = 10. Initial kinetic energy (E1) = E and final kinetic energy
g g
(E2) = 4E.
Now given R = 3H 1
Kinetic energy of a body is mv 2
2 u 2 sin θ cos θ 3 × u 2 sin 2 θ 2
⇒ = Since the value of m remains constant, therefore for the
g 2g
kinetic energy to be 4 times, the new value of velocity
sin θ 4 4 (v) should be 2 times the initial value.
⇒ = tan θ = ⇒ θ = tan −1   = 53.8 ′
cos θ 3  3 Initial linear momentum (p1) = mv.
Therefore new linear momentum (p2) = m × 2v
= 2 mv = 2p1.
7. Let the initial the body = u And final velocity at the Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
initial point be v. Now the potential energy of the body
at the point of projection is the sane in both the upward 11. For a body moving with constant acceleration a, v = u +
and the downward journey. Since the total energy of the at
system has to be conserved, the kinetic energies at that Since the body starts from rest, u = 0
point must also be the kinetic energy of the system has ∴ v = at
to be conserved, the kinetic energies at that point must which is a straight line passing through the origin.
also be the same in both the journeys Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
1 1 12. During the upward motion the speed of body decreases
∴ mv 2 = mu 2 ⇒ v = u
2 2 and will be zero at the highest point (since gravitational
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). force acting downward), afterward the body start down-
ward motion and its speed increases.
8. Initial velocity (u) = 0, Acceleration (a1) = 2 m/s2 and Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
time during acceleration (t1) = 10 seconds. 13. In the other graphs, at a particular time more than one
Time during constant velocity (t2) = 30 seconds and re- velocity is shown which is not possible in realistic
tardation (a2) = −4 m/s2 (−ve sign due to retardation). situation.
Distance covered by the particle during acceleration, Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
1 2 1 14. As v2 = u2 + 2as
s1 − ut1 + a1t1 = (0 × 10) + × 2 × (10)2 = 100 m (1) ∴ u2 ∝ s(1)
2 2
For given condition, u′2 ∝ 3s (2)
and velocity of the particle at the end of acceleration, From Eqs. (1) and (2),
v = u + a1t1 = 0 + (2 × 10) = 20 m/s. u ′2
= 3 ⇒ u ′ = 3v0
Therefore distance covered by the particle during con- u2
stant velocity (s2) = v × (t2) Hence, the correct answer is option (a).

15. Acceleration is independent of mass in kinematics. average velocity,

Hence, the correct answer is option (d). H 2 + R2 / 4
16. After 0.7 seconds the horizontal velocity component of vav = (1)
T /2
the body = 4 2 m/s since there is no change in velocity u sin θ
2 2
u 2 sin 2θ
in horizontal direction. Here, H = , R=
2g g
The vertical velocity component after 0.7 seconds
2 u sin θ
= 0 + gt = 0 + 0.7 × 10 = 7 m/s and T =
g
∴ resultant velocity of the body =
Putting these value in Eq. (1), we get
(4 2 )2 + 72 = 32 + 49 = 9 m/s v
vav = 1 + 3cos 2 θ
17. The kinetic energy of the projectiles is maximum at the Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
point of release. 20. For first ball, initial velocity u = 0
The ratio of KE of projectiles 1 1
S1 = gt12 = × g × (18)2
1 2 2 2
mu1
2 4 u12 4 For second ball, initial velocity u − v
= = (1)
1 2 1 u22 1 1
mu2 S2 = vt2 + gt 2 t2 = 18 − 6 = 12 s
2 2
The ratio of maximum heights of projectiles 1
u12 sin 2 θ1 S2 = v × 12 + g × (12)2 Here, S1 = S2
2
H1 4 2g 4
= = 1 1
H2 1 u2 sin θ 2 1
2 2 g (18)2 = 12 v + g × (12)2 v = 74 m/s
2 2
2g
u1 u1 sin θ1 4
2 2 2
⋅ = Distance
u22 u22 sin 2 θ 2 1 21. v =
Time taken
4 sin 2 θ1 4 As shown in given figure
⋅ = (from Eq.(1))
1 sin 2 θ 2 1 s0
sin2θ1 = sin2θ2 θ1 = θ2 v1 t1 s0 t 2
= = ×
Now, ratio of ranges of projectiles v2 s0 t1 s0
R1 u12 sin 2θ1 R1 u12 sin 2θ1 t2
= 2 ; = (θ1 = θ 2 )
R2 u2 sin 2θ 2 R2 u22 sin 2θ1 v1 4 2
= = Therefore the ratio of speeed is
R1 u12 R1 4 v2 2 1
= 2, =
R2 u2 R2 1 v1 : v2 = 2 : 1
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
dx 22. The equation of trajectory,
18. x = 3t2 − 6t; So (velocity)x = = 6t − 6;
dt x
dy y = x tan α 1 −  gives
y = t2 − 2t So, (velocity)y = = 2t − 2  R
dt P
At time t = 1, Q = P tan θ 1 −  (1)
dx dy  R
= 6 × 1 − 6 = 0 and = 2 × 1 − 2 = 0.
dt dt Q
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). and P = Q tan θ 1 −  (2)
 R
19. From figure, Q 2  1 − P /R 
On dividing we get, =
H P 2  1 − Q /R 
v
θ 1 3
[ P − Q3 ] = P2 − Q2
R /2 R

3.60 ■ Chapter 3
P 3 − Q 3 P + PQ + Q 2 1
R= = 122.5 = u(5 − 2) + × 9.8 × (5 − 2)2
P2 − Q2 P+Q 2
Q  P( P + Q )  ⇒ 122.5 = 3u + 44.1 ⇒ 3u = 122.5 − 44.1
Now, = tan θ 1 − 2 2  ⇒ 3u = 78.4 ⇒ u = 26.1 m/s
P  P + PQ + Q 
 P 2 + PQ + Q 2 − P 2 − PQ 
= tan θ     
 P 2 + PQ + Q 2  24. vr , g = viˆ, vb , r = 8 ˆj , vb , g = 10
P + Q + PQ
2 2   
⇒ tan θ = vb , g = vb , r = vb , g = 8 ˆj + viˆ
PQ 
vb , g = (8)2 + v 2
 P 2 + PQ + Q 2 
⇒ θ = tan −1   100 = 64 + v 2
 PQ 
⇒ v = 6 km/h
23. Let the ball hit water in t s.
1
For first ball, s = ut + at 2
2
1
⇒ 122.5 = 0 + × 9.8 × t 2 = 4.9 at 2
2
122.5
⇒ t= = 25 = 5 seconds
4.9
For second ball,

CHAPTER Laws of Motion
4 and Friction
Chapter Outline
■ Newton’s First Law of Motion and Momentum ■ Equilibrium of Concurrent Forces
■ Newton’s Second Law of Motion ■ Static and Kinetic Friction
■ Force and Inertia, Elastic Force of Spring ■ Laws of Friction
■ Newton’s Third Law of Motion ■ Rolling Friction
■ Constrained Motion: Constraint Equation, Pulley
and Normal Constraint
Law of iNertia is at rest or stop it, if it is in motion or to deflect it from

its initial path of motion. Force is also defined as an
interaction between two bodies.
Inertia 2. The word force is from the latin word ‘fortis’ meaning
strong. It is a measure of the interaction of the particles
The inherent property of material body by virtue of which it of which the bodies consist.
resists in change of rest or of uniform motion. 3. Force is a polar vector as it has a point of application.
1. Inertia of rest: The tendency of a body to remain in its
position of rest. System of Forces
2. Inertia of motion: The tendency of a body to remain in
its state of uniform motion along a straight line. 1. Concurrent Forces: When many forces act at a point
3. Inertia of direction: The inability of a body to change on a body, they are called concurrent forces. In the sys-
by itself its direction of motion. tem of concurrent forces. In the system of concurrent
Mass of a body is the measure of its inertia. If a body forces, the forces may be collinear, i.e., along the same
has large mass, it has more inertia. straight line or coplanar, i.e., in the same plane.
2. Coplanar Forces: When many forces act at different
points of a body, but all lie in one plane, they are called
Linear Momentum coplanar forces.
Momentum of a body is the amount of motion possessed by 3. General System of Forces: In some cases, the differ-
the body. Mathematically, it is equal to the product of mass ent forces acting on a body are not confined to a single
and velocity of the body.  plane. Such forces form a general system of forces.

∴ Momentum = Mass × Velocity, or P = mv .
Condition for equilibrium of Concurent
force Forces
1. For equilibrium; the vector sum of all the forces must
1. A force is something which changes the state of rest or
be zero.
motion of a body. It causes a body to start moving if it      
F1 + F2 + F3 = 0 or F3 = −( F1 + F2 )

4.2 ■ Chapter 4
If the forces are coplanar, then the above condition

● Internal forces acting within a body cannot cause
takes
 the form as below: a change in its state. The change in its state can be
F1 + F2 ≥ F3 ≥ | F1 − F2 |
caused by applying an external force only.
2. If the object is at rest and in equilibrium, then it is ● If the same force is applied on two bodies of different
called static equilibrium. If the body is in motion and masses for the same time, then the change produced
in equilibrium ( ∑ F = 0), then it is called dynamic in the momentum of the two bodies is also same.
equilibrium. ● The paired forces (called action and reaction) always
3. The static equilibrium may be any one of the three types, act on different bodies. There is no way one of them
viz., (a) stable, (b) unstable, and (c) neutral. can balance the other one!
4. For an object in equilibrium, acceleration is zero. It is a wrong impression that action comes before
5. For an object in equilibrium under the action of conser- reaction i.e., the action is the cause and reaction is the
vative forces, f = –(dU/dr), where U represents poten- effect. The fact is that the two forces act
tial energy. at the same instant.
Newton’s Laws of Motion → →

each other. That is FAB = − FBA .
1. First Law: Every body remain in its state of rest or of
uniform motion in a straight line unless it is compelled
Newton’s Second Law in Ion-inertial Frame
by some external force to change that state.
2. Second Law: The rate of change of linear momentum In a non-inertial frame, Newton’s second law takes the form
of a body is directly proportional to the applied force   
and the change takes place in the direction of the ap- F + Fpseudo = ma (1)
plied force. That is, 
 Here,
 a is the acceleration of object in non-inertial frame.

dP  d   dv   Fpseudo is the pseudo force arises in non-inertial frame. It is
= F = ( mv ) = m   = ma
dt dt  dt  equal to mass times the acceleration of frame and in oppo-
site direction of acceleration of frame. Thus, in non-inertial
dPx dPy dPz frame, we have:
=Fx = max , =
Fy = ma y , = Fz = maz   
dt dt

dt F − ma0 = ma (2)

(The Newton’s second law F = ma  is strictly applica-
ble to a single particle. The force F in the law stands Because of rotation of earth about its axis and revolution of
for the net external force. Any internal forces in the earth around sun, our frame of reference is non-inertial. But
 acceleration due to these two motions is negligibly small
system are not to be included in F.)
3. Third Law: To every action, there is always an equal and therefore can be neglected. For most laboratory phe-
and opposite reaction. Action and reaction act on nomenon, it can be assumed that our frame of reference is
inertial.
Table 4.1 Forces in Nature

Name Relative Strength Range Operating Field Field Particle
Gravitational force 10-39 Infinite All objects in the Gravitons (perhaps)
universe
Electro-magnetic 10-2 Very large Charged particles Photons
force
Weak nuclear force 10-13 Very short, Sub- Some elementary Bosons (W−)
nuclear size (~10-16 m) particles (electron and
neutrino)
Strong nuclear force 1 Short, nuclear size Nucleons, heavier Mesons (p−)
(~10-15 m) elementary particles

Laws of Motion and Friction ■ 4.3
Compared to other fundamental forces, gravitational force  a   a0 

is the weakest force of nature. T = m( g − a0 ) = mg 1 − 0  = T0 1 − 
 g   g
The strong nuclear force binds protons and neutrons in
nucleus. It does not depend on charge and acts equally be- 3. If the carriage (say lift) is at rest or moving uniformly
tween a proton and a proton, a neutron and a neutron, and (in translatory equilibrium), then
a proton and a neutron. Electron does not experience this N = T0 = mg
force. Recent discovery indicated that the strong nuclear 4. If the carriage begins to fall freely, then the tension in
force between nucleons is not a fundamental force of nature. the string becomes zero.
The weak nuclear force appears only in certain nuclear 5. If the carriage is accelerated horizontally, then
process such as the b-decay of a nucleus. The weak nuclear (a) mass m experiences a pseudo force ma0 opposite to
force is not as weak as gravitational force, but much weaker acceleration;
than strong nuclear force. (b) the mass m is in equilibrium inside the carriage
and
Apparent Weight of a Body in a Lift
T sin θ = ma0 , T cos θ = mg , i.e.,T = m g 2 + a02 ;
1. When the lift is at rest or moving with uniform veloc-
ity, i.e., a0 = 0, (c) the string does not remain vertical, but inclines to
mg – N = 0 or N = mg or Wapp. = W0 the vertical at an angle q = tan–1(a0/g) opposite to
where Wapp. = N = reaction of supporting surface and acceleration.
W0 = mg = true weight.
2. When the lift moves upwards with an acceleration a0: Problem of Monkey Climbing a Rope
 a  Let T be the tension in the rope.
N – mg = ma0 ⇒ N = m(g + a0) = mg 1 + 0 

 g 1. When the monkey climbs up at uniform speed:
T = mg.
∴  a  2. When the monkey moves up at an acceleration a0:
Wapp = W0 1 + 0 
 g T − mg = ma0 ⇒ T = m( g + a0 ).
3. When the lift moves downwards with an acceleration a0: 3. When the monkey moves down at an acceleration a0:
mg − T = ma0 ⇒ T = m( g − a0 ).
 a 
mg − N = ma0 ⇒ N = m( g − a0) = mg 1 − 0 
 g Friction
 a  1. Friction can be defined as a force which opposes the
∴
Wapp. = W0 1 − 0 
 g relative motion between surfaces in contact. The com-
ponent of the contact force perpendicular to the contact
Here, if a0 > g, Wapp. will be negative. Negative apparent surface is called, ‘normal force’ and the component par-
weight will mean that the body is pressed against the allel to the contact surface is called, ‘frictional force’.
roof of the lift instead of floor. 2. The limiting friction depends on the materials of the sur-
4. When the lift falls freely, i.e., a0 = g: faces in contact and their state of polish. The magnitude
N = m(g – g) = 0 or Wapp. = 0. of static friction is independent of the apparent area of
It is called condition for weightlessness. contact so long as the normal reaction remains the same.
3. The limiting friction is directly proportional to the
Problem of a Mass Suspended from a magnitude of the normal reaction between the two sur-
Vertical String in a Moving Carriage faces. That is,
Following cases are possible: f lim = M s N
1. If the carriage is accelerated up with an acceleration a0,
f lim
then ∴ We can write, µs =
N
 a   a 
T = m( g + a0 ) = mg 1 + 0  = T0 1 + 0  4. The kinetic friction depends on the materials of the sur-
 g  g face in contact. It is also independent of apparent area
2. If the carriage is accelerated down with an acceleration of contact as long as the magnitude of normal reaction
a0, then remains the same.

4.4 ■ Chapter 4
5. Kinetic friction is almost independent of the velocity, The coefficient of limiting and kinetic friction have no
provided the velocity is not too large, not too small. dimensions, but the coefficient of rolling friction has the
The kinetic friction is directly proportional to the mag- dimension of length.
nitude of the normal reaction between the surfaces, i.e.,
❒❒ Angle of Repose ( α ): It is the angle that an inclined
f k = µk N plane makes with the horizontal when a body placed
f on it is in just to slide condition. The tan value of
∴ We can write, µ k = k
N the angle of repose is the coefficient of kinetic
Rolling friction opposes the rolling motion of a body on a friction.
surface. It is very much smaller than kinetic friction. ❒❒ Angle of Friction (l): The angle of friction is defined as
the angle which the contact force makes with the normal
reaction. The tan value of the angle of friction is the co-
Friction (f )
ion
ct
efficient of static friction.

fri
Limiting Kinetic
ic
friction friction
at
St
N
45º R N
Applied force f lim

α λ
As f k < f lim or M k N < M s N ∴ µk < µs sin Mgcos α
Mg
The theoretical value of µ can be 0 to infinite. But prac- α Mg f
Mg
tical value;
0 < µ ≤ 1.6
Table 4.2 Motion of a Block on a Horizontal Smooth Surface
When subjected to a horizontal pull. N
a
m F
mg
(i) N = mg
F
(ii) a =
m
When subjected to a pull acting at a angle q to the horizontal. a
N F sin θ
F
θ
m
F cos θ
mg
(i) N = mg - F sin q
F cos θ
(ii) a =
m
When subjected to a push acting at an angle q to the horizontal. F cos θ N
θ a
m
F sin θ F
mg
(i) N = mg + F sin q
F cos θ
(ii) a =
m

Table 4.3 Motion of a Body on a Smooth Inclined Plane:

When smooth inclined plane is fixed N
A m
θ
θ a
θ
C mg B
(i) N = mg cos θ
(ii) a = g sin θ
When the smooth inclined plane is moving horizontally N

with an acceleration b. A m
b
b θ
θ a
θ
C mg B
(i) N = m( g cos θ + b sin θ )
(ii) a = ( g sin θ − b cos θ )
Table 4.4 Motion of Bodies in Contact: Force of Contact

When two bodies are kept in contact and force is applied on the a
body of mass m1.
F f f
m1 m2
F
(i) a =
m1 + m2
m1 F
(ii) f =
m1 + m2
When two bodies are kept in contact and force is applied on the a
body of mass m2.
f′ f′ F
m1 m2
F
(i) a =
m1 + m2
m2 F
(ii) f ′ =
m1 + m2
When three bodies are kept in contact and force is applied on the a
body of mass m1.
T2 T2
F T1 T1
m1 m2 m3
F
(i) a =
m1 + m2 + m3
( m2 + m3 ) F
(ii) T1 =
( m1 + m2 + m3 )
m3 F
(iii) T2 =
( m1 + m2 + m3 )

4.6 ■ Chapter 4
Table 4.5 Motion of Connected Bodies on Rough Surfaces
T a m2 g − µ m1 g
1. f
m1 (i) a =
( m1 + m2 )
a
T m1m2 g
(ii) T = (1 + µ )
m2 ( m1 + m2 )
m2 g
( m2 g − m1 g sin θ − µ m1 g cos θ )
2. a (i) a =
a ( m1 + m2 )
m1
f m2 m1m2 g
(ii) T = (1 + sin θ + µ cos θ )
( m1 + m2 )
m2 g
T f m2 g (sin θ 2 − µ cos θ 2 ) − m1 g (sin θ1 + µ cos θ1 )

3. a T 2 (i) a =
( m1 + m2 )
m1 m2 a
f1 m (ii) Calculate tension using the following equations:
2 gs
in T – m1g(sin q1 + m cos q1) = m1a
1
θ
in θ
θ1 θ2 2 m2g(sin q2 – m cos q2) – T = m2a

1 gs
m
f1+f2 m1 g sin θ + m2 g sin θ − g cos θ ( µ1m1 + µ2 m2 )

4. (i) a =
a m2 m1 + m2
T
T (ii) According to Newton’s second law,
m
m11
n θ m1 g sin θ − µ1m1 g cos θ − T = m1a
si
g
2) θ m2 g sin θ + T − µ 2 m2 g cos θ = m2 a
1 +m
(m
Table 4.6 Motion of Connected Bodies

1. When two bodies are connected by a string and placed F
on a smooth horizontal surface. (i) a =
a
m1 + m2
T T F m1 F
m1 m2 (ii) T =
m1 + m2
2. When three bodies are connected through strings as F

shown in figure and placed on a smooth horizontal a (i) a =
surface. T T T T
( m1 + m2 + m3 )
m1 1 1 m2 2 2 m3 F
(ii) T = m1 F
1
( m1 + m2 + m3 )
( m1 + m2 ) F
(iii) T2 =
( m1 + m2 + m3 )
Continued

3. When two bodies of masses m1 and m2 are attached at

the ends of a string passing over a pulley as shown in
the figure (neglecting the mass of the pulley).
If in the above system mass (m) of the pulley is taken T T ( m1 − m2 ) g
a (i) a =
into account then, ( m1 + m2 )
T T a
( m1 − m2 ) g m1 m2  2m1m2 
a= (ii) T1 = 
 m g
 m1 + m2 + 2  m1g m2 g  m1 + m2 
 
4. When two bodies of masses m1 and m2 are attached at

the ends of a string passing ove a pulley in such a way m1
that mass m1 rests on a smooth horizontal table and a m2 g
(i) a =
mass m2 is hanging vertically. ( m1 + m2 )
T
m2 m1m2 g
(ii) T =
m2 g

( m1 + m2 )
5. If in the above case, mass m1 is placed on a smooth

inclined plane making an angle q with horizontal as T
shown in figure, then. T ( m2 − m1 sin θ ) g
(i) a =
m1 m1 + m2
m2
m m g (1 + sin θ )
θ m2 g
(ii) T = 1 2
m1 + m2
(iii) If the system remains in equilib-
rium, then m1g sin q = m2g.
6. Masses m1 and m2 are placed on inclined planes mak- g ( m1 sin α − m2 sin β )
ing angles α and b with the horizontal respectively, T (i) a =
then. T ( m1 + m2 )
m1 m2
m1m2
(ii) T = (sin α + sin β ) g
α β m1 + m2
Spring i=n
3. Springs connected in parallel: keq = ∑ ki

1. The force offered by the spring, that is, ‘spring force’ Fs i =1
points (acts) opposite to the displacement of the force 1 i=n

1
end of the spring. 4. Springs connected in series: =∑
keq i =1 ki
2. The amount of spring force increases linearly with the
deformation (compression or elongation) of the spring,
❒❒ Non-concurrent Coplanar Forces: If body is in equi-
That is, spring force Fs ∝ x ⇒ Fs = −kx
librium under nonconcurrent coplanar forces, we can
where Fs = spring force, x = displacement of one end
write,
of the spring (relative to the other end) along the spring
and k = spring constant or stiffness of the spring. Stiff- ∑ Fx = 0, ∑ Fy = 0 and Σ (moment about any point) = 0.
ness is numerically equal to the force required to de-
form spring by a unit length.

4.8 ■ Chapter 4

1. Give the magnitude and direction of the net force acting on As the stone is dropped from the train, the force F′
(a) a drop of rain falling down with a constant speed. no longer acts on the stone and the net force acting
(b) a cork of mass 10 g floating on water. is same as in (a) i.e., 1.0 N.
(c) a kite skilfully held stationary in the sky. (d) In this case, the stone is lying on the floor of the
(d) a car moving with a constant velocity of train, there by the weight of the stone is balanced
30 km/h on a rough road. by the normal reaction. The net force acting on the
(e) a high-speed electron in space far from gravitating stone is, in the direction of the train is
objects, and free of electric and magnetic fields. F = ma = 0.1 × 1 = 0.1 N (horizontally)
Solution: 3. A constant retarding force of 50 N is applied to a body
(a) As the drop is falling down with constant speed, the ac- of mass 20 kg moving initially with a speed of 15 m/s.
celeration will be zero and hence net force will be zero. How long does the body take to stop?
(b) The cork is floating. It means that the downward Solution: The magnitude of the retarding force = 50 N
force, i.e., weight of the cork is balanced by the up- F 50
The retardation produced = = = 2.5 m/s 2 ,
ward force, i.e., buoyancy and hence no net force m 20
will act on it. or The acceleration produced, a = –2.5 m/s2 initial
(c) The force exerted by air on the kite is balanced by velocity, u = 15 m/s, final velocity, v = 0
tension produced in the string and as the kite is not Using the relation v = u + at, we get
moving, net force is zero. 15
(d) As force due to gravity, electric and magnetic field 0 = 15 – 2.5 t ⇒ = t = 6 seconds
2.5
is zero, hence no net force acts on the electron.
∴ The body takes 6 seconds to stop.
2. Give the magnitude and direction of the net force acting 4. A constant force acting on a body of mass 3.0 kg changes
on a stone of mass 0.1 kg. its speed from 2.0 m/s to 3.5 m/s in 25 seconds. The
(a) just after it is dropped from the window of a station- direction of the motion of the body remains unchanged.
ary train. What is the magnitude and direction of the force?
(b) just after it is dropped from the window of a run- Solution: Mass of the body m = 3.0 kg, Time taken
ning train at a constant velocity of 36 km/h. t = 25 seconds
(c) just after it is dropped from the window of a train Initial velocity, u = 2 m/s, Final velocity, v = 3.5 m/s
accelerating with 1 m/s2. Putting values in relation v = u + at, we get
(d) lying on the floor of a train which is accelerating with 3.5 = 2.0 + a × 25 ⇒ 25 a = 3.5 – 2.0 = 1.5
1 m/s2, the stone being at rest relative to the train. 15
⇒ a= = 0.06 m/s 2
Solution: 25
(a) The net force acting on a stone just after it is dropped ∴ Force, F = m × a = 3.0 × 0.06 = 0.18 N
from the window of a stationary train
F = mg = 0.1 × 10 = 1.0 N (vertically downward) 5. A body of mass 5 kg acts upon by two perpendicular
(b) When the stone is dropped from a running train forces 8 N and 6 N. Give the magnitude and direction
running at constant velocity of 36 km/h, no force of the acceleration of the body.
acts on the stone due to motion of the train. Thus, Solution: As the force acting on the body are perpen-
net force acting on the stone will be same as in (a) dicular, therefore the resultant force will be given by
F = mg = 0.1 × 10 = 1.0 N (vertically downward) F= F12 + F22 = 82 + 6 2
(c) The train is accelerating at the rate of 1 m/s2, the
stone experiences an additional force F′ (horizon- = 64 + 36 = 100 = 10 N
tal) given by F 10
F = ma = 0.1 × 10 = 1.0 N Acceleration of the body, =
a = = 2 m/s 2
m 5

F2 = 6N Solution: The force of 8.0 N is acting in a direction

(south) opposite to the direction of motion. Hence it
will produce retardation or negative acceleration, i.e.,
the speed of the body will decrease at a uniform rate.
O Force
F1 = 8N The acceleration produced = =
Mass
From the figure, it is clear that 8.0
= 20 m / s 2
F 6 3 0.4
tan θ = 2 = = The distance travelled by the body can be calculated
F1 8 4
using the relation, s = ut = (½) at2
3 Since s = Final position – Initial position
So, θ = tan −1   = 37°
4 = x(t ) − x(0) = x(t ) − 0 = x(t )
Therefore, the direction of acceleration will be at an angle 1
∴ s = ut =   at 2 (1)
3 2
of tan −1   , i.e., 37° with the force 8 N.
4 Now, at t = –5 seconds, the force did not act and, hence
a = 0.
6. The driver of a three-wheeler moving with a speed of Putting values in Eq. (1), we get
36 km/h sees a child standing in the middle of the road
1
and brings his vehicle to rest in 4.0 seconds just in time x(−5) = 10 × (−5) +   × (0) × (−5) 2 = −50 m
to save the child. What is the average retarding force on 2
At t = 25 seconds
the vehicle? The mass of the three-wheeler is 400 kg
1
and the mass of the driver is 65 kg? x(25) = 10 × 25 +   × (−20) × (25) 2
Solution: Initial velocity of vehicle u = 36 km/h = 2
10 m/s = 250 − 10 × 625 = 6000 m = 6 km
Final velocity of vehicle v = 0 [brought to rest] At t = 100 seconds
Time take t = 4 seconds Again, there is no force because retardation acted only
Using relation v = u + at, we get of 30 seconds and after that the body moved with a con-
0 = 10 + a × 4 ⇒ a = –2.5 m/s2 stant speed given by
Mass of three wheeler and driver = 400 + 65 = 465 kg v = u + at = 10 + (−20) × 30 = − 590 m/s for 70 seconds
Net acting force, F = m × a = 465 × –2.5 = –1162.5 N Thus,
Since the acceleration is –ve, the force acting is retard- 1
x(30) = 10 × 30 +   × (−20) × (30) 2
ing force. 2
∴ Retarding force = 1162.5 N or 1.2 × 103 N. = 300 − 10 × 900 = −8700 m = 8.7 km
7. A rocket with a lift-off mass 20000 kg is blasted upwards and x(100 − 30) = −590 × 70 = −41300 m
with an initial acceleration of 5.0 m/s2. Calculate the x(100) = x(30) + x(100 − 30) = −8700 − 41300
initial thrust (force) on the blast.
Solution: Mass of the rocket M = 20000 kg = −50000 m = 50 km
Initial acceleration a = 5 m/s2. Thus, the position of the particle t = –5 seconds, 25 seconds
The thrust of the blast is such that it overcomes the and 100 seconds are 50 m, –6 km and – 50 km respectively.
gravitational force and provides upward acceleration of 9. A truck starts from rest and accelerates uniformly with
5 m/s2. 2.0 m/s2. At t = 10 seconds, a stone is dropped by a per-
Hence net acceleration = 10.0 + 5.0 = 15 m/s2 son standing on the top of the truck (6 m high from the
Force = Mass × Acceleration ground). What are the (a) velocity and (b) acceleration
= 20000 × 15 = 300000 N = 3.0 × 105 N. of the stone at t = 11 seconds? (Neglect air resistance).
Solution: Initial speed of the truck u = 0
8. A particle of mass 0.40 kg moving initially with a constant
Acceleration acquired by truck a = 2 m/s2
speed of 10 m/s to the north is subjected to a constant
After time t = 10 s, using v = u + at, we get
force of 8.0 N directed towards the south for 30 seconds.
vhorizontal = 0 + 2 × 20 m/s
Take the instant the force is applied to be t = 0, the posi-
Stone is dropped at t = 10 seconds from the car. This im-
tion of the particle at that time to be x = 0, and predict its
plies that the stone will acquire the speed of the truck,
position at t = –5 seconds, 25 seconds, 100 seconds.
i.e., horizontal speed of the stone = 20 m/s, which will

4.10 ■ Chapter 4
not change when it falls down. But the vertical compo- 11. Figure shows the position-time graph of a particle of
nent of the speed of the stone will change with time. mass 4 kg. What is the (a) force on the particle for t < 0,
The vertical component of speed in time interval t > 4 second, 0 < t < 4 seconds? (b) impulse at t = 0 and t
(11–10 = 1 seconds) is given by = 4 seconds? (Consider one-dimensional motion only).
vvertical = u + gt = 0 + 10 × 1 = 10 m/s
x( m )
The resultant component of speed will be given by
A
vresultant = (vhorizontal ) 2 + (vvertical ) 2 3
vresultant = (20) 2 + (10) 2

0 4 t (s)
= 22.36 m / s ≈ 22.4 m / s
The angle between the resultant velocity and the hori- Solution: (a) For t < 0, the particle is not moving so no
zontal direction is given by force will act on it.
For t > 4, x has constant value of 3 m. Again the body is
Vvertical 10 1 1
tan θ = = = ⇒ θ = tan −1   at rest and hence no force acts.
Vhorizontal 20 2 2 In the interval 0 < t < 4, the figure shows that the body is
Velocity of stone at t = 11 seconds is 22.4 m/s at an moving with a constant speed. Hence it has no accelera-
1 tion. Again no force will be acting on the body.
angle of tan −1   with the horizontal. (b) Impulse is the change of momentum of the body,
2
i.e., Impulse = Final momentum – Initial momentum
10. A man of mass 70 kg stands on a weighing scale in a Now, initial momentum just before t = 0 is = 0 (speed
lift which is moving is zero)
(a) upwards with a uniform speed of 10 m/s. Final momentum just after t = 0 seconds is mass × speed
(b) downward with a uniform acceleration of
= 4 × = 3 kg-m/s from figure slope = 
3 3
5 m/s,
(c) upwards with a uniform acceleration of 5 m/s2. What 4  4
would be the reading on the scale in each case? Hence, impulse = 3 – 0 = 3 kg-m/s
(d) What would be the reading if the lift mechanism (c) At t = 4 seconds
failed and it hurled down freely under gravity? 3
Just before t = 4 seconds the speed of the body is m/s
Solution: The force acting of the man are his own 4
weight (mg) acting downwards and reaction of the and just after t = 4 seconds speed of the body is zero,
weighing machine, R upwards. hence
Mass of the man, m = 70 kg Impulse = Final momentum – Initial momentum
(a) When the lift moves up with a uniform speed of 10 = 0 – 3 = –3 kg-m/s
m/s, the acceleration is zero, i.e., a = 0
R = mg = 70 × 10 = 700 N, Reading = 70 kg. 12. A horizontal force of 600 N pulls two masses 10 kg
(b) When the lift moves down with a uniform accelera- and 20 kg (lying on a frictionless table) connected by a
tion of 5 m/s2. The normal reaction is given by light string. What is the tension in the string? Does the
mg − R = ma answer depend on which mass end the pull is applied?
Solution: (a) Let us suppose that the force is applied to
⇒ R = m(g – a) = 70(10 – 5) = 350 N, Reading = 35 kg 20 kg mass as shown in the figure.
(c) When the lift moves upward with a uniform accel- Let T1 be the tension in the string between two masses.
eration of 5 m/s2, the normal reactions given by mg
20 kg 10 kg
– R = ma 600 N T1
⇒ R = m(g + a) = 70(10 + 5) = 1050 N, Reading =
105 kg.
The horizontal force of 600 N is pulling the total mass
(d) If the lift mechanism fails and lift falls down freely
(20 + 10 = 30 kg) and let the acceleration produced be
then a = g. Hence the normal reaction will be
a, then using the relation F = ma, we get
mg – R = ma
600
or R = m(g – g) = 0. 600 = 30 × a ⇒ a = = 20 m/s 2 .
i.e., machine will not record any weight of the per- 30
son. Reading = zero. Tension, T1 = m2 a = 10 × 20 = 200 N

(b) Let us suppose that the force is applied to 20 kg The angle between the initial and final direction of the
mass as shown in the figure. ball = 45 °
Let T2 be the tension in the string between two The resultant of two momenta
masses.
= (2.25) 2 + (2.25) 2 + 2(2.25) 2 cos 45°
20 kg 10 kg
600 N T2
1
= (5.06) + (5.06) + 2(5.06) ×
2
The horizontal force of 600 N is pulling the total
= 10.12 + 7.155 = 4.155 = 4.16 kg-m/s
mass (20 + 10 = 30 kg) and let the acceleration pro-
duced be a, then using the relation F = ma, we get 16. For ordinary terrestrial experiment, which of the
600 observers below are inertial and which are non-inertial:
600 = 30 × a ⇒ a = = 20 m/s 2 . (a) a child revolving in a ‘giant wheel’.
30
(b) a driver in a sports car moving with a constant
Tension, T2 = m2 a = 10 × 20 = 200 N high speed of 200 km/h on a straight road,
13. A nucleus is at rest in the laboratory frame of reference. (c) the pilot of an aeroplane which is taking off,
Show that if it is disintegrates into two similar nuclei (d) a cyclist negotiating a sharp turn,
the products must be emitted in opposite directions. (e) the guard of a train which is slowing down to stop at
Solution: Let the mass of the nucleus be M and it disin- a station?
tegrates into smaller masses of m1 and m2 which moves Solution: (a) Child revolving on a giant wheel has cen-
 
with velocities v1 and v2 , respectively. tripetal acceleration and hence is a non-inertial frame.
Initially the nucleus is at rest. (b) A driver moving with a uniform speed (200 km/h)
Initial momentum = 0, Final momentum is an inertial frame since he is not accelerating.
 
= m1v1 + m2 v2 (c) The pilot taking off an aeroplane has to accelerate
Using law of conservation of momentum, and hence is a non-inertial frame.
Final momentum = Initial momentum (d) A cyclist negotiating a sharp turn is also accelerated
    towards the centre of the turn, hence is non-inertial
∴ m1v1 + m2 v2 = 0 ⇒ m1v1 = − m2 v2
frame.
 m 
⇒ v1 = − 2 v2 (e) The guard of a train slowing down is retarded and is
m1 again a non-inertial frame.
 
m1 and m2 are scalars, hence v1 and v2 and are in op- 17. The Figure, below, shows the position-time graph of a par-
posite direction. ticle of mass 0.04 kg. Suggest a suitable physical context
14. Two billiard balls each of mass 0.05 kg moving in oppo- for this motion. What is the time between two consecutive
site directions with speed 6 m/s collide and rebound impulses received by the particle? What is the magnitude
with the same speed. What is the impulse imparted to of each impulse?
each ball due to the other? x (cm)
Solution: Initial momentum of ball before collision:
= mv = 0.05 × 6 = 0.30 kg-m/s 2
The ball rebounds with the same speed after collision,
hence its direction changes. 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 t (s)
Final momentum = 0.05 × (–6) = –0.30 kg-m/s
Change in momentum = 0.30 – (–0.30) = 0.60 kg-m/s. Solution: From the figure it is clear that the velocity of
This change in momentum is called impulse, i.e., two the particle changes direction every 2 seconds however
equal and opposite impulses of 0.6 kg-m/s are imparted. magnitude of velocity remains same.
15. A batsman deflects a ball by an angle of 45 ° without Therefore, the impulse will act on the particle after
changing its initial speed which is equal to 54 km/h. every two seconds (because the impulse is measured by
What is the impulse imparted to the ball? (Mass of the the change produces in momentum).
ball is 0.15 kg). Hence the time between two consecutive impulses re-
Solution: Mass of the ball, m = 0.15 kg ceived by the particle = 2 seconds.
speed of the ball, u = 54 km/h = 15 m/s Given that the mass of the particle, m = 0.04 kg
Initial momentum of the ball = m × v Initial velocity of the particle, v = –0.01 m/s
= 0.15 × 15 = 2.25 kg-m/s Magnitude of impulse = change in momentum

4.12 ■ Chapter 4
= m(v0 − v) = 0.04 [0.01 − (−0.01)] therefore, the magnitude of the force acting on the
helicopter due to surrounding air will be the same,
= 0.04 × 0.02 = 2 × 10−4 kg-m/s i.e., 3.25 × 104 N. But in this case, direction of force
18. Figure shows a man standing stationary with respect to a will be vertically upward.
horizontal conveyor belt that is accelerating with 1 m-2. 20. A stream of water flowing horizontally with a speed of 15
What is the net force on the man? If the coefficient of m/s2 gushes out of a tube of cross-sectional area 10–2 m2,
static friction between the man’s shoes and the belt is and hits at a vertical wall nearby. What is the force
0.2, up to what acceleration of the belt can the man con- exerted on the wall by the impact of water, assuming it
tinue to be stationary relative to the belt? (Mass of the does not rebound?
man = 65 kg) Solution: Figure shows a column of water of length 15 m
and cross-section area 10–2 m2 at rest. Let us calculate
the mass of water flowing out per second and hitting the
wall. When the stream of water has a speed of 15 m/s,
the particle of water at section B would have travelled a
Solution: The net force on the man when he is stationary distance of 15 m in one second and arrived at the sec-
with respect to conveyor belt = m ⋅ a = 65 × 1 N = 65 N tion A. The water contained in this column would have
The direction of this is opposite to the direction of mo- gone out in one second and hit the wall.
tion of the conveyor belt. B A
Coefficient of static friction, m = 0.2
Wall
The maximum force due to friction,
Fs = µmg = 0.2 × 65 × 10 N = 130 N 15 m
The man would remain stationary for the value of the Thus, the volume of water coming out of A in one sec-
acceleration a such that ond = volume of water contained in a cylinder of length
F = Fs ⇒ ma = µR = µmg 15 m and area of cross-section 0.01 m2
∴ 65 × a = 130 ⇒ a = 2 m/s2 = Length × Area of cross-section
= 15 × 10–2 = 0.15 m3
19. A helicopter of mass 1000 kg rises with a vertical accel-
Mass of water gushing out per second
eration of 15 m/s2. The crew and the passenger weigh
= Volume of water × Density of water
300 kg. Give the magnitude and direction of the
= 0.15 × 1000 = 150 kg
(a) force on the floor by the crew and passenger,
[density of water = 1000 kg/m3]
(b) action of the rotor of the helicopter on the surround-
ing air, Initial momentum of the wall = 0
(c) force on the helicopter due to the surrounding air. Change in momentum = 2250 – 0 = 2250 N
Solution: (a) The mass of the crew and passengers, m1 Since change in momentum per sec. is the force, hence
= 300 kg. As the helicopter is rising up with the ac- force exerted on the wall will be 2250 N.
celeration of 15 m/s2, the apparent weight of crew and 21. Ten one-rupee coins are put on top of each other on a
passenger on the floor will be table. Each coin has a mass m kg. Give the magnitude
W = m1 ( g + a ) = 300 (10 + 15) = 7500 N and direction of
(a) the force of the 7th coin (counted from the bottom)
= 7.5 × 103 N due to all the coins on its top.
The direction of force will be vertically downward. (b) the force on 7th coin by the eight coin.
(b) In this case, the total mass of the helicopter and per- (c) the reaction of the 6th coin on the 7th coin.
son sitting in it, i.e., 1000 + 300 = 1300 kg will be Solution: (a) As there are three coins of mass m kg each
considered. Therefore, the force acting on the sur- on the 7th coin (counting from the bottom), the total
rounding air by the rotor of the helicopter will be force on the 7th coin will be the sum of the weights of
given by each of the three coins.
F = 1300 × (10 + 15) = 32500 N = 3.25 × 104 N F = mg + mg + mg = 3 mg
The direction of force will be vertical downward. The direction of the force will be vertically downwards.
(c) According to the Newton’s third law of motion, the (b) Again we count from bottom, the force on the eight
action and reaction are always equal and opposite, coin = 2 mg.

The force by the eight coin on the seventh coin (c) climbs up with a uniform velocity of 5 m/s2,
F = 2mg + mg = 3 mg (d) falls down the rope nearly freely under gravity?
The direction of the force will be vertically downwards. (Ignore the mass of the rope).
(c) As there are four coins of mass m kg each on the 6th Solution: Case (a) T − m × a = m × g (T is the tension
coin (counting from the bottom), the total force on in the rope).
the 6th coin is ⇒ T = m( g + a ) = 40 (10 + 6) = 640 N
F = mg + mg + mg + mg = 4 mg Case (b) T + m × a = m × g
We know that action and reaction are equal and op- ⇒ T = m( g − a ) = 40 (10 − 6) = 160
posite, therefore the reaction of 6th coin on the 7th
Case (c) Since the acceleration is zero (uniform speed)
coin = 4 mg.
The direction of the force will be vertically upwards. T = m × g = 40 × 10 = 400 N
Case (d): Falling freely under the gravity, i.e., a = g
22. A block of mass 25 kg is raised by a 50 kg man in two
T = m( g − a ) = 40 × 0 = 0 N
different ways as shown. What is the action on the floor
In case (a) the tension in the rope exceeds the maximum
by the man in the two cases? If the floor yields to a nor-
value and hence the rope will break in case (a) only.
mal force of 700 N, which mode should the man adopt
to lift the block without the floor yielding? 24. Two bodies A and B of masses 5 kg and 10 kg in contact
with each other rest on a table against a rigid partition
(see figure). The coefficient of friction between the bod-
ies and the table is 0.15. A force of 200 N is applied
horizontally at A. What are (a) the reaction of the parti-
tion; (b) the action-reaction forces between A and B?
What happens when the partition is removed? Does the
answer to (b) changes, when the bodies are in motion?
Ignore the difference between mS and mK.
25 kg 25 kg
(a) (b)
Solution: Case (a) Let the action of the man on the floor A B
200 N
be A and F (= mg = 250 N) is the force the man is exert-
ing to lift the block, then we have A – F = mg
or action, Solution: The weight of the block A and B = 5 + 10 =
15 × 10 = 150 N
A = F + mg = 250 + 50 × 10 = 750 N The reaction R on the blocks due to table = 150 N
Case (b) The man is applying a force F in downward The force due to friction, F = µR = 150 × 0.15
direction. = 22.5 N
Action by the man on the floor A = mg – F This force acts in a direction opposite to the force 200 N.
50 × 10 – 25 × 10 = 250 N ∴ Reaction of the partition = 200 – 22.5 = 177.5 N
Since the action of the man on the floor in case (b) is less (b) Let the force of reaction on A due to B given by F′.
than the case (a), hence he should adopt the method (b). Considering the force acting on A, we have 200 N
23. A cat of mass 40 kg climbs on a rope (see figure) which acting in one direction, F′ and µFs (0.16 × 5) to-
can withstand a maximum tension of 600 N. In which gether acting in the opposite direction.
of the following cases will the rope break: monkey Since block A is at rest, we have
200 = F ′ + 0.15 × 5 ×10
F ′ = 200 − 7.5 = 192.5 N
According to the third law of motion, action and re-
action are equal and opposite, hence action-reaction
forces between A and B are 192.5 N.
(a) climbs up with an acceleration of 6 m/s, Now when the partition is removed, the net force
(b) climbs down with an acceleration of 4 m/s2, acting on the blocks = F − F ′ = 177.5 N.

4.14 ■ Chapter 4
26. The rear side of a truck is open and a box of 40 kg mass

Acceleration produced in the blocks = Net force
Mass is placed 5 m away from the open end as shown in the
177.5 figure. The coefficient of friction between the box and
= = 11.8 m / s 2
the surface below is 0.15. On the straight road, the truck
10 + 5
starts from rest and accelerates with 2 m/s2. At what
On removing the partition, the mass move together with
distance from the starting point does the box fall of the
an acceleration of 11.8 m/s2.
truck? Ignore the size of the box.
25. A block of mass 15 kg is placed on a long trolley. The
coefficient of static friction between the block and the
trolley is 0.18. The trolley accelerates from rest with
0.5 m/s2 for 20 seconds and then moves with uniform
velocity. Discuss the motion of the block as viewed by
(a) a stationary observer on the ground, (b) an observer
moving with the trolley.
Solution: The maximum force of friction be-
Solution: The maximum force of static friction between
tween the box and the surface of the truck
the block and trolley, = Fs µR= 0.18 × 15× 10 = 27 N = Fs = µR = 0.15 × 40 × 10 = 60 N.
The force causing the motion of the trolley is given by
This force of friction between the box and the surface of
F = ma = 15 × 5 = 7.5 N
the truck can produce an acceleration of the box
Since the force causing the motion of the trolley is less
= 60/40 = 1.5 m/s2.
than the maximum static friction between the block and
The acceleration will be in the direction of motion of
the trolley, the block would be stationary on the trolley.
the truck.
The force of friction which comes into play will not
But the truck is accelerating with 2 m/s2, hence the rela-
have its maximum value.
tive acceleration between the box and the truck = (2 –
Friction force between the block and the trolley = 75 N
1.5) = 0.5 m/s2.
(same as the force causing the motion of the trolley).
The box will start moving with the net acceleration of 0.5
(a) To a stationary observer on the ground, a force of
m/s2 towards the open end of the truck. To fall down, the
friction equal to 7.5 N in the direction of motion of the
box has to travel a distance of 5 m. The time taken by the
trolley keeps the block at rest relative to the trolley.
box can be calculated using the relation s = ut + (½)at 2,
When the trolley moves with uniform velocity after 20
we get
seconds, the acceleration of the pulley is zero. Hence
1
the force causing motion on the trolley is also zero. 5 = 0 × t +   × 0.5 × t 2
Thus there is no force causing motion on the trolley and 2
hence on the block. As such there is no force of friction 2×5
between the block and the trolley as observed by the ⇒ t2 = = 20 ⇒ t = 4.47 seconds
.5
observer on the ground. Thus, the box will take 4.47 seconds to fall down.
(b) When the observer is moving with the trolley, he is in Distance travelled by the truck would be
an acceleration or non-inertial frame of reference. Hence
1
Newton’s Law of Motion will not be valid for him. s = 0 × 4.47 +   × 2 × 20 = 20 m.
2
1. A 10 kg stone is suspended with a rope of breaking

(c) 2 (d) 2.0 second
strength 30 kg-wt. The minimum time in which the s
stone can be raised through a height 10 m starting from 3
rest is (taking g = 10 N/kg) 2. In the given arrangement, n number of equal masses are
connected by strings of negligible masses. The tension in
(a) 0.5 second (b) 1.0 second the string connected to nth mass is

n 4 3 2 1 speed (m/s)
m m m m m
3.6
Smooth
M
t (s)
2 10 12
mMg mMg
(a) (b) (a) 17400 N (b) 14700 N
nm + M nmM (c) 12000 N (d) Zero
(c) mg (d) mng
8. In the above question, the height to which the lift takes
3. n-block of different masses are placed on the frictionless the passenger is
inclined plane in contact. They are released at the same (a) 3.6 m (b) 8 m
time. The force of interaction between (n - 1)th and nth (c) 1.8 m (d) 36 m
block is 9. A bullet moving with a velocity of 100 m/s can just pen-
n etrate two planks of equal thickness. The number of such
4
3 m4 planks penetrated by the same bullet, when the velocity
2 m3
1
is doubled.
m2
m1 (a) 4 (b) 6
θ (c) 8 (d) 10
10. 80 railway wagons all of same mass 5 × 103 kg are
(a) ( mn −1 − mn ) g sin θ (b) zero pulled by an engine with a force of 4 × 105 N. The ten-
(c) mng cos q (d) None of these sion in the coupling between 30th and 31st wagon from
the engine is
4. Two weights w1 and w2 are suspended from the ends of (a) 25 × 104 N (b) 20 × 104 N
a light string passing over a smooth fixed pulley. If the (c) 32 × 10 N
4 (d) 40 × 104 N
pulley is pulled up with acceleration g, the tension in the
string will be 11. Two masses 40 kg and 30 kg are connected by a weight-
less string passing over a frictionless pulley as shown in
4 w1w2 2w1w2 the following figure. The tension in the string will be
(a) (b)
w1 + w2 w1 + w2 30
kg T T kg
40
w − w2 w1w2 m1 m2
(c) 1 (d)
w1 + w2 2( w1 − w2 )
30º 30º
5. A ball of mass 400 gm is dropped from a height of 5 m. (a) 188 N (b) 368 N
A boy on the ground hits the ball vertically upwards (c) 288 N (d) 168 N
with a bat with an a average force of 100 N, so that it
12. Two unequal masses are connected on two sides of a
attains a vertical height of 20 m. The time for which the
light string passing over a light and smooth pulley as
ball remains in contact with the bat is (g = 10 m/s2)
shown in figure. The system is released from rest. The
(a) 0.12 second (b) 0.08 second
larger mass is stopped 1.0 second after the system is set
(c) 0.04 second (d) 12 seconds
into motion. The time elapsed before the string is tight
6. A particle again, is (g = 10 m/s2)
 of mass m is moving under the variable force
F. If | F | is constant, then the possible path the particle
can never be
(a) rectilinear (b) circular
(c) parabolic (d) elliptical
7. A lift is going up. The total mass of the lift and the pas-
1 kg
senger is 1500 kg. The variation in the speed of the lift
is as given in the graph. The tension in the rope pulling
2 kg
the lift at t = 11th seconds will be

4.16 ■ Chapter 4
(a) 1 second (b) 1 second 3

4 2 (a) N (b) 3 N
4
2
(c) second 1
(d) second (c) 0.5 N (d) 1.5 N
3 3
13. A particle moves in the x-y plane under the influence 19. Two blocks, 4 kg and 2 kg are sliding down an incline plane
 as shown in figure. The acceleration of 2 kg block is
of a force such that its linear momentum is p(t ) = A
[iˆ cos (kt ) - ˆj sin (kt )], where A and k are constants. The µ = 0.2
angle between the force and the momentum is
2 kg
(a) 0 ° (b) 30 ° 4 kg
(c) 45 ° (d) 90 °
14. The upper half of an inclined plane with inclination f is µ = 0.3
perfectly smooth while the lower half is rough. A body 30º
starting from rest at the top will again come to rest at the (a) 1.66 m/s
2
(b) 2.66 m/s2
bottom if the coefficient of friction for the lower half is (c) 3.66 m/s 2
(d) 4.66 m/s2
given by 20. A force F is applied to the initially stationary cart. The
(a) 2 tan f (b) tan f variation of force with time is shown in the figure.
(c) 2 sin f (d) 2 cos f
F (N)
15. A body of mass 10 kg is moving with a constant veloc-
ity of 10 m/s. When a constant force acts for 4 s on it, it
lic
moves with a velocity 2 m/s in the opposite direction. 10 kg
bo
F
ra
The acceleration produced in it is
Pa
(a) 3 m/s2 (b) –3 m/s2 t (s)
(c) 0.3 m/s
2
(d) –0.3 m/s2
The speedThe ofspeed = 5 at
cart atoft cart t = 5 sec
seconds is is :
16. A body of mass m resting on a smooth horizontal plane (a) 10 m/s (b) 8.33 m/s
starts moving under a constant force F. During its recti- (c) 2 m/s (d) zero
linear motion, the angle q between the direction of force
21. A man weighing 80 kg is standing in a trolley weighing
and horizontal plane varies as θ = kx, where k is a con-
320 kg. The trolley is resting on frictionless horizontal
stant and x is the distance travelled by the body from the
rails. If the man start walking on the trolley with a speed
initial position. What is the velocity of the body?
of 1 m/s, then after 4 s, his displacement relative to the
F sin θ 2F sin θ ground will be
(a) (b)
mk mk (a) 5 m (b) 4.8 m
(c) 3.2 m (d) 3.0 m
F cos θ 2F cos θ
(c) (d) 22. A block of mass M is pulled along a horizontal friction-
mk mk less surface by a rope of mass m. Force P is applied at
17. A bullet comes out of the barrel of gun of length 2 m one end of rope. The force which the rope exerts on the
with a speed 80 m/s. The average acceleration of the block is
bullet is
P
(a) 1.6 m/s2 (b) 160 m/s2 (a)
(c) 1600 m/s
2
(d) 16 m/s2 ( M − m)
18. Three forces acting on a body are shown in the figure. P
(b)
To have the resultant force only along the y-direction, the M (m + M )
magnitude of the minimum additional force needed is
PM
y (c)
4N (m + M )
1N
30º PM
(d)
60º
( M − m)
x
23. A mass M is suspended by a rope from a rigid support
at A as shown in figure. Another rope is tied at the end B
2N and it is pulled horizontally with a force F. If the rope AB

makes an angle q with the vertical, then the tension in the frictionless pulley as shown. When the masses are
string AB is released, then the acceleration of the masses will be
A
θ
B
F
M
M1
(a) F sin q (b) F/sin q
(c) F cos q (d) F/cos q M2
24. The horizontal acceleration that should be given to a

(a) g (b) g/2
smooth inclined plane of angle sin-1 (1/l) to keep an
(c) g/3 (d) g/4
object stationary on the plane relative to the inclined
plane is 29. An elevator accelerates upwards at a constant rate. A
(a) g / l 2 − 1 (b) g l 2 − 1 uniform string of length L and mass m supports a small
block of mass M that hangs from the ceiling of the ele-
(c) g l 2 − 1 / g (d) g/ l 2 + 1 vator. The tension at distance l from the ceiling is T. The
25. A rod of lenght L and mass M is acted on by two unequal acceleration of the elevator is
forces F1 and F2 (< F1) as shown in the following figure. T
(a) −g
F2 F1 ml
M +m−
y A
L
C B
L T
(b) +g
he tension in the rod at a distance y from the end A is
T ml
given by 2M + m −
L
 y  y T
(a) F1 1−  + F2   (c) −g
 L  L ml
M+
 y  y L
(b) F2 1−  + F1  
 L  L T
(d) −g
ml
y 2M − m +
(c) ( F1 − F2 ) L
L
(d) None of these 30. In order to prevent slipping while walking on ice, one
26. Bullets of 0.03 kg mass each hit a plate at the rate of should take smaller steps because of the
200 bullets per second, with a velocity of 50 m/s and (a) larger friction
reflect back with a velocity of 30 m/s. The average force (b) larger normal reaction
acting on the plate in newton is (c) smaller friction
(a) 120 (b) 180 (d) smaller normal reaction
(c) 300 (d) 480 31. A piece of ice slides down a 45 ° incline in twice the
27. Three forces are acting on a particle of mass m initially time it takes to slide down a frictionless 45 ° incline.
in equilibrium. If the first 2 forces (R1 and R2) are per- What is the coefficient of friction between the ice and
pendicular to each other and suddenly the third force incline?
(R3) is removed, then the acceleration of the particle is (a) 0.25 (b) 0.50
(c) 0.75 (d) 0.40
R3 R1 + R2
(a) (b)
m m 32. A small sphere is suspended by a string from the ceiling
of a truck. If the truck begins to move with a constant
R1 − R2 R
(c) (d) 1 acceleration a, the tension generated in the string is
m m (a) T = T0 (b) T > T0
28. Two masses M1 = 5 kg and M2 = 10 kg are connected
(c) T < T0 (d) T = 0
at the ends of an inextensible string passing over a

4.18 ■ Chapter 4
33. A plumb line is suspended from the roof of a railroad car. Let F1 be the contact force between the block and the
When the car is moving on a circular road the plumb line plane. Now the inclined plane stops and let F2 be the con-
inclines tact force between the two in this case. Then F1/F2 is
(a) forward (a) 1 (b) 4/3
(b) rearward (c) 2 (d) 3/2
(c) towards the centre of the path
(d) away from the centre of the path 39. An object is placed on the surface of a smooth inclined
plane of inclination q. It takes time t to reach the
34. In the following figure, the pulley P1 is fixed and the bottom. If the same object is allowed to slide down a
pulley P2 is movable. If W1 = W2 = 100 N, what is the rough inclined plane of inclination q, it takes time nt
angle AP2P1? (The pulleys are frictionless) to reach the bottom where n is a number greater than 1.
The coefficient of friction m is given by
A  1 
P2
(a) µ = tan θ 1 − 2 
P1  n 
 1 
W1 (b) µ = cot θ 1 − 2 
 n 
W2
(a) 30 ° (b) 60 ° 1
(c) µ = tan θ 1−
(c) 90 ° (d) 120 ° n2
35. Two wooden blocks are moving on a smooth horizontal 1
surface, such that the mass m remains stationary with (d) µ = cot θ 1−
n2
respect to block of mass M, as shown in the figure. The
magnitude of force P is 40. A block moves down a smooth inclined plane of incli-
nation q. Its velocity on reaching the bottom is v. If it
m
slides down a rough inclined plane of same inclination,
P
its velocity on reaching the bottom is v/n, where n is a
M number greater than zero. The coefficient of friction µ
β
is given by
(a) (M + m)g tan b (b) g tan b  1 
(c) mg cos b (d) (M + m)g cosec b (a) µ = tan θ 1 − 2 
 n 
36. If 3 equal masses of 1 kg as shown in figure are acceler-  1 
ated with an acceleration a = 2 m/s2; then the tension, (b) µ = cot θ 1 − 2 
T2, is  n 
T2 T1 (c) µ = tan θ 1 − 1
1 kg 1 kg 1 kg
n2
(a) 2 N (b) 6 N 1
(c) 4 N (d) None of these (d) µ = cot θ 1 −
n2
37. A force of F N is applied as shown in the figure. Find 41. A car starts from rest to cover a distance s. The coeffi-
the tension in the string between BC, if the friction cient of friction between the road and the tyres is µ. The
force is negligible. minimum time in which the car can cover the distance
C B A is proportional to
T2 T1
6 kg 6 kg 6 kg F (a) µ (b) ⋅ µ
(a) F/3 (b) F/2 1 1

(c) (d)
µ
⋅ ⋅
(c) F (d) None of these µ

38. A block is kept on a smooth inclined plane of angle of 42. A car is going at a speed of 6 m/s when it encounters a 15
inclination 30 ° that moves with a constant acceleration so m slope of angle 30 °. The friction coefficient between
that the block does to slide relative to the inclined plane. the road and tyre is 0.5. The driver applies the brakes.

The minimum speed of the car with which it can reach

B
the bottom is (g = 10 m/s2)
(a) 4 m/s (b) 3 m/s
(c) 7.49 m/s (d) 8.45 m/s
8
43. A car starts from rest. It has to cover a distance of 500 A
m. The coefficient of friction between the road and tyre
is 1/2. The minimum time in which the car can cover
15
this distance is (g = 10 m/s2)
(a) 20 seconds (b) 10 seconds (a) 150 N (b) 75 N
(c) 30 seconds (d) 15 seconds (c) 200 N (d) 250 N
44. An automobile travelling with a speed of 60 km/hr can 50. A smooth block is released at rest on a 45 ° incline and
apply brakes to stop within a distance of 20 m. If the then slides a distance d. The time taken to slide is n
car is going twice as fast, i.e., 120 km/h, the stopping time as much to slide on rough incline then on a smooth
distance will be incline. The coefficient of friction is
(a) 20 m (b) 40 m 1 1
(c) 60 m (d) 80 m (a) µs = 1 − (b) µs = 1 −
n2 n2
45. A machine gun fires a bullet of mass 40 g with a velocity 1 1
1200 m/s. The man holding it can exert a maximum force (c) µk = 1 − (d) µk = 1 − 2
n 2
n
of 144 N on the gun. How many bullets can he fire per
51. A body of mass m rests on horizontal surface. The
second at the most?
coefficient of friction between the body and the surface
(a) One (b) Four
is µ. If the mass is pulled by a force P as shown in the
(c) Two (d) Three
figure, the limiting friction between the body and sur-
46. The mass of ship is 2 × 107 kg. On applying a force of face will be
25 × 105 N, it is displaced through 25 m. After the dis- P
placement, the velocity acquired by the ship will be 30º
(a) 12.5 m/s (b) 5 m/s m
(c) 3.7 m/s (d) 2.5 m/s
47. A uniform chain is just at rest over a rough horizontal   P 
table with its 1/ηth part of length hanging vertically. (a) µmg (b) µ  mg +   
  2 
The coefficient of static friction between the chain and
the table is   P    3P  
1 1 (c) µ  mg −  2   (d) µ  mg −   
(a) µ = (b) µ =      2  
1 −η 1+η
52. Block A of mass m and block B of mass 2m are placed
η η on a fixed triangular wedge by means of a massless,
(c) µ = (d) µ =
1 −η 1+η inextensible string and a frictionless pulley as shown in
figure. The wedge is inclined at 45 ° to the horizontal on
48. A chain consisting of 5 links, each of mass 0.1 kg is lifted
both the sides. If the coefficient of friction between the
vertically with a constant acceleration of 2.5 m/s2. The
block A and the wedge is 2/3 and that between the block
force of interaction between the top link and link imme-
B and the wedge is 1/3 and both the systems A and B are
diately below it will be
released from rest the acceleration of A will be
(a) 6.15 N (b) 4.92 N
(c) 9.84 N (d) 2.46 N A B
49. Block A and B in the figure are connected by a bar of m 2m
negligible weight. If A = B = 170 kg and µA = 0.2 and 45º 45º
µB = 0.4, where µA and µB are the coefficients of limiting
friction between blocks and plane, calculate the force (a) –1 (b) 1.2
on the bar (g = 10 m/s2) (c) 0.2 (d) Zero

4.20 ■ Chapter 4
53. An object of mass 5 kg is attached to the hook of a (a) tan θ ≥ µ (b) cot θ ≥ µ
spring balance and the balance is suspended vertically
θ θ
from the roof of a lift. The reading on the spring balance (c) tan ≥ µ (d) cot ≥ µ
when the lift is going up with an acceleration of 0.25 2 2
m/s is (g = 10 m/s2) 57. If in Q. 56, instead of pulling, the force acting on the
(a) 51.25 N (b) 48.75 N block pushes it, then pushing of the block will be pos-
(c) 52.75 N (d) 47.25 N sible along the surface if
54. In the arrangement shown in figure, the ends P and F=
mg θ
Q of an unstretchable string move downwards with a m
uniform speed u. Pulleys A and B are fixed. Mass M
moves upwards with a speed (a) tan θ ≥ µ (b) cot θ ≥ µ
d d θ θ
(c) tan ≥ µ (d) cot ≥ µ
2 2
y 58. A block placed on a horizontal surface is being pushed
x2 θ x1 by a force F making an angle q with the vertical. The
m coefficient of friction between block and surface is
Q v P
u u m. The force required to slide the block with uniform
velocity on the floor is
u
(a) u cos θ (b) µmg
cos θ (a)
(sin θ − µ cos θ)
2u
(c) (d) u cos θ (sin θ − µ cos θ)
cos θ (b)
µmg
55. A block is dragged on a smooth plane with the help of a (c) mmg
rope which moves with a velocity v as shown in the figure. (d) None of these
The horizontal velocity of the block is
59. A body of mass m rests on a horizontal floor with which
v it has coefficient of static friction m. It is desired to make
the body move by applying the minimum possible force
F. The magnitude of F is
θ 1+ µ2
(a) µmg (b)
µ
m
µ mg
(c) µ 1 + µ 2 mg (d)
v 1+ µ2
(a) v (b)
sin θ 60. A block of mass m is placed on another block of mass
M which itself is lying on a horizontal surface. The
v
(c) v sin q (d) coefficient of friction between two blocks is m1 and that
cos θ between the block of mass M and horizontal surface is
56. A block of mass m rests on a rough horizontal surface m2. What maximum horizontal force can be applied to
as shown in the figure. Coefficient of friction between the lower block so that the two blocks move without
the block and the surface is µ. A force F = mg acting separation?
at angle q with the vertical side of the block pulls it. In
which of the following cases can the block be pulled m
F
along the surface? M
m
g (a) (M + m)(m2 – m1)g
= (b) (M – m)(m2 – m1)g
F
θ
m (c) (M – m)(m2 + m1)g
(d) (M + m)(m2 + m1)g

61. Block A of mass 35 kg is resting on a frictionless floor.

A 2 kg
Another block B of mass 7 kg is resting on it as shown in
the figure. The coefficient of friction between the blocks F B 5 kg
is 0.5 while kinetic friction is 0.4. If a force of 100 N is Smooth
applied to block B, the acceleration of the block A will (a) 4.2 N (b) 4.2 kgf
be (g = 10 m/s) (c) 5.4 kgf (d) 1.2 N
F 65. For a body on a horizontal surface, coefficients of static
7 kg B
and kinetic frictions are 0.4 and 0.2, respectively. When
35 kg A the body is in uniform motion on the surface, a hori-
zontal force equal in magnitude to limiting friction is
(a) 0.8 m/s2 (b) 2.4 m/s2 applied on it. The acceleration produced is
(c) 0.4 m/s
2
(d) 4.4 m/s2 N
62. Two blocks of masses M1 and M2 are connected with a
μ KN F = μS N
string passing over a pulley as shown in the figure. The
block M1 lies on a horizontal surface. The coefficient of
friction between the block M1 and the horizontal surface mg
is µ. The system accelerates. What additional mass m (a) 0.4 g (b) 0.1 g
should be placed on the block M1 so that the system (c) 0.2 g (d) 0.6 g
does not accelerate? 66. A body is moving down a long inclined plane of slope
m 37 °. The coefficient of friction between the body and
plane varies as m = 0.3x, where x is the distance trav-
M1 elled down the plane. The body will have maximum
3
speed (sin 37 º =   and g = 10 m / s 2 )
M2 5
(a) at x = 1.16 m (b) at x = 2 m
M 2 − M1 M2 (c) at bottom of plane (d) at x = 2.5 m
(a) (b) − M1
µ µ 67. In the figure, a block of weight 60 N is placed on a
M rough surface. The coefficient of friction between the
(c) M 2 − 1 (d) ( M 2 − M 1 ) µ
µ block and the surfaces is 0.5. What should be the weight
W such that the block does not slip on the surface?
63. A block of mass m, lying on a rough horizontal plane,
is acted upon by a horizontal force P and another force A 45º
Q, inclined at an angle q to the vertical. The block will T2 T1 C
remain in equilibrium, if the coefficient of friction 60 N
between it and the surface is Rough

W
Q θ
60
P m (a) 60 N (b) N
2
Rough 30
(c) 30 N (d)
(a) (P + Q sin q)/(mg + Q cos q) 2
(b) (P cos q + Q)/(mg – Q sin q) 68. A block slides down an inclined plane of slope of angle
(c) (P + Q cos q)/(mg + Q sin q) q with a constant velocity v. It is then projected up the
(d) (P sin q – Q)/(mg – Q cos q) plane with an initial velocity u. The distance upto which
64. Two blocks A (2 kg) and B (5 kg) rest one over the other it will rise before coming to rest is
on a smooth horizontal plane. The coefficient of static u2 u
(a) (b)
and dynamic friction between A and B is the same and 4 g sin θ 4 g sin θ
is equal to 0.60. The maximum horizontal force that can
be applied to B in order that both A and B do not have u 2 sin θ u sin θ
(c) (d)
relative motion is 4g 4g

4.22 ■ Chapter 4
69. A body B lies on a smooth horizontal table and another (a) 2M (b) M
body A is placed on B. The coefficient of friction (c) M/2 (d) M/4
between A and B is µ. What acceleration given to B will
74. A block of mass m slides in an inclined right angled trough
cause slipping between A and B?
as shown in the figure. If the coefficients of kinetic friction
(a) µg (b)
g between block and material composing the trough is mK ,
µ
⋅
find the acceleration of the block

µ
(c)
⋅ (d) µ g ⋅
g Trough
70. A block of mass 15 kg is resting on a rough inclined plane
as shown in the figure. The block is tied up by a horizontal
string which has a tension of 50 N. The coefficient of fric- θ
tion between the surface of contact is (g = 10 m/s2)
T
(a) g (sin θ − 2 µ K cosθ )
M
(b) g (sin θ − µ K cosθ )
45º (c) g (sin θ − 2 µ K cosθ )
(a) 1/2 (b) 2/3 (d) g (sin θ − µ K cosθ )
(c) 3/4 (d) 1/4
75. A body moves with uniform speed on a rough surface.
71. A horizontal force of 10 N is necessary to just hold a If force F of dynamic friction is plotted with time as
block stationary against a wall. The coefficient of fric- shown in the following graphs, the graph will be
tion between the block and the wall is 0.2. The weight
of the block is (a) F (b) F
10 N
t t
(a) 2 N (b) 20 N
(c) F (d) F
(c) 50 N (d) 100 N
72. A block rests on a smooth inclined plane making an
angle of 30 ° with the horizontal. The coefficient of
static friction between the block and the plane is 0.8. If
the frictional force on the block is 10 N, the mass of the t t
block (in kg) is (Take g = 10 m/s2) 76. A block rests on a rough plane whose inclination q to
(a) 2.0 (b) 4.0 the horizontal can be varied. Which of the following
(c) 1.6 (d) 2.5 graphs indicates how the frictional force, F, between
the block and the plane varies as q is increased?
73. In the figure, the ball A is released from rest, when the
(a) F (b) F
spring is at its natural (unstretched) length. For the
block B of mass M to leave contact with ground at some
stage, the minimum mass of A must be
O θ θ
90º O 90º
(c) F (d) F
O θ O θ
A 90º 90º
77. A block is resting over a smooth horizontal plane. A
B constant horizontal force starts acting on it at t = 0.
M
Which of the following graphs is/are correct?

(a) a (b) v Initially, spring is unstretched. If the plane is now grad-

ually lifted from q = 0 ° to q = 90 °, then the graph show-
O t
O t ing expansion in the spring (x) versus angle (q) is
x
(a) x (b)
(c) KE (d) P
O t O t
θ θ
78. A block is placed on a rough horizontal plane. A time
(c) x (d) x
dependent horizontal force F = Kt acts on the block.
Here, K is a positive constant. Acceleration-time graph
of the block is
(a) a (b) a
θ
θ
80. A body slides down an inclined plane of inclination θ.

The coefficient of friction down the plane varies as µ =
t
αx. Here, α is a positive constant and x is the distance
t
moved by the body down the plane. The kinetic energy
(c) a (d) a
(K) versus distance (x) graph will be as
(a) K (b) K
t t
79. A block is placed on a rough horizontal plane attached an
x x
elastic spring as shown in the figure.
(c) K (d) K
(a)
(b)
x x
Answer Keys
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (a)
11. (d) 12. (d) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (a) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (b) 33. (d) 34. (d) 35. (a) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (a) 40. (a)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (d) 45. (d) 46. (d) 47. (c) 48. (b) 49. (a) 50. (c)
51. (c) 52. (d) 53. (a) 54. (b) 55. (b) 56. (d) 57. (c) 58. (a) 59. (d) 60. (d)
61. (a) 62. (b) 63. (a) 64. (b) 65. (c) 66. (d) 67. (c) 68. (a) 69. (a) 70. (a)
71. (a) 72. (a) 73. (c) 74. (a) 75. (c) 76. (b) 77. (b) 78. (c) 79. (a) 80. (a)

4.24 ■ Chapter 4

1. The maximum tension = 30 × 10 N = 300 N 4. F
or solving the problem, we assume that observer is
T – mg = ma situated in the frame of pulley (non-inertial reference
frame).
300 – 10 × 10 = 10a
=
m1 g w=
1 , m2 g w2
⇒ a = 20 m/s2 [Maximum value]
when the mass is raised, u = 0, a = 20 m/s2 T
s = 10 m, t = ?
a
1
10 = × 20 × t 2 ⇒ t = 1 second
2
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). w2 m2 ao
2. The given system may be represented as follows, From figure,

(a) a T − m2 a0 − w2 = m2 a
T
nm or T − m2 g − w2 = m2 a ( a0 = g )
T
or T − 2 w2 = m2 a (1)
a T
M
a
mg
(b) N
w1 m1 ao
m Tn
From figure:
n
m1a0 + w1 − T = m1a
mg
or m1 g + w1 − T = m1a ( a0 = g )
From figure (a)
Mg – T = Ma(1) or 2 w1 − T = m1a (2)
and T = nma(2) From Eqs. (1) and (2),
From Eqs. (1) and (2) 4 w1w2
Mg T=
a= w1 + w2
nm + M Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
nMg
From the figure of nth block, Tn = ma = . 5. Velocity by which the ball hits the bat
nm + M
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). v1 = 2 gh1 = 2 × 10 × 5 or v1 = 10 m/s
3. The acceleration of each block is g sin q. Velocity of rebound
v2 = 2 gh2 = 2 × 10 × 5 or v2 = -20 m/s
N  
mn dv m (v2 − v1 ) 0.4 (−20 − 10)
in
θ F =m = = = 100 N
gs dt dt dt
mn mn g cos θ
T ∴ dt = 0.12 second
θ
6. For circular or elliptical path, direction of force should
From the diagram, we get
be variable.
mn g sin θ − T = mn a = mn g sin θ For rectilinear motion, the direction of force should be
∴ T=0 either in the direction of instantaneous velocity or op-
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). posite to instantaneous velocity.

or parabolic path the force should be constant in re-

F m1g sin 30 ° - T = m1a(1)
spect to magnitude and direction. But, only the magni- T - m2g sin 30 ° = m2a(2)
tude of given force is constant. Adding Eqs. (1) and (2),
Hence, the path can never be parabolic. m g sin 30° − m2 g sin 30°
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). a= 1 (3)
m1 + m2
7. At 11th second lift is moving upward with acceleration (40 − 30) g / 2 10 9.8
0 − 3.6 = = × = 0.7 m/s 2
a= = −1.8 m/s (40 + 30) 70 2
2
Tension in rope, From Eq. (2), we get;
T = m (g – a) = 1500 (9.8 – 1.8) = 12000 N. T = m2g sin 30 ° + m2a
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). = m2 g sin 30º +
m2
(m1 g sin 30º − m2 g sin 30º )
8. Distance travelled by the lift m1 + m2
= Area under velocity-time graph
2m m g sin 30°
= 1 2
m1 + m2
1  1 
=  × 2 × 3.6  + (8 × 3.6) +  × 2 × 3.6  = 36 m. 1
 2   2  2 × 40 × 30 × 9.8 ×
= 2 = 1200 × 0.7 m/s 2
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). 40 + 30 70
9. Given initial velocity of bullet in the first case u1 = Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
100 m/s. Initial number of planks n1 = 2.
12. Net pulling force = 2 g − 1g = 10 N
Initial stopping distance s1 = n1x = 2x (where x is the
thickness of one plank). Mass being pulled = 2 + 1 = 3 kg
Initial velocity of bullets in second case u2 = 200 m/s. 10
Using v2 = u2 + 2as ∴ Acceleration of the system is a = m/s 2
3
Since, the bullet is just able to penetrate the planks, Velocity of both the blocks at t = 1 second will be
therefore, its final velocity v = 0.
Thus, 2as = − u 2 or stopping distance s ∝ u2 10 10
v0 = at = × 1 = m/s
3 3
s1  u1 
2
1
Therefore, =  = Now, at this moment, velocity of 2 kg block becomes
s2  u 2  4 10
zero, while that of 1 kg block is m/s upwards.
⇒ s2 = 4 s1 = 4 × 2 x = 8 x 3
s2 8 x Hence, string becomes tight again when, displacement
Thus, final number of planks n=
2 = =8 of 1 kg block = displacement of 2 kg block
x x
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). 1 1
or v0 t − gt 2 = gt 2
10. F = ma ⇒ 4 × 105 = 80 × 5 × 103 × a 2 2
4 × 105 ⇒ t= 0 =
v (10/3) 1
= sec
∴a = = 1 m/s 2
4 × 105 g 10 3
Tension in the coupling between 30th and 31st wagon Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
will be due to mass of remaining 50 wagons.
Now, mass of remaining 50 wagons = 50 × 5 × 103 kg 13. The force on the particle is rate of change of linear
∴ Required tension T = 50 × 5 × 103 × a momentum with respect to time.
= 50 × 5 × 103 × 1 = 25 × 104 N  dp
F= = Ak [-iˆ sin (kt ) - ˆj cos (kt )]
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). dt
   
T T Now, F ⋅ p = 0 ∴ F ⊥ p
°
m Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
0 2g
11. in 3 sin
gs 30° 30° 30 14. For first half, acceleration = g sin f
m1 °
m1 g m2 g ∴ v 2 = 2 ( g sin φ )l (1)

4.26 ■ Chapter 4
For second half, or v = 0.2 m/s

acceleration = g (sin φ − µ k cos φ ) So, velocity of the man with respect to ground =1.0 –
0.2 = 0.8 m/s
or 0 = v 2 + 2 g (sin φ − µ k cos φ )l (2) ∴ Displacement of the man with respect to ground
Putting Eqs. (1) in (2), we get, = 0.8 × 4 = 3.2 m.
0 = (2 g sin φ )l + (2 g sin φ )l − (2 g µ k cos φ )l Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
22. Let a be the common acceleration of the system.
∴ µ k cos φ = 2 sin φ
T
or µ k = 2 tanφ M P
m
Here, T = Ma (for block)
16. a =
F cos kx
⇒
dv F cos kx
= P - T = ma (for rope)
m dt m ∴ P – Ma = ma
dv dx F cos kx P
⇒ = or P = a(m + M ) or a=
dx dt m M+ m
v x F cos kx MP
⇒ ∫ vdv = ∫ dx Now, T = Ma = .
o o m M +m
v 2 F sin kx 2 F sin kx
⇒ = ⇒ v= 23. In the given figure, the point B is in equilibrium under the
2 mk mk
action of T, F and Mg.
Here, T cos q = mg (1)
18. Taking x-components, the total should be zero. Also, T sin q = F (2)
1 × cos 60 ° + 2 cos 60 ° + x – 4 cos 60 ° = 0
F
∴ x = 0.5 N or T = (3)
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). sin θ
20. The equation of parabola is x 2 = 4ay
Here, t 2 = 4aF θ T Tcosθ
=When t 5= second, F 50 N
Tsinθ B
F
25 1 C
∴ 52 = 4 x × 50 ∴=a =
200 8 M
1 F
Hence, t 2 = 4 × F = or F = 2t 2 Mg
8 2
F 2t 2 2t 2 t2 ∴ T 2 = F 2 + ( Mg ) 2
Acceleration, f == = =
m m 10 5
or T = F 2 + ( Mg ) 2 (4)
dv t 2 v 5 t2
or
dt
=
5
or ∫
o
dv = ∫
0 5
dt Hence, the correct answer is option (b).
24. mg sin q = ma cos q or a = g tan q
5
1  t 3  125 1
∴ v=   = = 8.33 m/s sin θ = ,
5  3  0 15 l
Hence, tan θ ∴ a = g / l 2 − 1.
l −1
2
21. If the man starts walking on the trolley in the forward
direction then whole system will move in the backward Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
direction with same momentum. 25. Net force on the rod = F1 − F2 (F1 > F2 ).
Momentum of man in forward direction = Momentum
As mass of the rod is M, hence acceleration of the rod is
of system (man + trolley) in backward direction,
( F − F2 )
or 80 ×1 = (80 + 320)v a= 1
M

I f we now consider the motion part AB of the rod [whose mg

mass is equal to (M/L) y], then ∴ T − Mg − (L − l)
L
M
F1 − T = y×a  m  T
L =  M + (L − l)  a ∴ a = −g
 L  M +m−
ml
where T is the tension in the rod at the point B.
L
M  F − F2 
Now, F1 − T = y× 1  Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
L  M 
30. Friction on ice is small and, therefore a larger reaction can-
 y  y not be obtained, i.e., it is useless to take large steps while
or T = F1 1 −  + F2  
 L L walking on ice, otherwise there are chances of slipping.
Alternative Method: Considering motion of the other Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
part BC of the rod also, we can calculate tension at the 31. In both the case, the initial speed u and the distance s
point B. travelled is
M 1
In this case, T = F2 ( L − y) × a According to formula: s = ut + at 2
L 2
M ( F − F2 ) at 2 is constant (as u = 0 in both the cases).
or T = F2 + ( L − y ) × 1 Let a1 be the acceleration of the ice block on rough in-
L M
cline and t1 be the time taken to slide down this rough
 y  y
= F1 1 −  + F2   plane. Similarly, let a2 and t2 be the similar quantities in
 L L case of frictionless inclined plane.
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). Given that t1 = 2t2
Change in momentum
26. Average force = a1 t22
Time taken Further, = ( ∴ at2 = constant)
a2 t12
M (v1 − v2 )
Force = a1 t2
t 1
⇒ = 22 = (1)
Mass of 1 bullet = 0.03 kg a2 4t2 4
Mass of 200 bullets = 0.03 × 200 = 6 kg But a1 = g (sin θ − µ cos θ ) (2)
Time = 1 second
and a2 = g sin θ (3)
Velocity of bullets v1 = 50 m/s
Velocity of bullets with which they reflect = -30 m/s g (sin θ − µ cos θ ) 1
∴ =
6[50 − (−30)] g sin θ 4
∴ Force = = 480 N
1 ⇒ 4 sin θ − 4µ cos θ = sin θ
F12 + F22 F R ⇒ 3 sin θ = 4 µ cos θ
27. Now, a = = 3 = 3
m m m
3 3 3
Hence, the correct answer is option (a). ∴ µ= tan θ = 45° ⇒ µ = = 0.75
4 4 4
29. Let a be the acceleration of the lift.
Mass of lower portion of string
32. If the truck is accelerated horizontally, the motion of
a point O will be accelerate translatory, while due to iner-
l tia mass at P will try to maintain its position. So, rela-
tive to P, O will move in the direction of acceleration
L–l or relative to O, P will move in a direction opposite to
the acceleration. We usually represent this fact by saying
M
that mass m experiences a pseudo force ma opposite to
acceleration. So, as a result of this, the string will incline
m to the vertical in a direction opposite to the acceleration
= (L− l) of the truck.
L

4.28 ■ Chapter 4
O O′
∴ 2W cos θ = W
T or cos θ =
1
θθ
or θ = 60°
2
ma P a ∴ ∠AP2 P1 = 2θ = 120º
P
mg Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
35. The different forces acting on mass m are shown in
the adjoining figure.
ow, as the mass m is in equilibrium inside the truck,
N Acceleration of the system
T sin θ = ma and T cos θ = mg f co
s N
β
β
∴ T = m a + g (> T0 )
2 2
f
P mg
β
β
s
a
co
a sin
Also, tan θ = or θ = tan −1   mg β
g
m
g g β
i.e., string does not remain vertical, but inclines to the

vertical at an angle q opposite to the acceleration. P
=
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). M+ m
33. If the car is moving with uniform speed v on a circu- Pm
∴ Force on mass m =
lar track, then as centripetal acceleration is directed M+ m
radially inward and is perpendicular to g, the problem Let the reaction of m on M be f. Then
v2
becomes same as Q.No. 29 with a = = rω 2 . So, the f=
Pm
r M+ m
string will incline to the vertical away from the centre
According to the figure, m will be stationary, when
by an angle q, such that
f cos b = mg sin b
O
Pm
T
θ
cos β = mg sin β
M +m
P
∴ P = ( M + m) g tan β
mg
ar 6 F
v 37. T2 = F=
6+ 6+ 6 3
a  v2 
θ = tan −1   = tan −1   38. Since the surface is smooth, the force of friction
g  rg  between the block and the plane is zero. So, contact
Tension in the string, force is really the normal reaction between the two.
 v 2 2 F1 cos 30º
T = m g + a = m g + 
2 2 2
F1 F2
 r
r

F1 sin 30º
34. Let the tension in the string AP2 and P2P1 be T.
30º 30º
Considering the force on pulley P1, we get:
a
T = W (1)
Further, let∠ AP2 P1 = 2θ In the first case,
esolving tension in horizontal and vertical directions
R F1 sin 30 ° = ma
and considering the forces on pulley P2, we get: mg
and F1 cos 30 ° = mg or F1 =
2T cos θ = W (2) cos 30°

and in the second case,

2s 2s 1
F2 = mg cos 30 ° ∴t = = or t ∝
a µg µ
F 1 4
∴ 1 = = Hence, the correct answer is option (d).
F2 cos 30° 3
2
42. g sin q = 10 sin 30 ° = 5 m/s2

and µg cos q = 0.5 × 10 × cos 30 ° = 4.33 m/s2
39. On a smooth inclined plane: ∴ Minimum acceleration down the plane can be
Acceleration of the body = g sin q a = 5 – 4.33 = 0.67 m/s2
If s be the distance travelled, then Minimum speed while reaching the bottom can be
1
s = g sin θ × t12 (1) v 2 = u 2 + 2as
2
= (6)2 + 2 × 0.67 × 15 = 56.1
On rough inclined plane:
∴ v = 7.49 m/s
mg sin θ − µ R
Acceleration, a = Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
m
43. M aximum acceleration and maximum retardation of
or
the car can be
mg sin θ − µ mg cos θ
a= = g sin θ − µ g cos θ 1
m µ g or × 10 = 5 m/s 2
2
1
∴s = ( g sin θ − µ g cos θ ) t22 (2) The corresponding velocity-time graph is as shown in
2 the figure.
From Eqs. (1) and (2),
v
t22 sin θ vm
=
t12 sin θ − µ cos θ
sin θ
But, t2 = nt1 ; ∴ n 2 = to to
t
or sin θ − µ cos θ
n 2 − 1 sin θ Let t0 be the time of acceleration and retardation. Then
 1 
µ= × or µ = 1 − 2  tanθ =vm µgt = 5t0
n2 cos θ  n  0
Now, displacement = area under v – t graph.
1
40. Use the equation v 2 − u 2 = 2ax. ∴ 500 = × 2t0 × 5t0
2
On a smooth inclined plane: v 2 − 2 g sin θ × s (1) or t0 = 10 seconds
v
2 ∴ Total time of journey is 2t0 or 20 seconds.
On a rough inclined plane:   = 2 g (sin θ Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
n
− µ cos θ) × s (2) 44. L
et a be the retardation in both the cases. Using the
relation,
sin θ
Dividing Eqs. (1) by (2), n =
2
sin θ − µ cosθ v 2 = u 2 + 2as

 1  stopping distance ∝ u2. If the initial speed is doubled,
On solving, we get; µ = 1 − 2  tan θ the stopping distance becomes four times, i.e., 80 m.
 n 
45. L
et n be the maximum number of bullets per second
41. Force on the car,
the person can fire. Since, force = area of change of
F = µR
momentum
or ma = µmg u = 0)
(
∴
or a = µg 40
∴144 = n × × 1200
Now, from the 2nd equation of motion 1000
1 1 ∴ n=3
s = ut + at 2 = 0 + at 2 u = 0)
(
∴
2 2 Hence, the correct answer is option (d).

4.30 ■ Chapter 4
46. Here : Mass of ship m = 2 × 107 kg, Force of friction on A = 1500 × 0.2 = 300 N
Force F = 25 × 105 N Force of friction on B = 1500 × 0.4 = 600 N
Displacement s = 25 m Considering the two blocks as a system, the net force
According to the Newton’s second law of motion parallel to the plane
F = ma = 2 × 170g sin q – 300 – 600
F 25 × 105 = 1600 – 900 = 700 N
⇒ a= = = 12.5 × 10 −2 m/s
m 2 × 10 7 700 35
∴ Acceleration = = × 170
The relation for final velocity is 340 17
v2 = u2 + 2as Considering the motion of A alone,
⇒ v2 = 0 + 2 × (12.5 × 10–2) × 25 35
170 g sin θ − 300 − P = × 170
⇒ v = 6.25 = 2.5 m/s 17
Hence, the correct answer is option (d). (where P is pull on the bar)
∴ P = 500 – 350 = 150 N
47. We see that a portion of the chain is lying on the table Hence, the correct answer is option (a).
top. Let the mass of that portion be m1. Let the mass 50. When surface is smooth
of the remaining (hanging) portion of the chain be m2.
1
Since the chain is at the point of slipping, the weight of d = g sin θ × t 2 (1)
the hanging portion of the chain balances the maximum 2
static frictional force fmax between m1 and the surface. When surface is rough,
=
m2g =f max µN1 1
⋅ d= g (sin θ − µ k cos θ )t12 (2)
2
where N1 − m1 g = 0 for the equilibrium of the portion
of chain lying on the table. N
N µ
k
∴ m2 g − µm1 g = 0
or nθ
si mg cosθ
m ( M /L) x x/L η g
µ= 2 = = = m θ mg
m1 ( M /L)( L − x) 1 − ( x/L) 1 − η
Hence, the correct answer is option (c). Given that t1 = nt
48. Let F be the upward force, then From Eqs. (1) and (2),
5ma = F – 5mg 1 1
or F = 5m(a + g) g sin θ × t 2 = (sin θ − µ k cos θ ) (nt ) 2
2 2
Let the force of interaction between top (first) link and
second link be F12. The forces on the top link are 1 n2
Putting θ = 45º , = [1 − µ k ]
(a) Upward force F 2 2
(b) Weight mg 1
(c) Elastic force of interaction F12 by which the remain- or µk = 1 −
n2
ing four links pull the top link downward.
Thus, ma = F − mg − F12
51. Normal reaction
∴ F12 = F − mg − ma R = mg – P sin 30 °
= 5m(a + g ) − m(a + g ) = 4m(a + g ) = mg −
P
= 4 × 0.1 (2.5 + 9.8) = 4.92 N 2
Hence, the correct answer is option (b). N + P sin 30º
49. If the plane makes an angle q with horizontal P
tan q = 8/15.
If R is the normal reaction f P cos30º
 15 
R = 170g cosθ = 170 × 10 ×   = 1500
 17  mg

Objective Physics For NEET by Abhay Kumar Part 1.1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Objective Physics For NEET by Abhay Kumar Part 1.1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Objective Physics For NEET by Abhay Kumar Part 1.1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

O B J EC T I V E P H YS I C S

Objective Physics is a trusted companion for all NEET aspirants.

Cover Image: Venomous Vector. Shutterstock

Additional resources available at:

Kumar Abhay Kumar

FM.indd 1 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

FM.indd 2 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

and other Medical

FM.indd 3 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

FM.indd 4 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

About the Examination xii AIIMS-Essentials3.52

FM.indd 5 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

Chapter-end Exercises 6.7 Practice Exercises (MCQs)9.11

FM.indd 6 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

AIIMS-Essentials12.22 16. Electric Field, Potential,

FM.indd 7 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

Previous Years’ Questions19.19 Chapter-end Exercises 22.4

FM.indd 8 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

FM.indd 9 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

FM.indd 10 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

FM.indd 11 8/3/2017 10:34:20 AM

Time Management Tips

FM.indd 12 7/28/2017 5:27:13 PM

FM.indd 13 7/31/2017 6:56:25 PM

FM.indd 14 7/28/2017 5:27:14 PM

1. A spring of force constant k is cut into lengths of ratio

NEET_7 May 2017.indd 15 7/28/2017 5:41:53 PM

a + 3b + 3c = 1, – b + c = 0, a + 2b + 2c = 0 9. Thermodynamic processes are indicated in the follow-

NEET_7 May 2017.indd 16 7/28/2017 5:41:55 PM

NEET_7 May 2017.indd 17 7/28/2017 5:41:59 PM

18. A beam of light from a source L is incident normally on

NEET_7 May 2017.indd 18 7/28/2017 5:42:02 PM

27. Radioactive material A has decay constant 8l and mate-

26. Figure shows a circuit that contains three identical B

NEET_7 May 2017.indd 19 7/28/2017 5:42:06 PM

Solution: Astronauts move towards each other under

NEET_7 May 2017.indd 20 7/28/2017 5:42:12 PM

Solution: t = Ia Solution: Work = MB[cosq1 – cosq2]

NEET_7 May 2017.indd 21 7/28/2017 5:42:16 PM

B d C (a) 425 kg m–3 (b) 800 kg m–3

NEET_7 May 2017.indd 22 7/28/2017 5:42:19 PM

1. A capacitor of 2µF is charged as shown in the d­ iagram. Ui – U f

Paper_2016_Phase I.indd 23 7/28/2017 5:42:53 PM

When x1 and x2 are in series and support each other then

Hence, the correct answer is option (c).

5. Two non-mixing liquids of densities r and nr(n > 1) are a / 2b

The cylinder floats with its axis vertical and length pL a / 2b

Paper_2016_Phase I.indd 24 7/28/2017 5:43:01 PM

Paper_2016_Phase I.indd 25 7/28/2017 5:43:09 PM

( RP = 2Re and rP = re)  m + tan q 

Paper_2016_Phase I.indd 26 7/28/2017 5:43:21 PM

= t 2i + t 3 j ms –1 (as integration constant is 0)

Paper_2016_Phase I.indd 27 7/28/2017 5:43:28 PM

Paper_2016_Phase I.indd 28 7/28/2017 5:43:37 PM

Paper_2016_Phase I.indd 29 7/28/2017 5:43:44 PM

A B Solution: From figure,

Paper_2016_Phase I.indd 30 7/28/2017 5:43:55 PM

Paper_2016_Phase I.indd 31 7/28/2017 5:43:59 PM

About the Examination xii AIIMS-Essentials3.52

Chapter-end Exercises 6.7 Practice Exercises (MCQs)9.11

AIIMS-Essentials12.22 16. Electric Field, Potential,

Previous Years’ Questions19.19 Chapter-end Exercises 22.4

1. A capacitor of 2µF is charged as shown in the d iagram. Ui – U f

= t 2i + t 3 j ms –1 (as integration constant is 0)

W = ( 4i + 3j ) × ( 4j + 3